BHARATI VIDYAPEETH

(DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), PUNE

Faculty of Dentistry
B.D.S
New Syllabus
 Bachelor Of Dental Surgery
COURSE REGULATION
REVISED 2022

BHARATI VIDYAPEETH DEEMED TO BE

UNIVERSITY, PUNE
2022
 2

PREAMBLE

Bharati Vidyapeeth, the parent body of Bharati Vidyapeeth (Deemed to be University), was established in 1964
by the eminent educationist and visionary Dr. Patangrao Kadam.
The mission that Bharati Vidyapeeth has defined for itself is to bring about intellectual awakening of people
through the spread of education and to prepare human resources needed for all round development, particularly
economic, of the country.

Vision:

To be a World Class University

“Transformation through Dynamic Education”

The corporate office of Bharati Vidyapeeth is in the prestigious area of Deccan Gymkhana in the city of Pune.
Its 10 storied building, once the tallest in Pune, is a landmark of the city.
 3

Programme Outcomes (POs) for BDS programme

Our graduates,
1. Understand the basic medical and dental sciences relevant to dentistry.
2. Assess and diagnose patients with common dental ailments or diseases.
3. Provide oral healthcare within the scope of general dentistry in a safe, ethical, legal, and socially
acceptable manner.
4. Understand the unique needs of vulnerable and special care patients (with medical, physical, cognitive,
emotional, or developmental challenges).
5. Communicate effectively with patients, caregivers, healthcare professionals and support personnel.
6. Integrate biomedical knowledge, best quality research, clinical expertise, and values to provide
evidence-based oral healthcare comprising of modern treatments and ICT-enabled approaches.
7. Lead oral healthcare teams, collaborate with other healthcare providers and actively participate in
professional and community organizations.
8. Advocate the profession for promotion and improvement of community health.
9. Possess awareness of environmental issues and willingness to participate in conservational and
sustainability practices.
10. Possess lifelong commitment to learning and professional development.
11. Understand the basics of conducting research and methods of appraisal of scientific literature.

******
 4

Course Outcomes (CO’s)

General Human Anatomy including Embryology & Histology
• Describe the structural and functional relation between the gross anatomy of thehuman body and
clinical situations related to head and neck.
• Explain the early stages of human embryogenesis, formation of extra foetal tissueand human
development through a normal life cycle.
• Discuss gross Anatomy, embryology, and embryological anomalies in relation to relevant clinical
situations.
• Describe structural snd functional correlation of histology of cells and tissues forming organ systems.
• Identify the normal anatomical structures on cadavers, bones, microscopicanatomical sections,
diagrams, models, charts, animations, and real time videoprojections.
• Apply the knowledge of head and neck anatomy to practice forensic dentistry.
• Demonstrate awareness to maintain ethical values in interactions with peers andmentors and develop
the ability to communicate with colleagues duringpresentations and group activities.
General Human Physiology & Biochemistry, Nutrition and Dietetics
• Understand the functional organization of the human body, homeostasis, functions, and regulatory
mechanisms of various physiological systems of human body relevant to dentistry.
• Analyse the variations in blood cell counts.
• Apply the understanding of haemostatic mechanism, blood transfusion, cardiac areas and lung function
tests in clinical encounters.
• Record arterial blood pressure and pulse.
• Analyse the abnormal findings in the recordings of arterial blood pressure and pulse.
• Apply the understanding of functions of all cranial nerves relevant to dental practice.
• Differentiate the pathophysiology of hormonal dysfunctions relevant to dental practice.
• Integrate knowledge from Anatomy and Physiology for better understanding of normal physiological
functions.
Biochemistry
• Understand the Molecular and functional organization of a cell and sub-cellular components.
• Understand the structure and function of bio molecules in health and disease.
• Apply the knowledge of fundamental and clinical aspects of enzymology, salivary bio markers and the
diagnostic role of enzymes.
• Understand the metabolic role of vitamins, minerals, assimilation of nutrients and consequences of
malnutrition.
• Understand the integration of the various aspects of carbohydrate, lipid, protein metabolism and its
associated metabolic disorders.
• Understand the relevance of basics of genetics and biotechnology knowledge with dentistry.
• Explain the molecular concepts of body defence and their application in medicine.
• Understand the Biological Oxidation (Electron Transport Chain) and ATP synthesis.
• Understand the role of hormones in various metabolisms.
Dental Anatomy, Embryology & Oral Histology
• Understand and record the normal development, morphology, histology, structure, and functions of oral
tissues.
• Differentiate the anatomical landmarks and variations of oral tissues.
• Understand the histological basis of various dental treatment procedures and physiologic ageing
process in the dental tissues.
General Pathology & Microbiology
• Understand the various terminologies used to evaluate a disease process in terms of etiology,
pathogenesis, morphological changes in various organs due to disease process, complications, and
functional implications of the disease.
• Diagnose various diseases at microscopic and macroscopic level.
• Analyse laboratory findings
 5

• Effectively communicate the diagnosis to the patient

• Understatnd the signs and symptoms of disease
• Empathize with the patients suffering.
• Differentiate between benign and malignant tumors, dry and wet ganagrene, dystrophic and metastatic
calcification, transudate, and exudates.
• Integrate knowledge from the basic sciences, such as anatomy andphysiology to derive at a diagnosis
of various disease conditions in the study ofpathology.
Microbiology
• Apply the knowledge of aseptic precautions efficiently and effectively and must useappropriate
sterilization techniques and disinfectants during the treatment procedures at the place of work.
• Apply universal safety precautions for segregation and disposal of biomedical waste.
• Plan the safety measures for prevention of hospital cross infection and occupational exposures.
• Possess appropriate knowledge on infection and immunity, hypersensitivity, autoimmunity and newer
diagnostic techniques.
• Understand the morphology, physiology, virulence, pathogenesis, laboratory diagnosis and prophylaxis
of bacterial pathogens.
• Understand bacterial genetics in relation to drug resistance and toxigenicity.
• Understand the theoretical aspects, modes of transmission, pathogenesis, clinical implication and
laboratory diagnosis of infections caused by viruses, fungi and parasites.
• Acquire knowledge on the various prophylactic measures, types of vaccines and immunisation
schedule
General and Dental Pharmacology & Therapeutics
• Understand the Pharmacokinetics and Pharmacodynamics of commonly used drugs, Principles
underlying concepts of essential drugs, Rational drug therapy.
• Critically evaluate drug formulations of marketed preparations commonly used in dentistry
• Prescribe precise drugs for different oral diseases/manifestations with consideration to efficacy, safety
and cost.
• Advocate special care while prescribing common drugs in special medical conditions such as
pregnancy, lactation, children & old age, renal/hepatic insufficiency, immunocompromised patients
• Identify drug interactions, adverse drug reactions & reporting of adverse drug reactions of commonly
used drugs in dentistry.
Dental Materials Science
• Understand about the various categories of materials used in along with their chemistry and their
clinical and laboratory applications.
• Integrate the knowledge of dental materials pertaining to Prosthodontics, Conservative dentistry and
endodontics, Orthodontics, and Periodontology for their efficient use in clinical and laboratory settings.
• Have theoretical knowledge on the indications, composition, setting reaction,manipulation, physical
and mechanical properties and technical considerations for all materials.
• Should develop basic knowledge about recent advances in materials for use indentistry.
• Should develop basic knowledge about recent advances in materials for use indentistry.
• Should be efficiently able to manipulate the Silver Amalgam, Glass Ionomer Cement, Zinc Phosphate
Cement (base and luting consistency) and Zinc Oxide Eugenol Cement.
• Understand the various categories of restorative materials used in dentistry- metals,polymers, ceramics,
cements, along with its chemistry and their applications.
• Have theoretical knowledge on the indications, composition, setting reaction, physical and mechanical
properties and technical considerations for all dental restorative materials.
• Should develop basic knowledge about new restorative material development for use in dentistry.
Pre-clinical Conservative Dentistry
• Understand the basic concepts of conservative dentistry including classification, nomenclature of
cavities and dental caries and principles of cavity preparation
• Identify and study hand and rotary cutting instruments and demonstrate and prepare class I and class II
 6

exercises in plaster models, natural teeth and typodont.

• Understand the Ergonomics in simulated environment
• Understand the concepts of occlusion, contacts and contours and be able to prepare class I,II, III, IV, V
and MOD exercises in simulated environment.
• Understand importance of pulp protection and materials used for pulp protection
• Efficiently Perform the restorative procedures in a simulated environment through demonstrations and
simulated exercises.
• Understand and perform rubber dam isolation and perform basicendodontic exercises.
• Apply the concepts of occlusion, contacts and contours and be able to apply to class II, III, IV, V and
MOD exercises.
• Explain the material and clinical considerations of direct restorative dental materials in Conservative
dentistry
• Understand and perform various Isolation techniques on typhodont teeth .
• Perform restorative procedures in a simulated environment through didactic teaching, discussion,
demonstrations and simulated exercises.
Pre-clinical Prosthodontics and Crown & Bridge
• Have basic knowledge about all the anatomical landmarks of maxillary and mandibular edentulous
arches.
• Understand and describe all the clinical and laboratory steps involved inremovable complete and
partial denture fabrication
• Have basic knowledge about the classification of articulators. Have in-depth knowledge of the mean
value articulator
• Understand the concepts of Class I,Class II and Class III ideal complete denture teeth arrangement
• Perform class I ideal complete denture teeth arrangement on a mean value articulator based on the
principles of teeth setting.
• Integrate the knowledge of the anatomy of edentulous arches while performing preclinical exercises
related to removable complete and partial denture fabrication.
• Correlate the clinical procedures with the preclinical exercises.
General Medicine
• Describe the natural history of common medical diseases. Broad outline of principles of management
and the drug interactions and drug induced complications.
• Describe and interpret investigations relevant to most common diseases.
• Describe lifestyle of diseases like diabetes, hypertension and Ischemic heart disease.
• Understand the epidemiological profile, patho-physiologic basis and signs and symptoms of diseases
with their required investigation and management
• Competently interview and examine a patient to make a rational clinical diagnosis by ordering and
interpreting necessary laboratory tests.
• Initiate appropriate cost effective treatment based on an understanding the rational of drug
prescriptions ,medical interventions required and preventive measures.
• Manage common medical emergencies and independently perform common medical procedures with
emphasis on patient safety issues.
• Communicate effectively ,educate and counsel the patient and their family for the disease process with
goal to support the national preventive health policies and initiatives.
• Awareness of the oral manifestations of various systemic disorders.
General Surgery
• Understand the basic aspect of sterilization, asepsis techniques used in day to day practice.
• Apply the same.
• Know Basic Principles of surgery and operation theatre protocol
• Understand the common surgical conditions affecting skin, oral cavity, neck, Basic wound
management. Investigations and treatment protocol overview
• Identification, treatment and prevention of emergencies.(accidents, infections, trauma and surgery
 7

related emergencies)
• Recent advances in surgery. Technical advances like Laser, Endoscopy, Scans and changes in
management protocols over period of time
Oral Pathology & Oral Microbiology
• Our graduates comprehend the different types of pathological process that involve the oro-facial
tissues.
• Our graduates use the knowledge of manifestation of common oro-facial diseases, pathological
process, and clinical correlation.
• Our graduates understand the oral manifestation, signs symptoms and laboratory findings of systemic
diseases.
• Our graduates appreciate the microbiological diseases affecting orofacial regions and identify the
pathogenic microorganisms
• Our graduates understand the basic principles of Forensic Odontology.
Orthodontics & Dentofacial Orthopaedics
• Apply the understanding and clinical implication of growth and development of head, face and the
jaws.
• Understand various malocclusions, their etiologies and to differentiate it with normal occlusion.
• Understand the theoretical aspects of Preventive, Interceptive, Corrective and Surgical orthodontics.
• Understand the basic principles of Biology of tooth movement and Biomechanics.
• Diagnose and plan treatment of simple malocclusions with removable orthodontic appliances.
• Perform basic wire bending and fabrication of removable appliances to treat patients.
• Student should be able to demonstrate effective communication skills for interaction with patients as
well as professional peers.
• Diagnose and appropriately refer patients with complex malocclusion to the specialist.
Oral Medicine & Radiology
• Able to follow a diagnostic process to sift cases for management as dental, surgical and non-surgical.
• Understands the importance and role of various investigations in the diagnosis and management of
dental, oral and maxillofacial disease.
• Diagnose and refer appropriately diseases of the oral and paraoral region including oral mucosa,
temporomandibular joint, salivary glands and maxillary sinus.
• Understands radiation physics, radiation biology and projection geometry and apply these principles to
understand in making high quality intraoral radiographs applying all the principles of ALARA and
Radiation Protection.
• Appropriately prescribes and adequately performs intraoral dental radiographic interpretation for dental
disease.
• Appropriately prescribe imaging for diseases of oral and paraoral structures
• Understands the co-relation between oral and systemic health along with their oral and radiographic
manifestations and dental considerations
• Provide appropriate counselling for promoting health, providing motivation while respecting the
autonomy and dignity of patients
Public Health Dentistry
• Explain the theoretical aspects and underlying principles of public health, dentalpublic health,
preventive dentistry and their relevance to dental profession as awhole.
• Discuss the correlation between social determinants and oral health and itsimportance in tackling the
oral health issues at community level and individuallevel.
• Assess the patient/community oral health status using appropriate tools andinterpret the data.
• Apply relevant treatment and programme planning at individual andcommunity level.
• Perform promotive and preventive services at individual and community level.
• Apply the basic requirements essential for establishing dental practice.
• Apply ethical principles in routine dental practice
Periodontology
 8

• Demonstrate knowledge of the tooth supporting structures and understanding of the etiology,
pathophysiology, clinical features and classification of periodontal diseases (Cognative)
• Implement knowledge to identify patients with periodontal disease,
• Understanding of different non-surgical, surgical periodontal procedures and basic implant dentistry,
peri-implantitis and it's management for appropriate referral to periodontist/specialist. (Cognative)
• Understand periodontal conditions that could be manifestations of systemic diseases/conditions& refer
patients to specialist and physician whenever needed. (Cognative)
• Record case-history, conduct clinical examination to arrive at diagnosis and formulate appropriate
treatment plan. Interpretradiographic findings and lab investigations, predict diagnosis, prognosis, and
plan appropriate treatment. (Psychomotor)
• Perform non surgical procedures like scaling and root planing and educate patients about oral hygiene
practices in a safe ethical, legal and socially acceptable manner.(Psychomotor)
• Educate and motivatepatients to prevent periodontal diseases by giving proper oral hygiene instructions
and do periodic recall and evaluation. (Affective)
• Develop an attitude to perform the treatment with full aseptic precautions. (Affective)
Oral & Maxillofacial Surgery
• Perform a comprehensive oral and maxillofacial clinical assessment by completing a thorough intra
and extra oral examination and establishing a provisional diagnosis of the same.
• Formulate a surgical treatment plan based on examination & relevant investigations, findings and past
medical history.
• Assess and diagnose medical emergencies and perform life saving manoeuvres during emergency
situations.
• Be proficient in administration of local anaesthesia and performing an extraction with acceptable
minimal trauma
• Be confident in assessing the clinical and radiological factors determining the procedure of extraction
of teeth.
• Be skilled in performing intra oral suturing for management of intra oral bleeding, post extraction
socket closure.
• Primary management of trauma by proper diagnosis and simple dental wiring techniques.
• Manage orofacial space infections with prophylactic antibiotics and incision and drainage
• To know perioperative surgical care for minor and major oral and maxillofacial surgical procedures.
Conservative Dentistry & Endodontics
• Understand the theoretical aspects of dental caries and use of different dental materials and restoration
of form, function and esthetics and occlusal corrections
• Knowledge, Diagnose and plan the treatment in Conservative Dentistry &Endodontics.
• Knowledge of using technological advances in diagnosis and treatment.
• Knowledge and apply various restorative and pulp protective materials and techniques on patients.
• Efficiently apply matrix systems, wedges and wedging techniques on Class 1 compound and Class 2
cavities in patients
• Perform the treatment for complex cavities using various indirect restorativematerials and techniques
• Planning for aesthetic correction using various materials, variety of restorationsand techniques.
• Understand the application of various hand and rotary instruments used in root canal therapy
• Plan for treatment of pulpally involved teeth with /without periapical lesions
• Understand post and core and pin retained restorations
• Demonstrate high level of loyalty, responsibility and commitment towards patients
Prosthodontics and Crown & Bridge
• Understand the theoretical aspects of complete and partial removableprosthodontics, fixed
prosthodontics and basics of implant andmaxillo-facialprosthodontics.
• Acquire knowledge to assess and diagnose the prosthodontic needs of patients.
• Apply the basic knowledge of dental materials for effective use as dictated by the clinical situation
• Diagnose and plan treatment for completely and partially edentulous patients.
 9

• Perform the treatment for completely edentulous patients with conventionalremovable complete
denture with an awareness of various materials andtechniques used for the same.
• Perform the treatment of partially edentulous patient with interim partial denture acomprehensive
awareness of various materials and techniques used for thesame including laboratory communication.
• Plan for treatment of partially edentulous patient with cast partial denture
• Plan for treatment of partially edentulous patient to receive fixed partial dentureincluding laboratory
communication
• Identify the complex prosthodontic cases requiring interdisciplinary approach and referring them to
specialists
• Outline various maxillofacial prosthesis with materials used for thesame.
• Integrate the knowledge of anatomy and histology of oral structures and basic principles of oral and
mucogingival surgery to understand the concept of dental implant placement and osseo-integration.
• Enlist varioustreatment options in Implant Prosthodontics for tooth replacement
• Communicate effectively with patients, care takers and oral health team, including laboratory personnel
for successful treatment outcomes.
Paediatric & Preventive Dentistry
• Assess craniofacial and general growth and development of the child.
• Diagnose dental and oro-facial conditions of children from infancy through adolescence including
those with special health care needs.
• Deliver the best treatment option in the most efficient manner using an evidence- based approach for
dental care in children
• Perform various procedures for oral rehabilitation in children using different instruments, materials,
equipments and techniques.
• Manage child behaviour to perform treatments in an effective and efficient manner and inculcate a
positive dental attitude in children.
• Deliver effective primary and comprehensive, preventive and therapeutic dental treatments in children
• Collaborate with other professionals and /or organisations to facilitate multidisciplinary care for
children.

**********
 10

CONTENTS
S.No.
1. Goals and objectives
Ø Goals
Ø Objectives
Ø Recommendations : General
Ø Recommendations : Specific
Ø Competencies
2. Syllabus of Study
1. Human Anatomy, Embryology, Histology & Medical Genetics
2. Human Physiology & Biochemistry, Nutrition & Diatics
3. Dental Anatomy, Embryology and Oral Histology
4. General Pathology & Microbiology
5. General and Dental Pharmacology and Therapeutics
6. Dental Materials
7. Pre-Clinical Conservative Dentistry Laboratory Exercisesz
8. Oral Pathology & Oral Microbiology
9. General Medicine
10. General Surgery
11. Conservative Dentistry and Endodontics
12. Oral & Maxillofacial Surgery
13. Oral Medicine and Radiology
14. Orthodontics & Dentofacial Orthopaedics
15. Paediatric & Preventive Dentistry
16. Public Health Dentistry
17. Periodontology
18. Prosthodontics and Crown & Bridge
19. Aesthetic Dentistry
20. Forensic Odontology
21. Oral Implantology
22. Behavioural Science
23. Ethics
3. Revised Curriculum for Interns
 11

DENTAL COUNCIL OF INDIA NOTIFICATION

New Delhi, the 25th July, 2007
No.DE-22-2007.-In exercise of the powers conferred by Section 20 of the Dentists Act, 1948, the Dental
Council of India with the previous sanction of the Central Government hereby makes the following Revised
BDS Course Regulations:-
(i) These Regulations may be called the Dental Council of India Revised BDS Course Regulations,
2007.
(ii) They shall come into force on the date of their publication in the Official Gazette.
REGULATIONS FOR THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF DENTAL SURGERY
GENERAL:
• Universities awarding the degrees in Bachelor of Dental Surgery (BDS) and Master of Dental Surgery
(MDS) shall establish independent Dental Faculty.
• The heading ‘ADMISSION, SELECTION, AND MIGRATION’ shall be read as under, in terms of
(8th Amendment) notification published on 12.7.2017 in the Gazette of India.
I. Admission to the Dental Course – Eligibility Criteria:
No Candidate shall be allowed to be admitted to the Dental Curriculum of first Bachelor of Dental Surgery
(BDS) Course until:
1. He/she shall complete the age of 17 years on or before 31st December, of the year of admission to the
BDS course;
2. The following has been inserted, and the existing sub-regulation “2.” is re-numbered as “3”., in terms
of (5th Amendment) notification published on 31st May, 2012 in the Gazette of India.
3. He/She has obtained a minimum of marks in National Eligibility-cum-Entrance Test as prescribed in
sub-regulation 5 of Regulation II under the heading “Selection of students:”
The following has been inserted in terms of (5th Amendment) notification published on 1st June, 2012 in the
Gazette of India In order to be eligible to take National Eligibility-cum-Entrance Test he/she has passed
qualifying examination as under:-
a. The higher secondary examination or the Indian School Certificate Examination which is equivalent to
10+2 Higher Secondary Examination after a period of 12 years study, the last two years of study
comprising of Physics, Chemistry, Biology and Mathematics or any other elective subjects with
English at a level not less than the core course for English as prescribed by the National Council
for Educational Research and Training after the introduction of the 10+2+3 years educational
structure as recommended by the National Committee on education; Note: Where the
course content is not as prescribed for 10+2 education structure of the National Committee, the
candidates will have to undergo a period of one year pre- professional training before admission to
the dental colleges;
or
b. The intermediate examination in science of an Indian University/Board or other recognised examining
body with Physics, Chemistry and Biology which shall include a practical test in these subjects and
also English as a compulsory subject;
or
c. The pre-professional/pre-medical examination with Physics, Chemistry and Biology, after
passing either the higher secondary school examination, or the pre-university or an equivalent
examination. The pre-professional/pre-medical examination shall include a practical test in Physics,
Chemistry and Biology and also English as a compulsory subject;
or
d. The first year of the three years degree course of a recognized university, with Physics, Chemistry and
Biology including a practical test in three subjects provided the examination is a "University
Examination" and candidate has passed 10+2 with English at a level not less than a core course;
or
e. B.Sc examination of an Indian University, provided that he/she has passed the B.Sc examination
with not less than two of the following subjects Physics, Chemistry, Biology (Botany, Zoology) and
further that he/she has passed the earlier qualifying examination with the following subjects-Physics,
 12

Chemistry, Biology and English.

or
f. Any other examination which, in scope and standard is found to be equivalent to the intermediate
science examination of an Indian University/Board, taking Physics, Chemistry and Biology including
practical test in each of these subjects and English.
g. The following have been added under the heading “Admission to the Dental Course- Eligibility
Criteria” after sub-clause 2 (f), in terms of (2nd Amendment) notification published on 29th October,
2010 in the Gazette of India.
“3. 3% seats of the annual sanctioned intake capacity shall be filled up by candidates with locomotory disability
of lower limbs between 50% to 70%
Provided that in case any seat in this 3% quota remains unfilled on account of unavailability of candidates with
locomotory disability of lower limbs between 50% to 70% then any such unfilled seat in this 3% quota shall be
filled up by persons with locomotory disability of lower limbs between 40% to 50% before they are included in
the annual sanctioned seats for General Category candidates.
Provided further that this entire exercise shall be completed by each Dental College/Institution as per the
statutory time schedule for admissions and in no case any admission will be made in the BDS course after 30th
of September.”
Note:
• After the 10+2 course is introduced, the integrated courses should be abolished
The following has been added under clause II ‘Selection of Students’, in terms of (8th Amendment) notification
published on 27th July, 2017 in the Gazette of India:
II. Common Counselling.
1There shall be a common counselling for admission to BDS course in all dental educational institutions on
the basis of merit list of the National Eligibility-cum-Entrance Test.
2.The designated authority for counselling for the 15% All India Quota seats of the contributing States and
all BDS seats of Dental Education Institutions of the Central Government universities established by an
Act of Parliament and the Deemed Universities shall be the Directorate General of Health Services,
Ministry of Health and Family Welfare, Government of India.
3.The counselling for admission to BDS course in a State/Union Territory, including Dental Education
Institutions established by the State Government, University established by an Act of State/Union Territory
Legislature, Trust, Society, Minority Institutions shall be conducted by the State/Union Territory
Government.
4.In case any dispute arises on such common counselling, the respective State Government shall refer the
matter to the Central Government and its decision shall be final, in this regard.
III. Duration of the Course
The above NOTE has been deleted and the following proviso is inserted below the NOTE in terms of (4th
Amendment) notification published on 9.12.2011 in the Gazette of India and the same is as under: -
On completion of such study, they shall have to appear in the University Examination and only after
passing University Examination successfully, they shall be allowed to do six months Paid Rotating
Internship Programme in all the Departments for the duration indicated against each Department as under: -
Departments Period of Postings
1. Oral Medicine & Radiology 20 days
2. Oral && Maxillofacial Surgery 30 days
3. Prosthodontics 30 days
4. Periodontics 15 days
5. Concervative Dentist 10 days
6. Pedodontics 15 days
7. Oral Pathology & Microbiology 10 days
8. Orthodontics 10 days
9. Community Dentist/Rural Service 30 days
10. Elective 10 days
Total 180 days
 13

The following provison has been inserted in terms of (6th Amendment) notification published on 24.6.2013
in the Gazette of India:-
• Provided further that students of 2007-2008 BDS batch who are declared passed with 4 ½ + 6 months
Paid Rotatory Internship or 5-year duration course, as the case may be, as per Revised BDS Course
(4th Amendment) Regulations, 2011, shall be deemed at par/equivalent with 4+1 year BDS Course,
including one year Paid Rotatory Internship programme, for all interns and purposes i.e. for admission
in MDS Course, applying for Govt Jobs, registration in State Dental Councils etc.
IV. Subjects of Study:
First Year
• General Human Anatomy including Embryology and Histology
• General Human Physiology and Biochemistry, Nutrition and Dietics
• Dental Anatomy, Embryology and Oral Histology
• Dental Materials
• Pre-clinical Prosthodontics and Crown & Bridge
Second Year
• General Pathology and Microbiology
• General and Dental Pharmacology and Therapeutics
• Dental Materials
• Pre-clinical Conservative Dentistry
• Pre-clinical Prosthodontics and Crown & Bridge
• Oral Pathology & Oral Microbiology
Third Year
• General Medicine
• General Surgery
• Oral Pathology and Oral Microbiology
• Conservative Dentistry and Endodontics
• Oral & Maxillofacial Surgery
• Oral Medicine and Radiology
• Orthodontics & Dentofacial Orthopaedics
• Paediatric & Preventive Dentistry
• Periodontology
• Prosthodontics and Crown & Bridge
Fourth Year
• Orthodontics & dentofacial orthopaedics
• Oral Medicine & Radiology
• Paediatric & Preventive Dentistry
• Periodontology
• Oral & Maxillofacial Surgery
• Prosthodontics and Crown & Bridge
• Conservative Dentistry and Endodontics
• Public Health Dentistry
 14

GOALS AND OBJECTIVES

GOALS:
The dental graduates during training in the institutions should acquire adequate knowledge, necessary skills and
reasonable attitudes which are required for carrying out all activities appropriate to general dental practice
involving the prevention, diagnosis and treatment of anomalies and diseases of the teeth, mouth, jaws and
associated tissues. The graduate also should understand the concept of community oral health education and be
able to participate in the rural health care delivery programmes existing in the country.
OBJECTIVES:
The objectives are dealt under three headings (a) Knowledge and understanding (b) skills and (c) Attitudes.
(A)KNOWLEDGE AND UNDERSTANDING:
The graduate should acquire the following during the period of training.
1. Adequate knowledge of the scientific foundations on which dentistry is based and good understanding
of various relevant scientific methods, principles of biological functions and be able to evaluate
and analyse scientifically various established facts and data.
2. Adequate knowledge of the development, structure and function of the teeth, mouth and jaws and
associated tissues both in health and disease and their relationship and effect on general state of health
and also bearing on physical and social well being of the patient.
3. Adequate knowledge of clinical disciplines and methods which provide a coherent picture of
anomalies, lesions and diseases of the teeth, mouth and jaws and preventive diagnostic and therapeutic
aspects of dentistry.
4. Adequate clinical experience required for general dental practice.
5. Adequate knowledge of the constitution, biological function and behaviour of persons in health and
sickness as well as the influence of the natural and social environment on the state of health in
so far as it affect dentistry.
(B)SKILLS:
A graduate should be able to demonstrate the following skills necessary for practice of dentistry.
1. Able to diagnose and manage various common dental problems encountered in general dental practice
keeping in mind the expectations and the right of the society to receive the best possible treatment
available wherever possible.
2. Acquire the skill to prevent and manage complications if encountered while carrying out various
surgical and other procedures.
3. Possess skill to carry out certain investigative procedures and ability to interpret laboratory findings.
4. Promote oral health and help prevent oral diseases where possible.
5. Competent in the control of pain and anxiety among the patients during dental treatment.
(C)ATTITUDES:
A graduate should develop during the training period the following attitudes.
1. Willing to apply the current knowledge of dentistry in the best interest of the patients and the
community.
2. Maintain a high standard of professional ethics and conduct and apply these in all aspects of
professional life.
3. Seek to improve awareness and provide possible solutions for oral health problems and needs through
out the community.
4. Willingness to participate in the CPED Programmes to update the knowledge and professional skill
from time to time.
5. To help and participate in the implementation of the national oral health policy.
 15

RECOMMENDATIONS
GENERAL:
1. The undergraduate course involves organisation of teaching programmes year-wise. However, this
course, as a whole, should demonstrate integration of the basic sciences, clinical dentistry and practical
or the laboratory skills. The course should be designed and integrated in such a way to permit smooth
progression from pre-clinical to clinical phase. Collaboration should be encouraged between teachers
of basic sciences, dental sciences and clinical subjects.
2. The undergraduate dental course consists of three main components. The first component consists
subjects common to medicine and dentistry like anatomy, physiology, biochemistry and behavioural
science, leading to pharmacology, pathology, microbiology and then on to general medicine and
general surgery. The second component runs concurrently with the first and deals with special aspects
of oral and dental tissues, oral biology and oral pathology. Finally, the third component based on the
foundations of the first two, deals with the clinical and technical aspects of dentistry as is required for
general dental practice.
3. The first component of the course is intended to provide initially, an appreciation of normal human
structure, development, function and behaviour, leading to understanding of the diseases, its
prevention and treatment. The main objective is to provide the student a broad knowledge of the
normal structures and functions of the body, the alterations which take place in disease with particular
reference to those conditions in which medical and dental co-operation is essential for proper
management. At this stage, the student should also be made aware of the social and psychological
aspects of patient care with special reference to the relationship between dentist and patient.
The behavioural sciences including both sociology and psychology should be introduced at the
initial stages of the training programme, much before the students actually deal with the patients.
4. The second component of dental undergraduate programme consists instruction in the subjects dealing
with dental and oral aspects to ensure a detailed knowledge of the structure and function of the dental
and oral tissues. This enables the student to diagnose, prevent and treat the dental and oral diseases and
disorders which were not included in the first component. The subject of oral biology is to be
introduced at this level to provide the students a comprehensive knowledge and application of oral
physiology, microbiology, biochemistry and oral immunology. Students should be exposed to the basic
aspects of forensic odontology at this stage of the course along with oral biology/oral pathology.
5. The third component of the course comprising the clinical and technical aspects of dentistry actually
prepares the student to undertake total oral and dental health care of the patients of all ages. The
emphasis at this stage should be on the prevention of the various dental diseases and how to preserve
natural teeth with their supporting structures. The importance of the various preventive methods need
to be stressed. The significance of diagnosis of various dental and oral problems needs to be
emphasized along with treatment planning before actual treatment procedures are undertaken.
6. In addition to acquiring the knowledge, the students need to gain adequate clinical hands-on-
experience in extractions and other minor oral surgical procedures, all aspects of conservative
dentistry, endodontics, crown and bridge, provision of partial and complete dentures, various
periodontal therapeutic procedures and use of removable orthodontic appliances. Familiarity with
various radiological techniques, particularly intra-oral methods and proper interpretation of the
radiographs, is an essential part of this component of training and has application in clinical diagnosis,
forensic identification and age estimation.
7. Towards the final stage of the clinical training, each student should be involved in comprehensive oral
health care or holistic approach to enable them to plan and treat patients, instead of piece-meal
treatment provided in each speciality. The Dental Council of India strongly recommends that all the
dental colleges should provide facilities and required infrastructure for this purpose.
8. The aim of the undergraduate programme should undoubtedly be to produce a graduate, competent in
general dental practice.
9. The commitment towards the society as a whole, needs to be stressed along with the knowledge and
treatment skills gained. Instruction in public health dentistry should emphasise the sociological
aspects of health care particularly, oral health care, including the reasons for the
 16

10. variation in oral and dental needs of different sections of the society. It is important to know the
influence of the social, behavioural, environmental and economic factors on oral and dental health.
Students should be made aware of the National oral health Policy and the importance of being a
member of the Health care team delivering medical and oral health care particularly among rural
population.
11. Scientific advancement of any profession is based largely on continuous research activities. Dentistry
is no exception. It is important that in every dental college proper facilities should be provided for
research and the faculty members should involve themselves in such activities. Inter-disciplinary
research should be encouraged to bring in integration among various specialities. The teaching and
training methodology should be such that the students are motivated to think and indulge in self
study rather than playing a passive role. Provision should be made in the daily schedules for adequate
time for reading. Proper library facilities with adequate timings and seating capacity should be made
available in all dental colleges. Adequate audio visual aids, like video tapes, computer assisted
learning aids, Medline and internet facilities should be provided in all dental colleges to encourage
self-study. Students should be encouraged to participate in simple research project work and the system
of electives, spending some stipulated amount of time in another dental college within the country or
outside should be given a serious consideration by all the dental institutions.
12. The society has a right to expect high standards and quality of treatment. Hence, it is mandatory and a
social obligation for each dental surgeon to upgrade his or her knowledge and professional skills from
time to time. The Dental Council of India strongly recommends that facilities and proper infrastructure
should be developed to conduct the continuous professional education programmes in dentistry to
enable the practitioners to update their knowledge and skills. The Council is of the opinion that the
dental colleges by virtue of their infrastructural facilities will be ideal to conduct such courses and
recommends establishment of a department of continuing dental education in each of the dental
colleges. In addition, the practitioners should be encouraged to attend conferences of state and national
level, workshops, seminars and any other such activity which the Council feels is suitable to upgrade
the knowledge and skills.
13. The undergraduate curriculum should stress the significance of infection and cross- infection control
in dental practice. Aspects like sources of infection, measures to be adopted both general and specific
for control particularly the HIV and hepatitis should be properly incorporated into the curriculum
so that the graduates are aware of its significance and follow it in their practice.
14. The information technology has touched every aspect of an individual’s personal and professional life.
The Council hence recommends that all undergraduates acquire minimum computer proficiency which
will enable them to enhance their professional knowledge and skills.
SPECIFIC:
1. The undergraduate dental training programme leading to B.D.S. degree shall be a minimum of five
years duration. During this period, the students shall be required to engage in full time study at a dental
college recognized or approved by the Dental Council of India.
2. During the five years undergraduate course, the instruction in clinical subjects should be at least for
three years
3. Basic Medical & Dental Subjects:
4. The basic medical and dental sciences comprise anatomy gross and microscopic, physiology,
biochemistry, pharmacology, oral biology and science of dental materials. Subjects like behavioural
sciences, which is useful to develop communication skills, should also be introduced in the first year
itself and spread over the undergraduate course. An introduction to Public Health Dentistrty &
Preventive Dentistry also will be useful to develop the concept of commitment to community. The
laboratory skills to be developed by the students like pre-clinical Prosthodontics, Crown Bridge,
Aesthetic Dentistry and Oral Implantology exercises and studying dental morphology also is a part of
initial training. The instruction in the above medical and dental sciences shall be for two years
duration. At the end of this period the student should be in a position to understand and comprehend in
general the development, structure and function of the human body in both health and disease.
5. The instruction in basic dental sciences should include theoretical and practical aspects of oral anatomy
 17

and physiology, to provide a detailed knowledge of the form and structure of teeth associated tissues
and occlusal relationships.
6. The study should also aim at development of a concept regarding physiological and biochemical
processes relevant to oral cavity for better understanding of the changes which occur with the onset
of disease in the oral cavity.
7. The student should be made aware of the importance of various dental tissues in forensic investigation.
8. Clinical, Medical and Dental subjects:
9. The students should be introduced to clinics in the initial stage, preferably in the first year, as an
observer to familiarise with clinical set-up and working. The period of instruction in the clinical
subjects shall be not less than three years full time. During this, the student shall attend a dental
hospital, general hospital, community camps and satellite clinics, in order to obtain instruction and
experience in the practice of dentistry. The main objective of training in clinical dental subjects is to
produce a graduate able and competent to recognize or diagnose various dental and oral diseases, to
undertake general dental treatment, advise on the provision of specialized treatment available and
finally advise the patient on prevention. The student should also understand the relationship between
oral and systemic diseases.
10. The general medicine and surgery training should provide sufficient knowledge on human disease to
enable the student to understand its manifestations as relevant to the practice of dentistry. This requires
clinical teaching on patients and shall be carried out in in-patient and outpatient medical departments
and specialist clinics.
11. This clinical instruction should enable the student to understand and perhaps diagnose common
systemic diseases which have relevance to dental practice, by adopting a systematic approach of
history taking and clinical examination. The student should also realize the significance of various
general and special investigations in the diagnosis of diseases. The ability to recognize physical and
mental illness, dealing with emergencies, effective communication with patients, interaction with
various professional colleges also become important aspects of this training.
12. The Dental Council of India considers it important for all dental students to receive instruction in first-
aid and principles of cardio-pulmonary resuscitation. It is also desirable that the student spend time in
an accident and emergency department of a general hospital.
13. The purpose of the clinical training is to provide sufficient practical skill in all aspects of clinical
dentistry. The instruction should also include patient management skills, treatment of patients of
all ages with special reference to children (paediatric), very elderly (geriatric), medically compromised
and disabled patients.
14. During the three years clinical course, the students should receive thorough instruction which involves
history taking, diagnosis and treatment planning in all aspects of dentistry and should be competent
on graduation to carry out all routine general procedures.
15. In Oral & Maxillofacial Surgery and Oral Implantolgy, instruction should include the knowledge
of various maxillofacial problems like injuries, infections and deformities of the jaws and associated
structures. The clinical experience should include those procedures commonly undertaken in general
practice like extraction of teeth, minor oral surgical procedure etc.
16. In Conservative, Endodontics & Aesthetic Dentistry, Prosthodontics, Crown Bridge, Aesthetic
Dentistry and Oral Implantology and Periodontology and Oral Implantology students should be
competent on graduation to carry out routine treatment like restorations of various kinds, endodontic
procedures, removable and fixed prosthodontics, concept of osseointegration and finally various
kinds of periodontal therapy. In addition, students should be aware of their limitations on graduation,
need to refer patients for consultant opinion and/or treatment and also the need for postgraduate
and continuous education programmes.
17. In Orthodontics & Dento Facial Orthopedics, students should carry out simple appliance therapy for
patients. Students should also be able to appreciate the role of dentofacial growth in the development
and treatment of malocclusion.
18. In Paediatric dentistry, the students should concentrate on clinical management, efficacy of preventive
measures, treatment needs particularly for children with disabilities. In oral medicine and oral
 18

diagnosis, the student should receive instruction in various lesions, occurring in the oral cavity
with particular reference to oral cancer.
19. The successful control and management of pain is an integral part of dental practice. Upon graduation
the students should be competent to administer all forms of local anaesthesia. The value of
behavioural methods of anxiety management should be emphasised. The students should also
have the practical experience in the administration of intra-muscular and intra- venous injections.
Knowledge of pain mechanisms and strategies to control post-operative pain is essential for
practice of dentistry.
20. All students should receive instructions and gain practical experience in taking processing and
interpretation of various types of intra and extra oral radiographs. They should be aware of the hazards
of radiation and proper protective measures from radiation for the patient, operator and other staff.
21. Instruction should be given in dental jurisprudence, legal and ethical obligations of dental practitioners
and the constitution and functions of Dental Council of India.
22. Infection and cross infection control assume significance in dental practice. The students should be
made aware of the potential risk of transmission in the dental surgery, various infectious diseases
particularly HIV and hepatitis. The students should be aware of their professional responsibility for the
protection of the patients, themselves and their staff and the requirements of the health and safety
regulations.
23. In the recent times, the subjects of esthetic dentistry, oral implantology, behavioural sciences and
forensic odontology have assumed great significance. Hence, the Council recommends that these four
specialities should be incorporated into the undergraduate curriculum. The instruction and clinical
training in aesthetic dentistry shall be carried out by the departments of Conservative, Endodontics &
Aesthetic Dentistry and prosthodontics, Crown Bridge, Aesthetic Dentistry and Oral Implantology.
Similarly, the instruction and clinical training in oral implantology shall be done by the departments of
Oral & Maxillofacial Surgery, Prosthodontics, Crown Bridge, Aesthetic Dentistry and Oral
Implantology and Periodontology and Oral Implantology. The instruction in behavioural sciences
should ideally commence before the students come in contact with the patients and shall be carried out
by the departments of Public Health Dentistry & Preventive Dentistry and Pedodontics & Preventive
Dentistry. Forensic Odontology will be a part of Oral Pathology & Oral Microbiology and Oral
Medicine and Radiology
 19

COMPETENCIES
At the completion of the undergraduate training programme the graduates shall be competent in the following.-
• General Skills
o Apply knowledge& skills in day to day practice Apply principles of ethics
o Analyze the outcome of treatment
o Evaluate the scientific literature and information to decide the treatment Participate and
involve in professional bodies
o Self assessment & willingness to update the knowledge & skills from time to time
Involvement in simple research projects
o Minimum computer proficiency to enhance knowledge and skills Refer patients for
consultation and specialized treatment
o Basic study of forensic odontology and geriatric dental problems
o Practice Management
o Evaluate practice location, population dynamics & reimbursement mechanism Co-ordinate &
supervise the activities of allied dental health personnel Maintain all records
o Implement & monitor infection control and environmental safety programs Practice within the
scope of one’s competence
o Communication & Community Resources
o Assess patients goals, values and concerns to establish rapport and guide patient care Able to
communicate freely, orally and in writing with all concerned
o Participate in improving the oral health of the individuals through community activities.
• Patient Care – Diagnosis
o Obtaining patient’s history in a methodical way Performing thorough clinical examination
o Selection and interpretation of clinical, radiological and other diagnostic information
Obtaining appropriate consultation
o Arriving at provisional, differential and final diagnosis
o Patient Care – Treatment Planning
o Integrate multiple disciplines into an individual comprehensive sequence treatment plan using
diagnostic and prognostic information
o Able to order appropriate investigations
o Patient Care – Treatment
o Recognition and initial management of medical emergencies that may occur during
Dental treatment
o Perform basic cardiac life support Management of pain including post operative
Administration of all forms of local anaesthesia
o Administration of intra muscular and venous injections
o Prescription of drugs, pre operative, prophylactic and therapeutic requirements
o Uncomplicated extraction of teeth
o Transalveolar extractions and removal of simple impacted teeth Minor oral surgical
procedures
o Management of Oro-facial infections Simple orthodontic appliance therapy
o Taking, processing and interpretation of various types of intra oral radiographs Various kinds
of restorative procedures using different materials available Simple endodontic procedures
o Removable and fixed prosthodontics Various kinds of periodontal therapy
• ORAL MEDICINE & RADIOLOGY
o Able to identify precancerous and cancerous lesions of the oral cavity and refer to the
concerned speciality for their management
o Should have an adequate knowledge about common laboratory investigations and
interpretation of their results.
o Should have adequate knowledge about medical complications that can arise while treating
systemically compromised patients and take prior precautions/ consent from the concerned
medical specialist.
 20

oHave adequate knowledge about radiation health hazards, radiations safety and protection.
oCompetent to take intra-oral radiographs and interpret the radiographic findings
oGain adequate knowledge of various extra-oral radiographic procedures, TMJ radiography
and sialography.
o Be aware of the importance of intra- and extra-oral radiographs in forensic identification and
age estimation
o Should be familiar with jurisprudence, ethics and understand the significance of dental records
with respect to law
• PAEDIATRIC & PREVENTIVE DENTISTRY
o Able to instill a positive attitude and behaviour in children towards oral health and understand
the principles of prevention and preventive dentistry right from birth to adolescence.
o Able to guide and counsel the parents in regards to various treatment modalities including
different facets of preventive dentistry.
o Able to treat dental diseases occurring in child patient.
o Able to manage the physically and mentally challenged disabled children effectively and
efficiently, tailored to the needs of individual requirement and conditions.
• ORTHODONTICS & DENTOFACIAL ORTHOPAEDICS
o Understand about normal growth and development of facial skeleton and dentition.
o Pinpoint oberrations in growth process both dental and skeletal and plan necessary treatment
o Diagnose the various malocclusion categories
o Able to motivate and explain to the patient (and parent) about the necessity of treatment
o Plan and execute preventive orthodontics (space maintainces or space regaines)
o Plan and execute interceptive orthodontics (habit breaking appliances)
o Manage treatment of simple malocclusion such as anterior spacing using removable
appliances
o Handle delivery and activation of removable orthodontic appliances
o Diagnose and appropriately refer patients with complex malocclusion to the specialist
• PERIODONTOLOGY
o Diagnose the patients periodontal problem, plan and perform appropriate periodontal
treatment
o Competent to educate and motivate the patient
o Competent to perform thorough oral prophylaxis, subgingival scaling, root planning and
minor periodontal surgical procedures
o Give proper post treatment instructions and do periodic recall and evaluation
o Familiar with concepts of osseointegration and basic surgical aspects of implantology
• PROSTHODONTICS AND CROWN & BRIDGE
o Able to understand and use various dental materials
o Competent to carry out treatment of conventional complete and partial removable dentures
and fabricate fixed partial dentures
o Able to carry out treatment of routine prosthodontic procedures.
o Familiar with the concept of osseointegration and the value of implant-supported
Prosthodontic procedures
• CONSERVATIVE DENTISTRY AND ENDODONTICS
o Competent to diagnose all carious lesions
o Competent to perform Class I and Class II cavities and their restoration with amalgam
o Restore class V and Class III cavities with glass ionomer cement
o Able to diagnose and appropriately treat pulpally involved teeth (pulp capping procedures)
o Able to perform RCT for anterior teeth
o Competent to carry out small composite restorations
o Understand the principles of aesthetic dental procedures
• ORAL & MAXILLOFACIAL SURGERY
o Able to apply the knowledge gained in the basic medical and clinical subjects in the
 21

management of patients with surgical problems

oAble to diagnose, manage and treat patients with basic oral surgical problems
oHave a broad knowledge of maxillofacial surgery and oral implantology
oShould be familiar with legal, ethical and moral issues pertaining to the patient care and
communication skills
o Should have acquired the skill to examine any patient with an oral surgical problem in an
orderly manner
o Understand and practice the basic principles of asepsis and sterilisation
o Should be competent in the extraction of the teeth under both local and general anaesthesia
o Competent to carry out certain minor oral surgical procedure under LA liketrans-alveolar
extraction, frenectomy, dento alveolar procedures, simple impaction, biopsy, etc.
o Competent to assess, prevent and manage common complications that arise during and after
minor oral surgery
o Able to provide primary care and manage medical emergencies in the dental office
o Familiar with the management of major oral surgical problems and principles involved in the
in- patient management
• PUBLIC HEALTH DENTISTRY
o Apply the principles of health promotion and disease prevention
o Have knowledge of the organization and provision of health care in community and in the
hospital service
o Have knowledge of the prevalence of common dental conditions in India.
o Have knowledge of community based preventive measures
o Have knowledge of the social, cultural and env. Factors which contribute to health or illness.
o Administer and hygiene instructions, topical fluoride therapy and fissure sealing.
o Educate patients concerning the aetiology and prevention of oral disease and encourage them
to assure responsibility for their oral health.
 22

SYLLABUS OF STUDY
HUMAN ANATOMY, EMBRYOLOGY, HISTOLOGY & MEDICAL GENETICS
A) GOAL
The students should gain the knowledge and insight into, the functional anatomy of the normal human head
and neck, functional histology and an appreciation of the genetic basis of inheritance and disease, and the
embryological development of clinically important structures. So that relevant anatomical & scientific
foundations are laid down for the clinical years of the BDS course.
B) OBJECTIVES:
1. KNOWLEDGE & UNDERSTANDING:
• At the end of the 1st year BDS course in Anatomical Sciences the undergraduate student is
Expected to:
• Know the normal disposition of the structures in the body while clinically examining a patient and
while conducting clinical procedures.
• Know the anatomical basis of disease and injury.
• Know the microscopic structure of the various tissues, a pre-requisite for understanding of the
disease processes.
• Know the nervous system to locate the site of lesions according to the sensory and or motor
deficits encountered.
• Have an idea about the basis of abnormal development, critical stages of development, effects of
teratogens, genetic mutations and environmental hazards.
• Know the sectional anatomy of head neck and brain to read the features in radiographs and
pictures taken by modern imaging techniques.
• Know the anatomy of cardio-pulmonary resuscitation.
2. SKILLS
• To locate various structures of the body and to mark the topography of the living anatomy.
• To identify various tissues under microscope.
• To identify the features in radiographs and modern imaging techniques.
• To detect various congenital abnormalities.
3. INTEGRATION
• By emphasising on the relevant information and avoiding unwanted details, the anatomy taught
integrally with other basic sciences & clinical subjects not only keeps the curiosity alive in the
learner but also lays down the scientific foundation for making a better doctor, a benefit to the
society.
This insight is gained in a variety of ways:
1)Lectures & small group teaching
2)Demonstrations
3)Dissection of the human cadaver
4)Study of dissected specimens
5)Osteology
6)Surface anatomy on living individual
7)Study of radiographs & other modern imaging techniques.
8)Study of Histology slides.
9)Study of embryology models
10)Audio-visual aids
Throughout the course, particular emphasis is placed on the functional correlation, clinical application
& on integration with teaching in other bio dental disciplines.
C) AN OUTLINE OF THE COURSE CONTENT:
1.General anatomy: Introduction of anatomical terms and brief outline of various systems of the
body.
2.Regional anatomy of head & neck with osteology of bones of head & neck, with emphasis on topics
of dental importance.
3.General disposition of thoracic, abdominal & pelvic organs.
 23

4.The regional anatomy of the sites of intramuscular & intra vascular injections, & lumbar puncture.
5.General embryology & systemic embryology with respect to development of head & neck.
6.Histology of basic tissues and of the organs of gastroinstenstinal, respiratory, Endocrine, excretory
systems & gonads.
7.Medical genetics.
FURTHER DETAILS OF THE COURSE.
I.INTRODUCTION TO :
1.Anatomical terms.
2.Skin, superficial fascia & deep fascia
3.Cardiovascular system, portal system collateral circulation and arteries.
4.Lymphatic system, regional lymph nodes
5.Osteology - Including ossification & growth of bones
6.Myology – Including types of muscle tissue & innervation.
7.Syndesmology – Including classification of Joints.
8.Nervous system
II.HEAD & NECK:
01. Scalp, face & temple, lacrimal apparatus
02. Neck - Deep fascia of neck, posterior triangle, suboccipital triangle, anterior triangle, anterior
median region of the neck, deep structures in the neck.
03.Cranial cavity - Meninges, parts of brain, ventricles of brain, dural venous sinuses, cranial nerves
attached to the brain, pituitary gland.
04. Cranial nerves - III, IV, V, VI, VII, IX,XII in detail.
05.Orbital cavity – Muscles of the eye ball, supports of the eye ball, nerves and vessels in the orbit.
06.Parotid gland.
07. Temporo mandibular joint, muscles of mastication, infratemporal fossa, pterygo - palatine fossa.
08. Submandibular region
09. Walls of the nasal cavity, paranasal air sinuses
10. Palate
11. Oral cavity, Tongue
12. Pharynx (palatine tonsil and the auditory tube) Larynx. OSTEOLOGY – Foetal skull, adult skull,
individual bones of the skull, hyoid bone and cervical vertebrae
THORAX: Demonstration on a dissected specimen of
1.Thoracic wall
2.Heart chambers
3.Coronary arteries
4.Pericardium
5.Lungs – surfaces ; pleural cavity
6.Diaphragm
ABDOMEN: Demonstration on a dissected specimen of
1.Peritoneal cavity
2.Organs in the abdominal & pelvic cavity.
CLINICAL PROCEDURES :
a)Intramuscular injections: Demonstration on a dissected specimen and on a living person of the
following sites of injection.
1.Deltoid muscle and its relation to the axillary nerve and radial nerve.
2.Gluteal region and the relation of the sciatic nerve.
3.Vastus lateralis muscle.
b)Intravenous injections & venesection: Demonstration of veins in the dissected specimen and on a
living person.
1. Median cubital vein 2. Cephalic vein 3. Basilic vein 4. Long saphenous vein
c)Arterial pulsations: Demonstration of arteries on a dissected specimen and feeling of pulsation of
the following arteries on a living person.
 24

1. Superficial temporal 2. Facial 3. Carotid 4. Axillary 5. Brachial 6. Radial 7. Ulnar 8. Femoral

9. Popliteal 10. Dorsalispedis
d)Lumbar puncture: Demonstration on a dissected specimen of the spinal cord, cauda equina &
epidural space and the inter vertebral space between L4 & L5 .
EMBRYOLOGY :
Oogenesis, Spermatogenesis, Fertilisation, Placenta, Primitive streak, Neural crest, Bilaminar and
trilaminar embryonic disc, Intra embryonic mesoderm - formation and fate, notochord formation &
fate, Pharyngeal arches, pouches & clefts, Development of face, tongue, palate, thyroid gland, pituitary
gland, salivary glands, and anomalies in their development, Tooth development in brief.
HISTOLOGY :
The Cell :
Basic tissues - Epithelium, Connective tissue including cartilage and bone, Muscle Tissue,
Nervous tissue : Peripheral nerve, optic nerve, sensory ganglion, motor ganglion, Skin Classification of
Glands
Salivary glands (serous, mucous and mixed gland), Blood vessels, Lymphoid tissue Tooth, lip, tongue,
hard palate, oesphagus, stomach, ,duodenum ,ileum, colon, vermiform appendix Liver, Pancreas, Lung,
Trachea ,Epiglottis, Thyroid gland , para thyroid gland , supra renal gland and pituitary gland, Kidney,
Ureter, Urninary bladder, Ovary and testis.
VIII.MEDICAL GENETICS :
Mitosis, meiosis, Chromosomes, gene structure, Mendelism, modes of inheritance

HUMAN PHYSIOLOGY
A)GOAL
The broad goal of the teaching undergraduate students in Human Physiology aims at providing the
student comprehensive knowledge of the normal functions of the organ systems of the body to
facilitate an understanding of the physiological basis of health and disease.
OBJECTIVES
a)KNOWLEDGE
At the end of the course, the student will be able to:
1.Explain the normal functioning of all the organ systems and their interactions for well co-ordinated
total body function.
2.Assess the relative contribution of each organ system towards the maintenance of the milieu interior.
3.List the physiological principles underlying the pathogenesis and treatment of disease.
b)SKILLS
At the end of the course, the student shall be able to :
1.Conduct experiments designed for the study of physiological phenomena.
2.Interprete experimental and investigative data
3.Distinguish between normal and abnormal data derived as a result of tests which he/she has
performed and observed in the laboratory.
c)INTEGRATION
At the end of the integrated teaching the student shall acquire an integrated knowledge of organ
structure and function and its regulatory mechanisms.
B)COURSE CONTENTS THEORY
1.GENERAL PHYSIOLOGY
1.Homeostasis: Basic concept, Feed back mechanisms
2.Structure of cell membrane, transport across cell membrane
3.Membrane potentials
2.BLOOD:
Composition & functions of blood.
Specific gravity, Packed cell volume, factors affecting & methods of determination. Plasma proteins -
Types, concentration, functions & variations.
Erythrocyte - Morphology, functions & variations. Erythropoiesis & factors affecting erythropoiesis.
 25

ESR- Methods of estimation, factors affecting, variations & significance.

Haemoglobin - Normal concentration, method of determination & variation in concentration. Blood
Indices - MCV, MCH, MCHC - definition, normal values, variation.
Anaemia - Definition, classification, life span of RBC’s destruction of RBC’s , formation & fate of bile
pigments, Jaundice - types.
Leucocytes : Classification, number, percentage, distribution morphology, properties, functions &
variation. Role of lymphocytes in immunity , leucopoiesis life span & fate of leucocytes.
Thromobocytes - Morphology, , number, variations, function & thrombopoiesis.
Haemostatsis - Role of vasoconstriction, platelet plug formation in haemostasis, coagulation factors,
intrinsic & extrinsic pathways of coagulation, clot retraction.
Tests of haemostatic function, platelet count, clotting time, bleeding time, prothrombin time - normal
values, method & variations. Anticoagulants - mechanism of action. Bleeding disorders.
Blood groups: ABO & Rh system, method of determination, importance,indications & dangers of
blood transfusion, blood substitutes.
Blood volume: Normal values, variations.
Body fluids : distribution of total body water, intracellular & extracellular compartments, major anions
& cations in intra and extra cellular fluid.
Tissue fluids & lymph : Formation of tissue fluid, composition, circulation & functions of lymph.
Oedema - causes.
Functions of reticulo endotrelial system.
3.MUSCLE AND NERVE
Classification of nerves, structure of skeletal muscle - Molecular mechanism of muscle contraction,
neuromuscular transmission. Properties of skeletal muscle. Structure and properties of cardiac muscle
& smooth muscle.
4.DIGESTIVE SYSTEM :
Introduction to digestion : General structure of G.I. tract, Innervation.
Salivary glands: Structure of salivary glands, composition , regulation of secretion & functions of
saliva. Stomach: Composition and functions of gastric juice, mechanism and regulation of gastric
secretion.
Exocrine Pancreas - Structure, composition of pancreatic juice, functions of each component,
regulation of pancreatic secretion.
Liver : structure , composition of bile, functions of bile, regulation of secretion – Gall bladder :
structure, functions.
Small intestine - Composition, functions & regulation of secretion of intestinal juice. Large intestine -
Functions.
Motor functions of GIT: Mastication, deglutition, gastric filling & emptying, movements of small and
large intestine, defecation.
5.EXCRETORY SYSTEM :
Structure & functions of kidney, functional unit of kidney & functions of different parts. Juxta
glomerular apparatus, renal blood flow.
Formation of Urine : Glomerular filteration rate - definition, determination , normal values, factors
influencing G.F.R. Tubular reabsorption - Reabsorption of sodium, glucose, water & other substances.
Tubular secretion - secretion of urea, hydrogen and other substances.
Mechanism of concentration & dilution of urine. Role of kidney in the regulation of pH of the blood.
Micturition : anatomy & innervation of Urinary bladder, mechanism of miturition & abonrmalities.
6.BODY TEMPERATURE & FUNCTIONS OF SKIN
7.ENDOCRINOLOGY
General endocrinology - Enumeration of endocrine glands & hormones - General functions of
endocrine system, chemistry, mechanism of secretion, transport, metabolism, regulation of secretion of
hormones. Hormones of anterior pituitary & their actions, hypothamic regulation of anterior pituitary
function. Disorders of secretion of anterior pituitary hormones.
Posterior pituitary : Functions, regulation & disorders of secretion.
 26

Thyroid: Histology, synthesis, secretion & transport of hormones, actions of hormones, regulation of
secretion & disorders, Thyroid function tests.
Adrenal cortex & Medulla -synthesis, secretion, action, metabolism, regulation of secretion of
hormones & disorders.
Other hormones - Angiotensin, A.N.F.
8.REPRODUCTION
Sex differentiation, Physiological anatomy of male and female sex organs,
Female reproductive system : Menstrual cycle, functions of ovary, actions of oestrogen &
Progesterone, control of secretion of ovarian hormones, tests for ovulation, fertilisation, implantation,
maternal changes during pregnancy, pregnancy tests & parturition.
Lactation, composition of milk, factors controlling lactation, milk ejection, reflex, Male
reproductive system :spermatogenesis, semen and contraception.
9.CARDIOVASCULAR SYSTEM
Functional anatomy and innervation of heart Properties of cardiac muscle Origin & propagation of
cardiac impulse and heart block.
Electrocardiogram - Normal electrocardiogram. Two changes in ECG in myocardial infarction.
Cardiac cycle - Phases, Pressure changes in atria, ventricles & aorta. Volume changes in ventricles.
Jugular venous pulse, arterial pulse.
Heart sounds: Mention of murmurs.
Heart rate: Normal value, variation & regulation.
Cardiac output: Definition, normal values, one method of determination, variation, factors affecting
heart rate and stroke volume.
Arterial blood pressure: Definition, normal values & variations,determinants, regulation &
measurement of blood pressure.
Coronary circulation.
Cardio vascular homeostasis - Exercise & posture.
10.RESPIRATORY SYSTEM
Physiology of Respiration : External & internal respiration. Functional anatomy of respiratory passage
& lungs.
Respiratory movements: Muscles of respiration, Mechanism of inflation & deflation of lungs. Intra
pleural & intra pulmonary pressures & their changes during the phases of respiration. Mechanics of
breathing - surfactant, compliance & work of breathing.
Spirometry: Lung volumes & capacities definition, normal values, significance, factors affecting vital
capacity, variations in vital capacity, FEV & its variations.
Pulmonary ventilation - alveolar ventilation & dead space – ventilation. Composition of inspired air,
alveolar air and expired air.
Exchange of gases: Diffusing capacity, factors affecting it. Transport of Oxygen & carbon dioxide in
the blood.
Regulation of respiration – neural & chemical. Hypoxia, cyanosis, dyspnoea, periodic breathing.
Artificial respiration, pulmonary function tests.
11.CENTRAL NERVOUS SYSTEM
1.Organisation of central nervous system
2.Neuronal organisation at spinal cord level
3.Synapse receptors, reflexes, sensations and tracts
4.Physiology of pain
5.Functions of cerebellum, thalamus, hypothalamus and cerebral cortex.
6.Formation and functions of CSF
7.Autonomic nervous system
12.SPECIAL SENSES
Fundamental knowledge of vision, hearing, taste and smell.
LECTURE SERIES ON CLINICAL EXAMINATION OF SENSORY SYSTEMS
PRACTICALS
 27

The following list of practical is minimum and essential. All the practical have been categorised as
procedures and demonstrations.
The procedures are to be performed by the students during practical classes to acquire skills. All the
procedures are to be included in the University practical examination.
Those categorised as demonstrations are to be shown to the students during practical classes.
However these demonstrations would not be included in the University examinations but question based on
this would be given in the form of charts, graphs and calculations for interpretation by the students.
PROCEDURES
1.Enumeration of Red Blood Cells
2.Enumeration of White Blood Cells
3.Differential leucocyte counts
4.Determination of Haemoglobin
5.Determination of blood group
6.Determination of bleeding time and clotting time
7.Examination of pulse
8.Recording of blood pressure.
DEMONSTRATION:
1.Determination of packed cell volume and erythrocyte sedimentation rate
2.Determination of specific gravity of blood
3.Determination of erythrocyte fragility
4.Determination of vital capacity and timed vital capacity
5.Skeletal muscle experiments.
Study of laboratory appliances in experimental physiology. Frog’s gastrocneminus sciatic preparation.
Simple muscle curve, effects of two successive stimuli, effects of increasing strength of stimuli, effects
of temperature, genesis of fatigue and tetanus. Effect of after load and free load on muscle contraction,
calculation of work done.
6.Electrocardiography: Demonstration of recording of normal Electro cardiogram
7.Clinical examination of cardiovascular and respiratory system.

BIOCHEMISTRY
AIMS AND SCOPE OF THE COURSE IN BIOCHEMISTRY
The major aim is to provide a sound but crisp knowledge on the biochemical basis of the life processes
relevant to the human system and to dental/medical practice. The contents should be organised to build on
the already existing information available to the students in the pre-university stage and reorienting. A mere
rehash should be avoided.
The chemistry portion should strive towards providing information on the functional groups, hydrophobic
and hydrophilic moieties and weak valence forces that organise macromolecules. Details on structure need
not be emphasised.
Discussion on metabolic processes should put emphasis on the overall change, interdependence and
molecular turnover. While details of the steps may be given, the student should not be expected to
memorise them. An introduction to biochemical genetics and molecular biology is a must but details
should be avoided. The exposure to antivitamins, antimetabolites and enzyme inhibitors at this stage,
will provide a basis for the future study of medical subjects. An overview of metabolic regulation is to be
taught by covering hormonal action, second messengers and regulation of enzyme activities. Medical
aspects of biochemistry should avoid describing innumerable functional tests, most of which are not in
vogue. Cataloguing genetic disorders under each head of metabolism is unnecessary. A few examples
which correlate genotype change to functional changes should be adequate.
At the end of the course the student would be able to acquire a useful core of information, which can be
retained for a long time. Typical acid tests can be used to determine what is to be taught or what is to be
learnt. A few examples are given below.
1. Need not know the structure of cholesterol. Should know why it cannot be carried free in plasma.
2. Mutarotation should not be taught. Student should know why amylase will not hydrolyse cellulose.
 28

3. Need not know the details of alpha - helix and beta - pleats in proteins. Should know why haemoglobin
is globular and keratin is fibrous.
4. Need not know mechanism of oxidative phosphorylation. Should know more than 90 % of ATP is
formed by this process.
5. Need not know details of the conversion of pepsinogen to pepsin.
6. Should know hydrochloric acid cannot break a peptide bond at room temperature.
7. Need not remember the steps of glycogenesis.
8. Should know that excess intake of carbohydrate will not increase glycogen level in liver or muscle.
9. Need not know about urea or cretinine clearance tests.
10. Should know the basis of increase of urea and creatinine in blood in renal insufficiency.
11. Need not know the structure of insulin.
12. Should know why insulin level in circulation is normal in most cases of maturity onset diabetes.
13. Need not know the structural details of ATP.
14. Should know why about 10 g of ATP in the body at any given time meets all the energy needs.
15. Need not know the mechanism of action of prolylhydroxylase. Should know why the gum bleeds in
scurvy.
16. Need not know the structure of Vitamin K. Should know the basis of internal bleeding arising due to its
deficiency.
17. Need not remember the structure of HMGCoA.
18. Should know why it does not lead to increased cholesterol synthesis in starvation.
BIOCHEMISTRY AND NUTRITION
1.CHEMISTRY OF BIOORGANIC MOLECULES
• Carbohydrates: Definition, biological importance and classification. Monosaccharides -
Isomerism, anomerism. Sugar derivatives, Disaccharides. Polysaccharides. Structures of starch and
glycogen.
• Lipids : Definition, biological importance and classification. Fats and fatty acids. Introduction to
compound lipids. Hydrophobic and hydrophilic groups. Cholesterol. Bile salts. Micelle.
Bimolecular leaflet.
• Proteins: Biological importance. Aminoacids: Classification. Introduction to peptides. Proteins :
Simple and conjugated; globular and fibrous. Charge properties. Buffer action . Introduction to
protein conformation . Denaturation.
• Nucleic acids: Building units . Nucleotides. Outline structure of DNA and RNA. High energy
compounds: ATP , Phosphorylamidines, Thiolesters, Enol phosphates.
2.MACRONUTERIENTS AND DIGESTION
• Energy needs: Basal metabolic rate. Dietary carbohydrates, fibres. Dietary lipids, essential fatty acids.
Nitrogen balance. Essential amino acids. Protein quality and requirement (methods for evaluation of
protein quality to be excluded). Protein calorie malnutrition. Balanced diet.
• Enzymatic hydrolysis of dietary carbohydrates. Mechanism of uptake of monosaccharides. Digestion
and absorption of triacylglycerols. Enzymatic hydrolysis of dietary proteins and uptake of amino acids.
3.MICRONUTRIENTS
• Vitamins: Definition, classification, daily requirement, sources and deficiency symptoms. Brief
account of water-soluble vitamins with biochemical functions. Vitamins A functions including visual
process. Vitamin D and its role in calcium metabolism. Vitamin E. Vitamin K and gamma
carboxylation. Introduction to antivitamins and hypervitaminosis.
• Minerals :Classification, daily requirement. Calcium and phosphate: sources, uptake, excretion,
function. Serum calcium regulation. Iron: sources, uptake and transport.
• Heme and nonheme iron functions; deficiency. Iodine: Brief introduction to thyroxine synthesis.
General functions of thyroxine. Fluoride: function, deficiency and excess. Indications of role of other
minerals.
4.ENERGY METABOLISM
• Overview: Outlines of glycolysis, pyruvate oxidation and citric acid cycle. Beta oxidation of fatty
acids. Electron transport chain and oxidative phosphyorylation. Ketone body formation and utilisation.
 29

Introduction to glycogenesis, glycogenolysis, fatty acid synthesis, lipogenesis and lipolysis.

Gluconeogenesis. Lactate metabolism . Protein utilisation for energy. Glucogenic and ketogenic amino
acids. Integration of metabolism.
5.SPECIAL ASPECTS OF METABOLISM
• Importance of pentose phosphate pathway. Formation of glucuronic acid. Outlines of cholesterol
synthesis and breakdown. Ammonia metabolism. Urea formation. Phosphocreatine formation.
Transmethylation. Amines. Introduction to other functions of amino acids including one carbon
transfer. Detoxication : Typical reactions. Examples of toxic compounds. Oxygen toxicity
6.BIOCHEMICAL GENETICS AND PROTEIN SYNTHESIS
• Introduction to nucleotides; formation and degradation. DNA as genetic material. Introduction to
replication and transcription. Forms and functions of RNA. Genetic code and mutation. Outline of
translation process. Antimetabolites and antibiotics interfering in replication, transcription and
translation. Introduction to cancer, viruses and oncogenes.
7.ENZYME AND METABOLIC REGULATION
• Enzymes: Definition, classification, specificity and active site. Cofactors. Effect of pH, temperature
and substrate concentration. Introduction to enzyme inhibitors, proenzymes and isoenzymes.
Introduction to allosteric regulation, covalent modification and regulation by induction/repression.
• Overview of hormones. Introduction to second messengers, cyclic AMP, calcium ion, inositol
triphosphate. Mechanism of action of steroid hormones, epinephrine, glucagon and insulin in brief.
Acid base regulation. Electrolyte balance.
8.STRUCTURAL COMPONENTS AND BLOOD PROTEINS
• Connective tissue: Collagen and elastin. Glycosaminoglycans. Bone structure. Structure of membranes.
Membrane associated processes in brief. Exocytosis and endocytosis. Introduction to cytoskeleton.
Myofibril and muscle contraction in brief.
• Haemoglobin: functions. Introduction to heme synthesis and degradation. Plasma proteins:
classification and separation. Functions of albumin. A brief account of immunoglobulins. Plasma
lipoproteins: Formation, function and turnover.
9.MEDICAL BIOCHEMISTRY
• Regulation of blood glucose. Diabetes mellitus and related disorders. Evaluation of glycemic status.
Hyperthyroidism and hypothyroidism: Biochemical evaluation. Hyperlipoproteinemias and
atherosclerosis, Approaches to treatment. Jaundice: Classification and evaluation. Liver function tests:
Plasma protein pattern, serum enzymes levels. Brief introduction to kidney function tests and gastric
function tests. Acid base imbalance. Electrolyte imbalance: evaluation. Gout. Examples of genetic
disorders including lysosomal storage disorders, glycogen storage disorders, glucose 6- phosphate
dehydrogenase deficiency, hemoglobinopathies, inborn errors of amino acid metabolism and muscular
dystrophy ( one or two examples with biochemical basis will be adequate). Serum enzymes in
diagnosis.
10.RECENT ADVANCES IN -
• Extra-cellular Matrix (ECM)-composition, structure, and function of the extracellular matrix (ECM)
and its components, including collagens, non-collagenous proteins and proteoglycans and involvement
of ECM components in health and diseases.
• Thyroid Function Tests (TFT)- Structure and functions of thyroid gland including thyroid hormones
synthesis. Tests that are commonly done in clinical practice to assess the functions of thyroid gland.
• Immunology-Cellular and humoral components of the immune system & types and structure of
antibody. Innate and adaptive immune responses, self and non-self recognition and central role of T-
helper cells in immune responses, Antigens and concepts involved in vaccine development
• Molecular Technologies: The principles of genetic engineering and their applications in medicine.
Recombinant DNA technology and PCR, their role in diagnosis and treatment of diseases with genetic
basis.
• Paper Chromatography- Basic Principle and uses of paper chromatography of amino acids.

PRACTICALS: Contact hours 50

 30

1. Qualitative analysis of carbohydrates 4

2. Color reactions of proteins and amino acids 4
3. Identification of nonprotein nitrogen substance 4
4. Normal constituents of urine 4
5. Abnormal constituents of urine 4
6. Analysis of saliva including amylase 2
7. Analysis of milk Quantitative estimations 2
8. Titrable acidity and ammonia in urine 2
9. Free and total acidity in gastric juice 2
10. Blood glucose estimation 2
11. Serum total protein estimation 2
12. Urine creatinine estimation Demonstration 2
13. Paper electrophoresis charts/clinical data evaluation 2
14. Glucose tolerance test profiles 2
15. Serum lipid profiles 1
16. Profiles of hypothyrodisim and hyperthyrodisim 1
17. Profiles of hyper and hypoparathyrodism 1
18. Profiles of liver function 1

DENTAL ANATOMY, EMBRYOLOGY AND ORAL HISTOLOGY

INTRODUCTION
• Dental Anatomy including Embryology and Oral Histology – a composite of basic Dental Sciences &
their clinical applications.
SKILLS
The student should acquire basic skills in :
• Carving of crowns of permanent teeth in wax.
• Microscopic study of Oral tissues.
• Identification of Deciduous & Permanent teeth.
• Age estimation by patterns of teeth eruption from plaster casts of different age groups.
OBJECTIVES
After a course on Dental Anatomy including Embryology and Oral Histology,
• The student is expected to appreciate the normal development, morphology, structure & functions of
oral tissues & variations in different pathological/non-pathological states.
• The student should understand the histological basis of various dental treatment procedures and
physiologic ageing process in the dental tissues.
• The students must know the basic knowledge of various research methodologies.
I. TOOTH MORPHOLOGY
• Introduction to tooth morphology:
• Human dentition, types of teeth, & functions, Palmer's & Binomial notation systems, tooth surfaces,
their junctions - line angles & point angles, definition of terms used in dental morphology, geometric
concepts in tooth morphology, contact areas & embrasures - Clinical significance.
• Morphology of permanent teeth :
• Description of individual teeth, along with their endodontic anatomy & including a note on their
chronology of development, differences between similar class of teeth & identification of individual
teeth.
• Variations & Anomalies commonly seen in individual teeth.
• Morphology of Deciduous teeth :
• Generalized differences between Deciduous & Permanent teeth.
• Description of individual deciduous teeth, including their chronology of development, endodontic
anatomy, differences between similar class of teeth & identification of individual teeth.
• Occlusion :
 31

• Definition, factors influencing occlusion - basal bone, arch, individual teeth, external & internal forces
& sequence of eruption.
• Inclination of individual teeth - compensatory curves.
• Centric relation & Centric occlusion - protrusive, retrusive & lateral occlusion.
• Clinical significance of normal occlusion.
• Introduction to & Classification of Malocclusion.
II. ORAL EMBRYOLOGY
• Brief review of development of face, jaws, lip, palate & tongue, with applied aspects.
• Development of teeth :
• Epithelial mesenchymal interaction, detailed study of different stages of development of crown, root &
supporting tissues of tooth & detailed study of formation of calcified tissues.
• Applied aspects of disorders in development of teeth.
• Eruption of deciduous & Permanent teeth :
• Mechanisms in tooth eruption, different theories & histology of eruption, formation of dentogingival
junction, role of gubernacular cord in eruption of permanent teeth.
• Clinical or Applied aspects of disorders of eruption.
• Shedding of teeth :
• Factors & mechanisms of shedding of deciduous teeth.
• Complications of shedding.
III. ORAL HISTOLOGY
• Detailed microscopic study of Enamel, Dentine, Cementum & Pulp tissue. Age changes & Applied
aspects (Clinical and forensic significance) of histological considerations - Fluoride applications,
transparent dentine, dentine hypersensitivity, reaction of pulp tissue to varying insults to exposed
dentine ; Pulp calcifications & Hypercementosis.
• Detailed microscopic study of Periodontal ligament & alveolar bone, age changes, histological
changes in periodontal ligament & bone in normal & orthodontic tooth movement, applied aspects of
alveolar bone resorption.
• Detailed microscopic study of Oral Mucosa, variation in structure in relation to functional
requirements, mechanisms of keratinization, clinical parts of gingiva, Dentogingival & Mucocutaneous
junctions & lingual papillae. Age changes & clinical considerations.
• Salivary Glands :
• Detailed microscopic study of acini & ductal system.
• Age changes& clinical considerations.
• TM Joint :
• Review of basic anatomical aspects & microscopiuc study & clinical considerations.
• Maxillary Sinus :
• Microscopic study, anatomical variations, functions & clinical relevance of maxillary sinus in dental
practice.
• Processing of Hard & soft tissues for microscopic study :
• Ground sections, decalcified sections & routine staining procedures.
• Basic histochemical staining patterns of oral tissues.
IV.ORAL PHYSIOLOGY
• Saliva :
• Composition of saliva - variations, formation of saliva & mechanisms of secretion, salivary
reflexes, brief review of secretomotor pathway, functions, role of saliva in dental caries & applied
aspects of hyper & hypo salivation.
• Mastication :
• Masticatory force & its measurement - need for mastication, peculiarities of masticatory muscles,
masticatory cycle, masticatory reflexes & neural control of mastication.
• Deglutition:
 32

• Review of the steps in deglutition, swallowing in infants, neural control of deglutition & dysphagia.
• Calcium, Phosphorous & fluoride metabolism:
• Source, requirements, absorption, distribution, functions & excretion, clinical considerations, hypo &
hypercalcemia & hyper & hypo phosphatemia & fluorosis.
• Theories of Mineralization :
• Definition, mechanisms, theories & their drawbacks.
• Applied aspects of physiology of mineralization, pathological considerations - calculus formation.
• Physiology of Taste :
• Innervation of taste buds & taste pathway, physiologic basis oftaste sensation, age changes & applied
aspects - taste disorders.
• Physiology of Speech :
• Review of basic anatomy of larynx & vocal cords.
• Voice production, resonators, production of vowels & different consonants - Role of palate, teeth &
tongue.
• Effects of dental prosthesis & appliances on speech & basic speech disorders.

GENERAL PATHOLOGY
AIM:
• At the end of the course the student should be competent to:
• Apply the scientific study of disease processes, which result in morphological and functional
alterations in cells, tissues and organs to the study of pathology and the practice of dentistry.
OBJECTIVES:
Enabling the student
1. To demonstrate and apply basic facts, concepts and theories in the field of Pathology.
2. To recognize and analyze pathological changes at macroscopically and microscopical levels and
explain their observations in terms of disease processes.
3. To Integrate knowledge from the basic sciences, clinical medicine and dentistry in the study of
Pathology.
4. To demonstrate understanding of the capabilities and limitations of morphological Pathology in its
contribution to medicine, dentistry and biological research.
5. To demonstrate ability to consult resource materials outside lectures, laboratory and tutorial
classes.
COURSE CONTENT
1. Introduction to Pathology Terminologies
• The cell in health
• The normal cell structure The cellular functions
2. Etiology and Pathogenesis of Disease Cell Injury
• Types – congenital
• Acquired
• Mainly Acquired causes of disease
• (Hypoxic injury, chemical injury, physical injury, immunological injury)
3. Degenerations Amyloidosis Fatty change Cloudy swelling Hyaline change, mucoid degeneration
4. Cell death & Necrosis Apoptasis
• Def, causes, features and types of necrosis Gangrene - Dry, wet, gas
• Pathological Calcifications (Dystrophic and metastatic)
5.Inflammation
• Definition, causes types, and features
• Acute inflammation
• a.The vascular response
• b.The cellular response
• c.Chemical mediators
 33

• d.The inflammatory cells

• e.Fate
• -Chronic inflammation Granulomations inflammation
6.Healing
• -Regeneration
• -Repair
• a.Mechanisms
• b.Healing by primary intention
• c.Healing by secondary intention
• d.Fracture healing
• e.Factors influencing healing process
• f.Complications
7.Tuberculosis
• -Epidemiology
• -Pathogenesis ( Formation of tubercle)
• -Pathological features of Primary and secondary TB
• -Complications and Fate
8.Syphilis
• -Epidemiology
• -Types and stages of syphilis
• -Pathological features
• -Diagnostic criterias
• -Oral lesions
9.Typhoid
• -Epidemiology
- Pathogenesis
• -Pathological features
• -Diagnostic criterias
10.Thrombosis
• -Definition, Pathophysiology
• -Formation, complications & Fate of a thrombus
11.Embolism
• -Definition
• -Types
• -Effects
12.Ischaemia and Infraction
• -Definition, etiology, types
• -Infraction of various organs
13.Derangements of body fluids
• -Oedema – pathogenesis
• Different types
14.Disorders of circulation
• -Hyperaemia
• -Shock
15.Nutritional Disorders
• -Common Vitamin Deficiencies
16.Immunological mechanisms in disease
• -Humoral & cellular immunity
• -Hypersensitivity & autommunity
17.AIDS and Hepatitis.
 34

18.Hypertension
• -Definition, classification
• -Pathophysiology
• -Effects in various organs
19.Diabetes Mellitus
• -Def, Classification, Pathogenesis, Pathology in different organs
20.Adaptive disorders of growth
• -Atrophy & Hypertrophy, Hyperplasia, Metaplasia and Dysplasia
21. General Aspects of neoplesia
• Definition, terminology, classification
• Differences between benign and malignant neoplasms
• The neoplastic cell
• Metastasis
• Etiology and pathogenesis of neoplasia, Carcinogenesis
• Tumour biology
• Oncogenes and anti-oncogenes
• Diagnosis
• Precancerous lesions
• Common specific tumours, Sq papilloma & Ca, Basal cell Ca, Adenoma & Adenoca, Fibroma &
Fibrosarcoma, Lipoma and liposarcoma
22 Anaemias
- Iron Deficiency anaemia, Megaloblastic anaemia
23.Leukaemias
- Acute and chronic leukaemias, Diagnosis and clinical features
24.Diseases of Lymph nodes
- Hodgkin’s disease, Non Hodgkins lymphoma, Metastatic carcinoma
25. Diseases of oral cavity
- Lichen planus, Stomatitis, Leukoplakia, Sq cell Ca, Dental caries, Dentigerious cyst,
Ameloblastoma
26. Diseases of salivary glands
- Normal structure, Sialadenitis, Tumours
27. Common diseases of Bones
- Osteomyelitis, Metabolic bone diseases, Bone Tumours, Osteosarcoma, Osteocalstoma, Giant
cell Tumour, Ewing’s sarcoma, Fibrous dysplasia, Aneurysmal bone cyst
28. Diseases of Cardiovascular system
- Cardiac failuare
- Congenital heart disease – ASD, VSD,PDA Fallot’s Tetrology
- Infective Endocarditis
- Atherosclerosis
- Ischaemic heart Disease
29. Haemorrhagic Disorders Coagulation cascade Coagulation disorders
- Platelet funtion
- Platelet disorders
30. Neoplasia-
• a..Molecularbiology of cancer
• b. Newer techniques for diagnosis of cancer
• c. Recent advances in classification of neoplasms
Clinical significance-
• For early & definite diagnosis of cancer
• Helps clinicians to decide the mode of treatment
• Reduce mortality & improve prognosis
 35

31.Repair-
• Role of growth factors in regeneration & repair
• Clinical significance- Knowledge is helpful to decide treatment modality for rapid healing of wound.
32.Amyloidosis-
• Recent advances in classification & pathogenesis of amyloidosis.
• Clinical significance- Associated with inherited & inflammatory disorders causing abnormal deposition
& eventually leading to organ dysfunction & death.
33.Atherosclerosis-
• Recent advances in pathogenesis of atherosclerosis
• Clinical significance- Knowledge is helpful for prevention of major consequences of atherosclerosis.
34.Leukemia-
• Newer WHO classification of leukemias considering molecular biology.
• Clinical significance- Definite diagnosis of type of leukemia helpful to decide correct modality of
treatment & improve prognosis of patient.
Practicals:
1. Urine – Abnormal constitutients - Sugar, albumin, ketone bodies
2.Urine – Abnormal consittuents -Blood, bile salts, bile pigments
3.Haemoglobin (Hb) estimation
4.Total WBC count
5.Differential WBC Count
6.Packed cell volume(PCV,) rythrocyte sedimentation Rate (ESR)
7.Bleeding Time & clotting Time
8.Histopathology Tissue Processing Staining
9.Histopathology slides -Acute appendicitis, Granulation tissue, fatty liver
10.Histopathology slides CVC lung, CVC liver, Kidney amyloidosis
11.Histopathology slides Tuberculosis, Actionomycosis, Rhinosporidiosis
12.Histopathology slides Papilloma, Basal cell Ca, Sq cell Ca
13.Histopathology slides Osteosarcoma, osteoclastoma, fibrosarcoma
14.Histopathology slides Malignant melanoma, Ameloblastoma, Adenoma
15.Histopathology slides Mixed parotid tumour, metastatic carcinoma in lymph node

MICROBIOLOGY
AIM:
To introduce the students to the exciting world of microbes. To make the students aware of various branches of
microbiology, importance, significance and contribution of each branch to mankind and other fields of
medicine. The objectives of teaching microbiology can be achieved by various teaching techniques such as :
a) Lectures
b) Lecture Demonstrations
c) Practical exercises
d) Audio visual aids
e) Small group discussions with regular feed back from the students.

OBJECTIVES:
A. KNOWLEDGE AND UNDERSTANDING
At the end of the Microbiology course the student is expected to :
1. Understand the basics of various branches of microbiology and able to apply the knowledge relevantly.
2. Apply the knowledge gained in related medical subjects like General Medicine and
3. General Surgery and Dental subjects like Oral Pathology, Community Dentistry, Periodontics,
Oral Surgery, Pedodontics, Conservative Dentistry and Oral medicine in higher classes.
4. Understand and practice various methods of Sterilisation and disinfection in dental clinics.
5. Have a sound understanding of various infectious diseases and lesions in the oral cavity.
B. SKILLS
 36

• Student should have acquired the skill to diagnose, differentiate various oral lesions.
• Should be able to select, collect and transport clinical specimens to the laboratory.
• Should be able to carry out proper aseptic procedures in the dental clinic.
A brief syllabus of Microbiology is given as follows:
GENERAL MICROBIOLOGY:
v History, Introduction, Scope, Aims and Objectives.
v Morphology and Physiology of bacteria.
v Detail account of Sterlisation and Disinfection.
v Brief account of Culture media and Culture techniques.
v Basic knowledge of selection, collection, transport, processing of clinical Specimens and identification
of bacteria.
v Bacterial Genetics and Drug Resistance in bacteria.
IMMUNOLOGY:
v Infection - Definition, Classification, Source, Mode of transmission and types of Infectious disease.
v Immunity
v Structure and functions of Immune system
v The Complement System
v Antigen
v Immunoglobulins - Antibodies - General structure and the role played in defense mechanism of the
body.
v Immune response
v Antigen - Antibody reactions - with reference to clinical utility.
v Immuno deficiency disorders - a brief knowledge of various types of immuno deficiency disorders - A
sound knowledge of immuno deficiency disorders relevant to dentistry.
v Hypersensitivity reactions
v Autoimmune disorders - Basic knowledge of various types - sound knowledge of autoimmune
disorders of oral cavity and related structures.
v Immunology of Transplantation and Malignancy
v Immunehaematology
SYSTEMATIC BACTERIOLOGY:
v Pyogenic cocci - Staphylococcus, Streptococcus, Pneumococcus, Gonococcus,
v Meningococcus – brief account of each coccus - detailed account of mode of spread, laboratory
diagnosis, Chemo therapy and prevention - Detailed account of Cariogenic Streptococci.
v Corynebacterium diphtheriae - mode of spread, important clinical feature, Laboratory
diagnosis, Chemotherapy and Active immunisation.
v Mycobacteria - Tuberculosis and Leprosy
v Clostridium - Gas gangrene, food poisoning and tetanus.
v Non-sporing Anaerobes - in brief about classification and morphology, in detail about dental
pathogens - mechanism of disease production and prevention.
v Spirochaetes - Treponema pallidum - detailed account of Oral Lesions of syphilis, Borrelia vincentii.
v Actinomycetes.
VIROLOGY:
v Introduction
v General properties, cultivation, host - virus interaction with special reference to Interferon.
v Brief account of Laboratory diagnosis, Chemotherapy and immuno prophylaxis in general.
v A few viruses of relevance to dentistry.
v Herpes Virus
v Hepatitis B Virus - brief about other types
v Human Immunodeficiency Virus (HIV)
v Mumps Virus
v Brief - Measles and Rubella Virus
v Bacteriophage - structure and Significance
 37

MYCOLOGY
v Brief Introduction
v Candidosis - in detail
v Briefly on oral lesions of systemic mycoses.
PARASITOLOGY:
v Brief introduction - protozoans and helminths
v Brief knowledge about the mode of transmission and prevention of commonly seen parasitic infection
in the region.
v Hospital acquired infections-
Ø To understand Hospital acquired infections and important measures in preventing the transmission of
infection.
Ø The purpose of the infection control lesson is to assist students in developing practices that prevent or
minimize the spread of infection.
v Recent advances in diagnostic methods;
Ø The effective identification of infectious pathogens is needed for efficient disease management and
control.
Ø The aim of this is to outline some of the recent technological advances in infectious agent
identification, including polymerase chain reaction, Mass spectrometry and next-generation
sequencing, and how they are applied in the diagnosis and management of infections.
v Emerging and re-emerging infectious diseases:
Ø The objective of this study is to get the overall picture about the knowledge of emerging and
reemerging infectious diseases in public and provide a scientific basis for developing health
information strategies to prevent and diagnose it properly.
v Antimicrobial resistance:
Ø Antimicrobial resistance in human health include preventing all infections, which may result in
inappropriate use of antimicrobials; ensuring universal access to quality diagnosis and appropriate
treatment of infections; and strategic information and innovation.

GENERAL AND DENTAL PHARMACOLOGY AND THERAPEUTICS

GOAL:
v The broad goal of teaching under graduate students in pharmacology is to inculcate rational and scientific
basis of therapeutics keeping in view of dental curriculum and Profession.
OBJECTIVES:
At the end of the course the student shall be able to:
Ø Describe the pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics of essential and commonly used drugs in
general and in dentistry in particular.
Ø List the indications, contraindications; interactions, and adverse reactions of commonly used drugs
with reason.
Ø Tailor the use of appropriate drugs in disease with consideration to its cost, efficacy,safety for
individual and mass therapy needs.
Ø Indicate special care in prescribing common and essential drugs in special medical situations such as
pregnancy, lactation, old age, renal, hepatic damage and immuno compromised patients.
Ø Integrate the rational drug therapy in clinical pharmacology.
Ø Indicate the principles underlying the concepts of “Essential drugs”.
SKILLS:
At the end of the course the student shall be able to:
v Prescribe drugs for common dental and medical ailments.
v To appreciate adverse reactions and drug interactions of commonly used drugs.
v Observe experiments designed for study of effects of drugs.
v Critically evaluate drug formulations and be able to interpret the clinical
pharmacology of marketed preparations commonly used in dentistry.
v INTEGRATION: Practical knowledge of use of drugs in clinical practice will be acquired
 38

through integrated teaching with clinical departments.

LECTURE:
GENERAL PHARMACOLOGY:
v General principles of pharmacology; sources and nature of drugs dosage forms; prescription writing;
pharmacokinetics (absorption, distribution, metabolism and excretion of drugs), mode of action of
drugs, combined effects of drugs, receptor mechanism of drug action, factors modifying drug response,
adverse drug reactions; drug interactions, Implications of General Principles in clinical dentistry.
v CNS drugs; General anaesthetics, hypnotics, analgescis psychotropic drugs, anti – epileptics, muscle
relaxants, local anaesthetics, Implications of these drugs in clinical dentistry.
v Autonomic drugs; sympathomimetics, antiadrenergic drugs parasympothomimetics and
parasympatholytics, Implications of Autonomic drugs in clinical dentistry.
v Cardiovascular drugs; Cardiac stimulants ; antihypertensive drugs, vasopressor agents, treatment of
shock, Antianginal agents and diuretics, Implications of these drugs in clinical dentistry.
v Autocoids: Histamine, antihistamines, prostaglandins, leukotriens and bronchodilators, Implications of
Autocoids in clinical dentistry.
v Drugs acting on blood : coagulants and anticoagulants, hematinics, Implications of these drugs in
clinical dentistry.
v G.I.T. Drugs, Purgatives, anti-diarrhoeal, antacids, anti-emetics, Implications of these drugs in clinical
dentistry.
v Endocrines; Emphasis on treatment of diabetes and glucocorticoids, thyroid and antithyroid agents,
drugs affecting calcium balance and anabolic steroids, Implications of these drugs in clinical dentistry.
v 9.Chemotherapy: Antimicrobial agents ( against bacteria, anaerobic infections, fungi, virus and
broad spectrum). Infection management in dentistry. Phamacotherapy of Tuberculosis, leprosy
and chemotherapy of malignancy in general. Implications of Chemotherpy in clinical dentistry.
v 10.Vitamins : Water soluble vitamins, Vit. D, Vit.K. and Vit. E, Implications of Vitamins in clinical
dentistry.
v 11.Pharmacotherapy of emergencies in dental office and emergency drugs tray Implications of
Pharmacotherapy in clinical dentistry.
v 12.Chealating agents – BAL,EDTA and desferrioxamine,
II.DENTAL PHARMACOLOGY
v Anti - septics, astrigents, obtundents, mummifying agents, bleaching agents, styptics, disclosing agents,
dentifrices, mouth washes, caries and fluorides.
v Pharmacotherapy of common oral conditions in dentistry.
Practicals and Demonstrations:
To familiarise the student with the methodology: prescription writing and dispensing. Rationale of drug
combinations of marketed drugs
Ø Pharmacogenetics: Variations in the response to dental treatments may be due to several factors,
including genetic variability. Pharmacogenomics is the application of genomics technology to the
development of specific drugs and its relationship with dentistry is a recent area of research.
Ø Pharmacovigilence/ ADR reporting: Dentist’s advice a wide range of drugs in their routine clinical
practice for treatment of various oral conditions; mainly include antibiotics, analgesics, anti-
inflammatory, and antipyretics. Safe use of Drug in dentistry is an important aspect in patients life.
Ø Drug development: Pharmacology encompasses two aspects of drug metabolism – pharmacokinetics
and pharmacodynamics. While pharmacokinetics deals with drug absorption, distribution, metabolism,
and excretion, pharmacodynamics deals with drug efficacy, safety, receptor occupancy (potency), and
drug interactions. Knowledge of all these aspects with respect to a given drug is necessary in order to
successfully treat a dental condition using the drug. This can be studied under following heads
Ø a.Preclinical drug studies: includes Safety efficacy and toxicology studies in animals
Ø b.Registration of Clinical Trials: Phases of clinical trials and regulatory affairs fir registration of
clinical trials for new drug development.
 39

DENTAL MATERIALS
The science of Dental Material has undergone tremendous changes over the years. Continued research has led to
new material systems and changing concepts in the dental field. Interlinked with various specialised branches of
chemistry, practically all engineering applied sciences and biological characteristics, the science of dental
material emerged as a basic sciences in itself with its own values and principles.

INTRODUCTION
AIMS:
• Aim of the course is to present basic chemical and physical properties of Dental materials as they are
related to its manipulation to give a sound educational background so that the practice of the dentistry
emerged from art to empirical status of science as more information through further research becomes
available. It is also the aim of the course of Dental materials to provide with certain criteria of
selection and which will enable to discriminate between facts and propaganda with regards to claims
of manufactures.
OBJECTIVES:
• To understand the evolution and development of science of dental material.
• To explain purpose of course in dental materials to personnels concerned with the profession of the
dentistry. Knowledge of physical and chemical properties. Knowledge of biomechanical requirements
of particular restorative procedure. An intelligent compromise of the conflicting as well as co-
ordinating factors into the desired Ernest. Laying down standards or specifications of various materials
to guide to manufacturers as well as to help professionals.
• Search for newer and better materials which may answer our requirements with greater satisfaction. To
understand and evaluate the claims made by manufactures of dental materials
NEEDS FOR THE COURSE:
• The profession has to rise from an art to a science, , the need for the dentist to possess adequate
knowledge of materials to exercises his best through knowledge of properties of different types of
materials. The growing concern of health hazards due to mercury toxicity, inhalation of certain
vapour or dust materials, irritations and allergic reaction to skin due to contact of materials. Materials
causing irritation of oral tissues, pH of restorative materials causing inflammation and necrosis of pulp
which is a cause for the dentist to posses wider knowledge of physical, chemical and biological
properties of materials being used. For the protection for the patient and his own protection certain
criteria of selection are provided that will enable the dentist to discriminate between facts and
propaganda, which will make a material biologically accept.
SCOPE:
• The dental materials is employed in mechanical procedures including restorative dentistry such as
Prosthodontics, endodontics, periodontal, orthodontics and restorative materials. There is scarcely a
dental procedure that does not make use of dental materials in one form or another and therefore the
application of dental material is not limited to any one branch of dentistry. Branches such as minor
surgery and periodontics require less use of materials but the physical and chemical characters of
materials are important in these fields.
• The toxic and tissue reaction of dental materials and their durability in the oral cavity where the
temperature is between 32 & 37 degree centigrade, and the ingestion of hot or cold food ranges from 0-
70 degree centigrade. The acid an alkalinity of fluids shown pH varies from 4 to 8.5. The load on 1 sq.
mm of tooth or restorative materials can reach to a level as high as many kilograms. Thus the
biological properties of dental materials cannot be separated from their physical and chemical
properties.
STRUCTURE OF MATTER AND PRINCIPLES OF ADHESION.
• Change of state, inter atomic primary bonds, inter atomic secondary bonds, inter atomic bond distance
and bonding energy, thermal energy, crystalline structure, non crystalline structures, diffusion,
adhesion and bonding and adhesion to tooth structures.
IMPORTANT PHYSICAL PROPERTIES APPLICABLE TO DENTAL MATERIALS
• Physical properties are based on laws of mechanics, acoustics, optics, thermodynamics, electricity,
 40

magnetism, radiation, atomic structure or nuclear phenomena. Hue, value, chroma and translucency
physical properties based on laws of optics, dealing with phenomena of light, vision and sight. Thermal
conductivity & coefficient of thermal expansion are physical properties based on laws of
thermodynamics. Stress, strain, proportional limit, elastic limit yield strength, modulus of elasticity,
flexibility, resilience, impact, impact strength, permanent deformation, strength, flexure strength
fatigue, static fatigue, toughness, brittleness, ductility & malleability, hardness, abrasion resistance,
relaxation, rheology, Thixotropic, creep, static creep, dynamic creep, flow, colour, three dimensional
colour – hue, values, chroma, Munsell system, metamersim, fluorescence, physical properties of tooth,
stress during mastication
BIOLOGICAL CONSIDERATIONS IN USE OF DENTAL MATERIALS.
• Materials used are with the knowledge of appreciation of certain biological considerations for use in
oral cavity. Requirement of materials with biological compatibility. Classification of materials from
perspective of biological compatibility. eg. contact with soft tissues, affecting vitality of pulp, used for
root canal fillings, affecting hard tissues of teeth, laboratory materials that could be accidentally be
inhaled or ingested during handling. Hazards associated with materials: pH-effecting pulp, polymers
causing chemical irritation, mercury toxicity, etc. Microleakage, Thermal changes, Galvanism, toxic
effect of materials. Biological evaluation for systemic toxicity, skin irritation, mutagenecity and
carcinogenicity. Disinfection of dental materials for infection control.
GYPSUM & GYPSUM PRODUCTS.
• Gypsum – its origin, chemical formula, Products manufactured from gypsum. Dental plaster, Dental
stone, Die stone, high strength, high expansion stone.
• Application and manufacturing procedure of each, macroscopic and microscopic structure of each .
Supplied as and Commercial names.
• Chemistry of setting, setting reaction, theories of setting, gauging water, Microscopic structure of set
material.
• Setting time: working time and setting time, Measurement of setting time and factors controlling
setting time .
• Setting expansion, Hygroscopic setting expansion – factors affecting each Strength :wet strength, dry
strength, factors affecting strength, tensile strength Slurry – need and use.
• Care of cast.
• ADA classification of gypsum products
• Description of impression plaster and dental investment Manipulation including recent methods or
advanced methods. Disinfection : infection control, liquids, sprays, radiation Method of use of
disinfectants
• Storage of material – shelf life
IMPRESSION MATERIALS USED IN DENTISTRY
• Impression plaster, Impression compound, Zinc oxide eugenol impression paste & bite
registration paste incl., non eugenol paste, Hydrocolloids, reversible and irreversible, Elastomeric
impression materials. Polysulphide, Condensation silicones, Addition silicones, Polyether, Visible
light cure polyether urethane dimethacrylate, Historical background & development of each impression
material, Definition of impression , Purpose of making impression, Ideal properties required and
application of material, Classification as per ADA specification, general & individual impression
material.
• Application and their uses in different disciplines, Marketed as and their commercial names, Mode of
supply & mode of application bulk/wash impression. Composition, chemistry of setting ,Control of
setting time , Type of impression trays required, Adhesion to tray, manipulation, instruments &
23.BDS
• equipments required. Techniques of impression, storage of impression, (Compatibility with cast and
die material). Any recent advancements in material and mixing devices. Study of properties: Working
time, setting time, flow, accuracy, strength, flexibility, tear strength, dimensional stability,
compatibility with cast & die materials incl., electroplating Biological properties: tissue reaction , Shelf
life & storage of material, Infection control – disinfection, Advantages & disadvantages of each
 41

material.
SYNTHETIC RESINS USED IN DENTISTRY.
• Historical background and development of material, Denture base materials and their classification and
requirement
• Classification of resins
• Dental resins – requirements of dental resins, applications, polymerisation, polymerisation mechanism
stages in addition polymerisation, inhibition of polymerisation, co polymerization, molecular weight,
crosslinking, plastixizers, Physical properties of polymers, polymer structures types of resins.
ACRYLIC RESINS:
• Mode of polymerisation: Heat activated, Chemically activated, Light activated, Mode of supply,
application, composition, polymerisation reaction of each. Technical considerations: Methods of
manipulation for each type of resin. Physical properties of denture base resin. Miscellaneous resins &
techniques: Repair resins, Relining and rebasing. Short term and long-term soft-liners, temporary
crown and bridge resins, Resin impression trays, Tray materials, Resin teeth, materials in maxillofacial
prosthesis, Denture cleansers, Infection control in detail, Biological properties and allergic reactions.
RESTORATIVE RESINS:
• Historical background, Resin based restorative materials, Unfilled & filled, Composite restorative
materials, Mode of supply, Composition, Polymerisation mechanisms: Chemically activated, Light
activated, Dual cure: Degree of conversion, Polymerisation shrinkage Classification of Composites:
Application, composition and properties of each Composites of posterior teeth, Prosthodontics resins
for veneering. Biocompatibility – microleakage, pulpal reaction, pulpal protection Manipulation of
composites: Techniques of insertion of Chemically activated, light activated, dual cure Polymerisation,
Finishing and polishing of restoration, Repair of composites Direct bonding Bonding: Need for
bonding, Acid - etch technique, Enamel bonding, Dentin bonding agents. Mode of bonding, Bond
strength, Sandwich technique its indication and procedure. Extended application for composites:
Resins for restoring eroded teeth, Pit and fissure sealing, Resin inlays system – Indirect & direct, Core
build up, Orthodontic applications.
METAL AND ALLOYS:
• Structure and behaviour of metals, Solidification of metals, mechanism of crystallisation amorphous &
crystalline. Classification of alloys, Solid solutions, Constitutes or equilibrium phase diagrams:Electric
alloys, Physical properties, Peritectic alloys, Solid state reaction other binary systems: Metallography
& Heat treatment. Tarnish and corrosion. Definition: causes of corrosion, protection against corrosion.,
Corrosion of dental restorations, clinical significance of galvanic current. Dental Amalgam.
• History:
• Definition of dental amalgam, application, Alloy classification, manufacture of alloy powder
composition - available as.
• Amalgamation : setting reaction & resulting structure , properties , Microleakage Dimensional stability,
Strength, Creep, Clinical performance
• Manipulation: Selection of alloy, proportioning, mechanism of trituration, condensation, carving &
finishing. Effect of dimensional changes, Marginal deterioration., Repair of amalgam, mercury
toxicity, mercury hygiene.
• DIRECT FILLING GOLD:
• Properties of pure gold, mode of adhesion of gold for restoration forms of direct filling gold for using
as restorative material
• Classification : Gold Foil, Electrolytic precipitate, powdered gold.
• Manipulation: Removal of surface impurities and compaction of direct filling gold. Physical properties
of compacted gold, Clinical performance.
• DENTAL CASTING ALLOYS:
• Historical background, desirable properties of casting alloys.
• Alternatives to cast metal technology: direct filling gold, amalgam, mercury free condensable
intermetallic compound - an alternative to metal casting process. CAD-CAM process for metal
 42

& ceramic inlays - without need of impression of teeth or casting procedure, pure titanium, most bio
compatible metal which are difficult to cast can be made into crowns with the aid of CAD- CAM
technology . Another method of making copings - by copy milling (without casting procedures).
• Classification of casting alloys: By function & description.
• Recent classification , High noble (HN), Noble (N) and predominantly base metal (PB)
• Alloys for crown & bridge, metal ceramic & removable partial denture. Composition, function,
constituents and application, each alloy both noble and base metal. Properties of alloys: Melting
range, mechanical properties, hardness, elongation, modulus of elasticity, tarnish and corrosion.
• Casting shrinkage and compensation of casting shrinkage. Biocompatability - Handling hazards &
precautions of base metal alloys, casting investments used. Heat treatment : Softening & hardening
heat treatment. Recycling of metals. Titanium alloys & their application , properties & advantages.
Technical considerations In casting . Heat source, furnaces.
DENTAL WAXES INCLUDING INLAY CASTING WAX
• Introduction and importance of waxes. Sources of natural waxes and their chemical nature.
Classification of Waxes:
• Properties: melting range, thermal expansion, mechanical properties, flow & residual stresses,
ductility. Dental Wax: Inlay wax: Mode of supply : Classification & composition, Ideal requirements:
Properties of inlay wax: Flow, thermal properties Wax distortion & its causes.
• Manipulation of inlay wax: Instruments & equipment required, including electrically heated
instruments metal tips and thermostatically controlled wax baths.
• Other waxes: Applications, mode of supply & properties.
• Casting Wax, Base plate wax, Processing wax, Boxing wax, Utility wax, Sticky wax, Impression wax
for corrective impressions, Bite registration wax.
DENTAL CASTING INVESTMENTS.
• Definition, requirements, classification
• Gypsum bonded - classification. Phosphate bonded, Silica bonded
• Mode of Supply: Composition, application , setting mechanism, setting time & factors controlling
• Expansions :Setting expansion, Hygroscopic Setting expansion, & thermal expansion : factors
affecting. Properties : Strength, porosity, and fineness & storage. Technical considerations: For
Casting procedure, Preparation of die, Wax pattern, spruing, investing, control of shrinkage
compensation, wax burnout, and heating the invested ring, casting. Casting machines, source of heat
for melting the alloy. Defects in casting.
SOLDERING, BRAZING AND WELDING
• Need of joining dental appliances, Terms & Definition
• Solders: Definition, ideal requirement, types of solders – Soft & hard and their fusion temperature,
application. Mode of supply of solders, Composition and selection, Properties. Tarnish & corrosion
resistance mechanical properties, microstructure of soldered joint. Fluxes & Anti fluxes: Definition,
Function, Types, commonly used fluxes & their selection Technique of Soldering & Brazing : free
hand soldering and investment, steps and procedure. Welding,: Definition, application, requirements,
procedure, weld decay - causes and how to avoid it. Laser welding.
WROUGHT BASE METAL ALLOYS
• Applications and different alloys used mainly for orthodontics purpose
• Stainless steel
• Cobalt chromium nickel
• Nickel titanium
• Beta titanium
• Properties required for orthodontic wires, working range, springiness, stiffness, resilience, Formability,
ductility, ease of joining, corrosion resistance, stability in oral environment, bio compatibility
• Stainless steels: Description, type, composition & properties of each type. Sensitisation & stabilisation
, Mechanical properties – strength, tensile, yield strength, KHN. Braided & twisted wires their need ,
Solders for stainless steel, Fluxes, Welding
 43

• Wrought cobalt chromium nickel alloys, composition, allocation, properties, heat treatment, physical
properties
• Nickel – Titanium alloys, shape, memory & super elastic
• Titanium alloys, application, composition, properties, welding, Corrosion resistance
DENTAL CEMENTS
• Definition & Ideal requirements:
• Cements: Silicate, Glass ionomer, metal modified glass ionomer, resin modified glass ionomer, zinc
oxide eugenol, modified zinc oxide eugenol, zinc phosphate, zinc silico phosphate, zinc poly
carboxylate, Cavity liners and cement bases, Varnishes Calcium hydroxide, Gutta percha
• Application, classification (general and individual ), setting mechanism, mode of supply, Properties,
factors affecting setting, special emphasis on critical procedures of manipulation and protection of
cement, mode of adhesion, biomechansim of caries inhibition.
• Agents for pulpal protection., Modifications and recent advances, Principles of cementation. Special
emphasis on cavity liners and cement bases and luting agents.
DENTAL CERAMICS
• Historical background & General applications.
• Dental ceramics : definition, classification, application, mode of supply, manufacturing procedure,
methods of strengthening. Properties of fused ceramic: Strength and factors affecting, modulus of
elasticity, surface hardness, wear resistance, thermal properties, specific gravity, chemical stability,
esthetic properties, biocompatability, technical considerations.
• Metal Ceramics (PFM): Alloys - Types and composition of alloys. Ceramic - Type and Composition.
Metal Ceramic Bond - Nature of bond. Bonding using electro deposition, foil copings, bonded
platinum foil, swaged gold alloy foil coping. Technical considerations for porcelain and porcelain
fused metal restorations. Recent advances - all porcelain restorations, Manganese core, injection
moulded, castable
• ceramics, glass infiltrated alumina core ceramic (In ceram), ceramic veners, inlays and onlays, and
CAD
• CAM ceramic. Chemical attack of ceramic by fluoride. Porcelain furnaces.
ABRASION & POLISHING AGENTS
• Definition of abrasion and polishing. Need of abrasion and polishing. Types of abrasives: Finishing,
polishing & cleaning. Types of abrasives: Diamond, Emery, aluminium oxides garnet, pumice,
Kieselgurh, tripoli, rouge, tin oxide, chalk, chromic oxide, sand, carbides, diamond, zirconium silicate
Zinc oxide
ABRASIVE ACTION :
• Desirable characteristics of an abrasive, Rate of abrasion, Size of particle, pressure and speed.
• Grading of abrasive & polishing agents. Binder, Polishing materials & procedures used. Technical
consideration - Material and procedure used for abrasion and polishin Electrolytic polishing and
burnishing.
DIE AND COUNTER DIE MATERIALS INCLUDING ELECTROFORMING AND
ELECTROPOLISHING.
• Types – Gypsum products, Electroforming, Epoxy resin, Amalgam.
DENTAL IMPLANTS :
• Evolution of dental implants, types, and materials.
MECHANICS OF CUTTING : Burs and points.
• At the end of the course the student should have the knowledge about the composition, properties,
manipulative techniques, and their various commercial names. The student should also acquire skills
to select and use the materials appropriately for laboratory and clinical use.
 44

PRE CLINICAL CONSERVATIVE DENTISTRY LABORATORY EXERCISES

ALL PRECLINICAL EXERCISES TO BE DONE ON SIMULATORS WITH AIR ROTOR HANDPIECES
AND ATTACHED SUCTION EQUIPMENT TO ENHANCE THE SIMULATION BASED LEARNING.
• Identification and study of handcutting instruments chisles, gingival margin trimmers, excavators
and hatchet.
• Identification and use of rotary cutting instruments in contra angle hand pieces burs
(Micromotor)
• Preparation class I and extended class I and class II and MOD’s and class V amounting to 10
exercises in plaster models.
• 10 exercises in mounted extracted teeth of following class I, 4 in number class I extended cavities 2,
class II 4 in number and Class V 2 in number. Cavity preparation base application matrix and wedge
placement restoration with amalgam.
• Exercises on phantom head models which includes cavity preparation base and varnish
application matrix and wedge placement followed by amalgam restoration.
o Class I - 5
o Class I with extension- 2
o Class II- 10
o Class II Mods- 2
o Class V and III forglass ionmers- 4
o Class V for amalgam- 2
o Polishing of above restorations.
• Demonstration of Class III and Class V cavity preparation. For composites on extracted tooth
completing the restoration.
• Polishing and finishing of the restoration of composites.
• Identification and manipulation of varnish bases like Zinc Phosphate, Poly carboxylate, Glass
Ionomers, Zinc Oxide, Euginol cements.
• Identification and manipulation of various matrices, tooth separators and materials like composites and
modified glassionomer cements.
• Cast Restoration
• Preparation of Class II inlay cavity
• Fabrication of wax pattern
• Sprue for inner attachment investing
• Investing of wax pattern
• Finishing and cementing of class II inlay in extracted tooth.
• Endodontics
• Identification of basic endodontic instruments
• Cornal access cavity preparation on extracted. Upper central incisiors
• Determination of working length.
• Biomechanical preparation of root canal space of central incisor
• Obfuration of root canal spaces. Absens of cornal access cavity.
• Closure of acess cavity
 45

ORAL PATHOLOGY & ORAL MICROBIOLOGY

OBJECTIVES:
• At the end of Oral Pathology & Oral Microbiology course, the student should be able to comprehend -
• The different types of pathological processes, that involve the oral cavity.
• The manifestations of common diseases, their diagnosis & correlation with clinical pathological
processes.
• An understanding of the oral manifestations of systemic diseases should help in correlating
with the systemic physical signs & laboratory findings.
• The student should understand the underlying biological principles governing treatment of oral
diseases.
• The principles of certain basic aspects of Forensic Odontology.
SKILLS:
• Microscopic study of common lesions affecting oral tissues through microscopic slides & projection
slides.
• Study of the disease process by surgical specimens.
• Study of teeth anomalies/polymorphisms through tooth specimens & plaster casts.
• Microscopic study of plaque pathogens.
• Study of haematological preparations (blood films) of anaemias & leukemias.
• Basic exercises in Forensic Odontology such as histological methods of age estimation and
appearance of teeth in injuries.
INTRODUCTION:
• A bird's eye view of the different pathological processes involving the oral cavity & oral cavity
involvement in systemic diseases to be brought out. Interrelationship between General Medicine
& General Surgery & Oral pathology to be emphasized.
• Developmental disturbances of teeth, jaws and soft tissues of oral & paraoral region :
• Introduction to developmental disturbances - Hereditary, Familial mutation, Hormonal etc. causes to be
highlighted.
• Developmental disturbances of teeth - Etiopathogenesis, clinical features, radiological features &
histopathological features as appropriate :-
• The size, shape, number, structure & eruption of teeth & clinical significance of the anomalies to be
emphasized.
• Forensic Odontology.
• Developmental disturbances of jaws - size & shape of the jaws.
• Developmental disturbances of oral & paraoral soft tissues - lip & palate - clefts, tongue, gingiva,
mouth, salivary glands & face.
• Dental Caries :
• Etiopathogenesis, microbiology, clinical features, diagnosis, histopathology, immunology, prevention
of dental caries & its sequelae.
• Pulp & Periapical Pathology & Osteomyelitis.
• Etiopathogenesis & interrelationship, clinical features, microbiology, histopathology & radiological
features (as appropriate) of pulp & periapical lesions & osteomyelitis.
• Sequelae of periapical abscess - summary of space infections, systemic complications & significance.
• Periodontal Diseases :
• Etiopathogenesis, microbiology, clinical features, histopathology & radiological features (as
appropriate) of gingivitis, gingival enlargements & periodontitis. Basic immunological mechanisms of
periodontal disease to be highlighted.
• Microbial infections of oral soft tissues :
• Microbiology, defence mechanisms including immunological aspects,
• oral manifestations, histopathogy and laboratory diagnosis of common bacterial, viral & fungal
infections namely :- Bacterial : Tuberculosis, Syphilis, ANUG & its complications - Cancrum Oris.
• Viral : Herpes Simplex, Varicella zoster, Measles, Mumps & HIV infection. Fungal : Candidal
 46

infection. Apthous Ulcers.

• Common non- inflammatory diseases involving the jaws :
• Etiopathogenesis, clinical features, radiological & laboratory values in diagnosis of :
• Fibrous dysplasia, Cherubism, Osteogenesis Imperfecta, Paget's disease, Cleidocranial dysplasia,
Rickets, Achondroplasia, Marfan's syndrome & Down's syndrome.
• Diseases of TM Joint :
• Ankylosis, summary of different types of arthritis & other developmental malformations, traumatic
injuries & myofascial pain dysfunction syndrome.
• Cysts of the Oral & Paraoral region :
• Classification, etiopathogenesis, clinical features, histopathology, laboratory & radiological features
(as appropriate) of Odontogenic cysts, Non-Odontogenic cysts, Pseudocysts of jaws & soft tissue cysts
of oral & paraoral region.
• Tumours of the Oral Cavity :
• Classification of Odontogenic, Non-Odontogenic & Salivary Gland Tumours. Etiopathogenesis,
clinical features, histopathology, radiological features & laboratory diagnosis (as appropriate) of the
following common tumours :-
• Odontogenic - all lesions.
• Non-odontogenic
• Benign Epithelial - Papilloma, Keratoacanthoma & Naevi.
• Benign Mesenchymal - Fibroma, Aggressive fibrous lesions, Lipoma,
• Haemangioma,Lymphangioma, Neurofibroma, Schwannoma, Chondroma, Osteoma & Tori.
• Malignant Epithelial - Basal Cell Carcinoma, Verrucous Carcinoma,
• Squamous Cell carcinoma & Malignant Melanoma.
• Malignant Mesenchymal - Fibrosarcoma, Osteosarcoma, Giant cell
• tumour, Chondrosarcoma, Angiosarcoma,
• Kaposi's sarcoma, Lymphomas , Ewing’s sarcoma & Other Reticuloendothelial tumours.
• Salivary Gland
• Benign Epithelial neoplasms - Pleomorphic Adenoma, Warthin's tumour,
• & Oncocytoma.
• Malignant Epithelial neoplasms - Adenoid Cystic Carcinoma,
• Mucoepidermoid Carcinoma,
• Acinic Cell Carcinoma & Adenocarcinomas.
• Tumours of Disputed Origin - Congenital Epulis & Granular Cell Myoblastoma.
• Metastatic tumours - Tumors metastasizing to & from oral cavity & the routes
• of metastasis.
• Traumatic, Reactive & Regressive lesions of Oral Cavity :
• Pyogenic & Giant cell granuloma, exostoses Fibrous Hyperplasia, Traumatic Ulcer & Traumatic
Neuroma.
• Attrition, Abrasion, Erosion, Bruxism, Hypercementosis, Dentinal changes, Pulp calcifications &
Resorption of teeth.
• Radiation effects of oral cavity, summary of Physical & Chemical injuries including allergic reactions
of the oral cavity.
• Healing of Oral wounds & complications - Dry socket.
• Non neoplastic Salivary Gland Diseases :
• Sialolithiasis, Sialosis, Sialadenitis, Xerostomia & Ptyalism.
• Systemic Diseases involving Oral cavity :
• Brief review & oral manifestations, diagnosis & significance of common Blood, Nutritional, Hormonal
& Metabolic diseases of Oral cavity.
• Mucocutaneous Lesions :
• Etiopathogenesis, clinical features & histopathology of the following common lesions.
 47

• Lichen Planus, Lupus Erythematosus, Pemphigus & Pemphigoid lesions, Erythema Multiforme,
Psoriasis, Scleroderma, Ectodermal Dysplasia, Epidermolysis bullosa & White sponge nevus..
• Diseases of the Nerves :
• Facial neuralgias - Trigeminal & Glossopharyngeal. VII nerve paralysis, Causalgia.
• Psychogenic facial pain & Burning mouth syndrome.
• Pigmentation of Oral & Paraoral region & Discolouration of teeth :
• causes & clinical manifestations.
• Diseases of Maxillary Sinus :
• Traumatic injuries to sinus, Sinusitis, Cysts & Tumours involving antrum.
• ORAL PRECANCER – CANCER; Epidemiology, aetiology, clinical and histopatholotgical features,
TNM classification. Recent advances in diagnosis, management and prevention.
• Types of biopsy, value of biopsy, cytology, histo chemistry & frozen sections in diagnosis of oral
diseases.
• Principles of Basic Forensic Odontology (Pre-clinical Forensic Odontology):
Introduction, definition, aims & scope.
• Sex and ethnic (racial) differences in tooth morphology and histological age estimation
• Determination of sex & blood groups from buccal mucosa / saliva.
• Dental DNA methods
• Bite marks, rugae patterns & lip prints.
• Dental importance of poisons and corrosives.
• Overview of forensic medicine and toxicology
• Integrate technology into the syllabus, such as virtual microscopy, digital learning resources, and
online platforms for collaborative learning.
• Histopathological study of slides is done routinely in monocular light microscope. The students are
also encouraged to study the slides under research microscope.
• Emphasize the clinical relevance of topics to prepare students for real-world scenarios. This may
involve incorporating case-based learning and clinical rounds.
• Explore opportunities to integrate interdisciplinary approaches, connecting oral pathology and
microbiology with other relevant disciplines.

GENERAL MEDICINE
GUIDELINES:
Special emphasis should be given throughout on the importance of various diseases as applicable to dentistry.
• 1. Special precautions/ contraindication of anaesthesia and various dental procedures in
different systemic diseases.
• Oral manifestations of systemic diseases.
• Medical emergencies in dental practice.
• A dental student should be taught in such a manner he/she is able to record the arterial pulse, blood
pressure and be capable of suspecting by sight and superficial examination of the body – diseases of
the heart, lungs, kidneys, blood etc. He should be capable of handling medical emergencies
encountered in dental practice.
THEORY SYLLABUS
• CORE TOPICS
• (Must Know)
o Aims of medicine Definitions of signs, symptoms, diagnosis, differential diagnosis treatment
& prognosis. 2. Infections.
o Enteric fever, AIDS, herpes simplex, herpes zoster, syphilis diphtheria.
• COLLATERAL TOPICS
• (Desirable to Know)
o Infectious mononucleosis mumps, measles, rubella, malaria.
• G.I.T.
 48

o Stomatitis, gingival hyperplasia, dysphagia, acid peptic disease, jaundice, acute and chronic
hepatitis, cirrhosis of liver ascites.
• CVS
o Acute rheumatic fever rheumatic valvular heart disease, hypertension, ischemic
heart disease, infective endocarditis, common arrhythmias, congenital heart disease,
congestive cardiac failure.
• RS
o Pneumonia, COPD, Pulmonary TB, Bronehial asthma
o Hematology
o Anemias, bleeding & clotting disorders, leukemias, lymphomas, agranulocytosis,
splenomegaly, oral manifestations of hematologic disorders, generalized
Lymphadenopathy.
o Renal System Acute nephritis Nephrotic syndrome 8, Nutrition Avitaminosis
• CNS
• Facial palsy, facial pain including trigeminal neuralgia, epilepsy, headache including
migraine.
• Endocrines
• Diabetes Mellitus Acromegaly, Hypothyroidism, Thyrotoxicosis, Calcium metabolism and
parathyroids. 11. Critical care
• Syncope, cardiac arrest, CPR, shock
• Diarrhea Dysentery Amoebiasis Malabsorhtion
• Lung Abscess Pleural effusion Pneumothorax Bronchiectasis Lung cancers.
• Renal failure
• Balanced diet PEM
• Avitaminosis
- Meningitis
- Examination of comatose patient
- Examination of cranial nerves. Addison’s disease, Cushing’s syndrome.
• Ac LVF ARDS
CLINICAL TRAINING:
• The student must be able to take history, do general physical examination (including build,
nourishment, pulse, BP, respiration, clubbing, cyanosis, jaundice, lymphadenopathy, oral cavity) and
be able to examine CVS, RS and abdomen and facial nerve.

GENERAL SURGERY
AIMS:
To acquaint the student with various diseases, which may require surgical expertise and to train the student to
analyze the history and be able to do a thorough physical examination of the patient. The diseases as related to
head and neck region are to be given due importance, at the same time other relevant surgical problems are
also to be addressed. At the end of one year of study the student should have a good theoretical knowledge of
various ailments, and be practically trained to differentiate benign and malignant diseases and be able to decide
which patient requires further evaluation.
1.HISTORY OF SURGERY:
• The development of surgery as a speciality over the years, will give the students an opportunity to
know the contributions made by various scientists, teachers and investigators. It will also enable the
student to understand the relations of various specialities in the practice of modern surgery.
2.GENERAL PRINCIPLES OF SURGERY:
• Introduction to various aspects of surgical principles as related to orodental diseases. Classification of
diseases in general. This will help the student to understand the various diseases, their relevance to
routine dental practice.
3.WOUNDS:
 49

• Their classification, wound healing, repair, treatment of wounds, medico-legal aspects of accidental
wounds and complications of wounds.
4.INFLAMMATION:
• Of soft and hard tissues. Causes of inflammation, varieties, treatment and sequelae.
5.INFECTIONS:
• Acute and chronic abscess skin infections, cellulitis, carbuncle, and erysepelas. Specific infections such
as tetanus, gangrene, syphilis, gonorrhoea, tuberculosis, Actinomycosis, Vincents angina, cancrum oris.
Pyaemia, toxaemia and septicaemia.
6.TRNSMISSABLE VIRAL INFECTIONS:
• HIV and Hepatitis B with special reference to their prevention and precautions to be taken in treating
patients in a carrier state.
7.SHOCK AND HAEMORRHAGE:
• Classification, causes, clinical features and management of various types of shock. Syncope,
Circulatory collapse. Haemorrhage – different types, causes, clinical features and management.
Blood groups, blood transfusion, precautions and complications of blood and their products.
Hemophilia’s, their transmission, clinical features and management especially in relation to minor
dental procedures.
8.TUMOURS, ULCERS, CYSTS, SINUS AND FISTULAE:
• Classification, clinical examination and treatment principles in various types of benign and malignant
tumours, ulcers, cysts, sinus and fistulae.
9.DISEASES OF LYMPHATIC SYSTEM:
• Especially those occurring in head and neck region. Special emphasis on identifying diseases such as
tubercular infection, lymphomas, leukaemias, metastatic lymph node diseases.
10.DISEASES OF THE ORAL CAVITY:
• Infective and malignant diseases of the oral cavity and oropharynx including salivary glands with
special emphasis on preventive aspects of premalignant and malignant diseases of the oral cavity.
11.DISEASES OF LARYNX, NASOPHARYNX:
• Infections and tumours affecting these sites. Indications, procedure and complications of tracheostmy.
12.NERVOUS SYSTEM:
• Surgical problems associated with nervous system with special reference to the principles of peripheral
nerve injuries, their regeneration and principles of treatment. Detailed description of afflictions of
facial nerve and its management. Trigeminal neuralgia, its presentation and treatment.
13.FRACTURES:
• General principles of fractures, clinical presentation and treatment with additional reference to newer
methods of fracture treatment. Special emphasis on fracture healing and rehabilitation.
14.PRINCIPLES OF OPERATIVE SURGERY:
• Principles as applicable to minor surgical procedures including detailed description of asepsis,
antiseptics, sterilisation, principles of anaesthesia and principles of tissue replacement. Knowledge of
sutures, drains, diathermy, cryosurgery and use of Laser in surgery.
15.ANOMOLIES OF DEVELOPMENT OF FACE:
• Surgical anatomy and development of face. Cleft lip and cleft palate—principles of management.
16.DISEASES OF THYROID AND PARATHYROID:
• Surgical anatomy, pathogenesis, clinical features and management of dysfunction of thyroid and
parathyroid glands. Malignant diseases of the thyroid—classification, clinical features and
management.
17.SWELLINGS OF THE JAW:
• Differential diagnosis and management of different types of swellings of the jaw.
18.BIOPSY:
• Different types of biopsies routinely used in surgical practice.
• Skills to be developed by the end of teaching is to examine a routine swelling, ulcer and other
related diseases and to perform minor surgical procedures such as draining an abscess, taking a biopsy
 50

CONSERVATIVE DENTISTRY AND ENDODONTICS

OBJECTIVES:
• Knowledge and understanding
• Skills and
• Attitudes
A). Knowledge and under standing:
The graduate should acquire the following knowledge during the period of training.
• To diagnose and treat simple restorative work for teeth.
• ii. To gain knowledge about aesthetic restorative material and to translate the same to patients
needs.
• iii. To gain the knowledge about endodontic treatment on the basis of scientific foundation.
• iv. To carry out simple endodontic treatment.
• v. To carry out simple luexation of tooth and its treatment and to provide emergency endodontic
treatment.
SKILLS:
He should attain following skills necessary for practice of dentistry
• To use medium and high speed hand pieces to carry out restorative work.
• Poses the skills to use and familiarise endodontic instruments and materials needed for carrying out
simple endodontic treatment.
• To achieve the skills to translate patients esthetic needs along with function.
ATTITUDES:
• Maintain a high standard of professional ethics and conduct and apply these in all aspects of
professional life.
• Willingness to participate in CDE programme to update the knowledge and professional skill from
• iv). time to time.
• To help and participate in the implementation of the national oral health policy.
• He should be able to motivate the patient for proper dental treatment at the same time proper
maintenance of oral hygiene should be emphasise which will help to maintain the restorative work
and prevent future damage.
INTRODUCTION :
1) Definition aims objectives of Conservative Dentistry scope and future of Conservative Dentistry.
2) Nomenclature Of Dentition:
3) Tooth numbering systems A.D.A. Zsigmondy Palmer and F.D.I. systems.
4) Principles Of Cavity Preparation :
5) Steps and nomenclature of cavity preparation classification of cavities, nomenclature of floors
angles of cavities.
6) Dental Caries :
7) Aetiology, classification clinical features, morphological features, microscopic features, clinical
diagnosis and sequel of dental caries.
8) Treatment Planning For Operative Dentistry:
9) Detailed clinical examination , radiographic examination, tooth vitality tests, diagnosis and treatment
planning, preparation of the case sheet.
10) Gnathological Concepts Of Restoration:
11) Physiology of occlusion, normal occlusion, Ideal occlusion, mandibular movements and occlusal
analysis. Occlusal rehabilitation and restoration.
12) Aramamentarium For Cavity Preparation:
13) General classification of operative instruments, Hand cutting instruments design formula and
sharpening of instruments. Rotary cutting instruments dental bur, mechanism of cutting, evaluation of
hand piece and speed current concepts of rotary cutting procedures. Sterilisation and maintenance of
instruments. Basic instrument tray set up.
14) Control of Operating Filed:
 51

15) Light source sterilisation field of operation control of moisture, rubber dam in detail, cotton rolls and
anti sialogagues.
16) Amalgam Restoration :
17) Indication contraindication, physical and mechanical properties , clinical behaviour. Cavity preparation
for Class I , II, V and III. Step wise procedure for cavity preparation and restoration. Failure of
amalgam restoration.
18) Pulp Protection :
19) Liners, varnishes and bases, Zinc phosphate, zinc polycarboxylate, zinc oxide eugenol and glass
inomer cements.
20) Anterior Restorations :
21) Selection of cases, selection of material, step wise procedures for using restorations ( theory only)
glass inomers, composites, including sand witch restorations and bevels of the same with a note on
status of the dentine bonding agents.
22) Direct Filling Gold Restorations :
23) Types of direct filling gold indications and limitations of cohesive gold. Annealing of gold foil
cavity preparation and condensation of gold foils.
24) Preventive Measures In Restorative Practice :
25) Plaque Control, Pitand fissure sealants dietary measures restorative procedure and periodontal health.
Contact and contour of teeth and restorations matrices tooth separation and wedges.
26) Temporisation or Interim Restoration.
27) Pin Amalgam Restoration Indication Contra Indication :
28) Advantages disadvantages of each types of pin methods of placement use of auto matrix. Failure of
pin amalgam restoration.
29) Management Of Deep Carious Lesions Indirect And Direct Pulp Capping.
30) Non Carious Destruction’s Tooth Structures Diagnosis and Clinical Management
31) Hyper Sensitive Dentine And Its Management.
32) Cast Restorations
33) Indications, contra indications, advantages and disadvantages and materials used for same Class II and
Class I cavity preparation for inlays fabrication of wax pattern spurring inverting and casting
procedures & casting defects.
34) Die Materials And Preparation Of Dies.
35) Gingival Tissue Management For Cast Restoration And Impression Procedures
36) Recent Cavity Modification Amalgam Restoration.
37) Differences between Amalgam And Inlay Cavity preparation with note on all the types of Bewels
used for Cast Restoration.
38) Control Of Pain During Operative Procedures.
39) Treatment Planning For Operative Dentistry Detailed Clinical Examination Radiographic Examination
40) Vitality Tests, Diagnosis And Treatment Planning And Preparation Of Case Sheet.
41) Applied Dental Materials.
42) Biological Considerations.
43) Evaluation, clinical application and adverse effects of the following materials. Dental cements,
Zinc oxide euginol cements zinc phosphate cements, polycarboxylates glass ionomer cements,
silicate cement calcium hydroxides varnishes.
44) Dental amalgam, technical considerations mercury toxicity mercury hygiene.
45) Composite, Dentine bonding agents, chemical and light curing composites
46) Rubber base Imp. Materials
47) Nobel metal alloys & non noble metal alloys
48) Investment and die materials
49) Inlay casting waxes
50) Dental porcelain
51) Aesthetic Dentistry
52) Endodontics: introduction definition scope and future of endodontics
 52

53) Clinical diagnostic methods

54) Emergency endodontic procedures
55) Pulpal diseases causes, types and treatment .
56) Periapical diseases: acute periapical abscess, acute periodontal abscess phoeix abscess, chronic alveolar
abscess granuloma cysts condensing osteits, external resorption.
57) Vital pulp therapy: indirect and direct pulp capping pulpotomy different types and medicaments used.
58) Apexogenisis and apexification or problems of open apex.
59) Rationale of endodontic treatment case selection indication and contraindications for root canal
treatments.
60) Principles of root canal treatment mouth preparation root canal instruments, hand instruments, power
driven instruments, standardisation color coding principle of using endodontic instruments.
Sterilisation of root canal instruments and materials rubber dam application.
61) Anatomy of the pulp cavity: root canals apical foramen. Anomalies of pulp cavities access cavity
preparation of anterior and premolar teeth.
62) Preparation of root canal space . Determination of working length, cleaning and shaping of root canals,
irrigating solution chemical aids to instrumentation.
63) Disinfection of root canal space intracanal medicaments, poly antibiotic paste ross mans paste,
mummifying agents. Out line of root canal treatment, bacteriological examinations, culture
methods.
64) Problems during cleaning and shaping of root canal spaces. Perforation and its management. Broken
instruments and its management, management of single and double curved root canals.
65) Methods of cleaning and shaping like step back crown down and conventional methods.
66) Obturation of the root canal system. Requirements of an ideal root canal filling material
obturation methods using gutta percha healing after endodontic treatment. Failures in
endodontics.
67) Root canal sealers. Ideal properties classification. Manipulation of root canal sealers.
68) post endodontic restoration fabrication and components of post core preparation.
69) smear layer and its importance in endodontics and conservative treatment.
70) discoloured teeth and its management. Bleaching agents, vital and non vital bleaching methods.
71) traumatised teeth classification of fractured teeth. Management of fractured tooth and root. Luxated
teeth and its management.
72) endodontic surgeries indication contraindications, pre operative preparation. Premedication surgical
instruments and techniques apicectomy, retrograde filling, post operative sequale terphination
hemisection, radiscetomy techniques of tooth reimplantation (both intentional and accidental)
endodontic implants.
73) root resorption.
74) emergency endodontic procedures.
75) lasers in conservative endodontics (introduction only) practice management
76) professional association dentist act 1948 and its amendment 1993.
77) duties towards the govt. Like payments of professional tax, income tax.
78) financial management of practice
79) dental material and basic equipment management.
80) Ethics
81) Introduction to the concept of regenerative endodontics.
82) Scope of regenerative endodontics.
83) Advantages and disadvantages regenerative endodontics.
84) Types, Advantages,Disadvantages and Application of Hard Tissue Lasers in conservative dentistry
85) Introduction to Nano-technology.
86) Basics of applications of nanomedicine, nanaomaterials like nano-composites.
87) Introduction to CAD-CAM.
88) Introduction to Endodontic Microscope.
89) Recent Dignostic Aids in Endodontics.
 53

ORAL & MAXILLOFACIAL SURGERY

AIMS:
• To produce a graduate who is competent in performing extraction of teeth under both local and general
anaesthesia, prevent and manage related complications, acquire a reasonable knowledge and
understanding of the various diseases, injuries, infections occurring in the Oral & Maxillofacial region
and offer solutions to such of those common conditions and has an exposure in to the in-patient
management of maxillofacial problems.
OBJECTIVES:
Knowledge & Understanding:
• At the end of the course and the clinical training the graduate is expected to -
• Able to apply the knowledge gained in the related medical subjects like pathology, microbiology and
general medicine in the management of patients with oral surgical problem.
• Able to diagnose, manage and treat (understand the principles of treatment of) patients with oral
surgical problems.
• Knowledge of range of surgical treatments.
• Ability to decide the requirement of a patient to have oral surgical specialist opinion or treatment.
• Understand the principles of in-patient management.
• Understanding of the management of major oral surgical procedures and principles involved in patient
management.
• Should know ethical issues and communication ability.
Skills:
• A graduate should have acquired the skill to examine any patient with an oral surgical problem in an
orderly manner. Be able to understand requisition of various clinical and laboratory investigations
and is capable of formulating differential diagnosis.
• Should be competent in the extraction of teeth under both local and general anaesthesia.
• Should be able to carry out certain minor oral surgical procedures under L.A. like frenectomy, alveolar
procedures & biopsy etc.
• Ability to assess, prevent and manage various complications during and after surgery.
• Able to provide primary care and manage medical emergencies in the dental office.
• Understanding of the management of major oral surgical problems and principles involved in inpatient
management.
DETAILED SYLLABUS
• Introduction, definition, scope, aims and objectives.
• Diagnosis in oral surgery:
o History taking
o Clinical examination
o Investigations.
• Principles of infection control and cross-infection control with particular reference to HIV/AIDS and
Hepatitis.
• Principles of Oral Surgery -
o Asepsis: Definition, measures to prevent introduction of infection during surgery.
o Preparation of the patient
o Measures to be taken by operator
o Sterilisation of instruments - various methods of sterilisation etc.
o Surgery set up.
o Painless Surgery:
• Pre-anaesthetic considerations. Pre-medication: purpose, drugs used
• Anaesthetic considerations -
o Local b) Local with IV sedations
• Use of general anaesthetic
o Access:
 54

• Intra-oral: Mucoperiosteal flaps, principles, commonly used intra oral incisions. Bone Removal:
Methods of bone removal.
• Use of Burs: Advantages & precautions
• Bone cutting instruments: Principles of using chisel & osteotome.
• Extra-oral: Skin incisions - principles, various extra-oral incision to expose facial skeleton.
o Submandibular
o Pre auricular
o Incision to expose maxilla & orbit
o Bicoronal incision
o Control of haemorrhage during surgery Normal Haemostasis
• Local measures available to control bleeding Hypotensive anaesthesia etc.
o Drainage & Debridement
• Purpose of drainage in surgical wounds
• Types of drains used
• Debridement: purpose, soft tissue & bone debridement.
o Closure of wounds
• Suturing: Principles, suture material, classification, body response to various materials etc.
o Post operative care
• Post operative instructions Physiology of cold and heat Control of pain - analgesics Control of
infection - antibiotics
• Control of swelling - anti-inflammatory drugs Long term post operative follow up - significance.
o Exodontia: General considerations Ideal Extraction.
• Indications for extraction of teeth
• Extractions in medically compromised patients. Methods of extraction -
o Forceps or intra-alveolar or closed method. Principles, types of movement, force etc.
o Trans-alveolar, surgical or open method, Indications, surgical procedure.
• Dental elevators: uses, classification, principles in the use of elevators, commonly used elevators.
• Complications of Exodontia - Complications during exodontia Common to both maxilla and mandible.
Post-operative complications -
• Prevention and management of complications.
o Impacted teeth:
• Incidence, definition, aetiology.
o Impacted mandibular third molar. Classification, reasons for removal, Assessment - both
clinical & radiological Surgical procedures for removal. Complications during and after
removal, Prevention and management.
• Maxillary third molar,
• Indications for removal, classification, Surgical procedure for removal.
• Impacted maxillary canine Reasons for canine impaction,
• Localization, indications for removal,
• Methods of management, labial and palatal approach, Surgical exposure, transplantation, removal etc.
o Pre-prosthetic Surgery:
• Definition, classification of procedures
• Corrective procedures: Alveoloplasty, Reduction of maxillary tuberosities, Frenoctemies and removal
of tori.
• Ridge extension or Sulcus extension procedures Indications and various surgical procedures
• Ridge augmentation and reconstruction. Indications, use of bone grafts, Hydroxyapatite Implants -
concept of osseo integration Knowledge of various types of implants and surgical procedure to place
implants.
• Diseases of the maxillary sinus Surgical anatomy of the sinus. Sinusitis both acute and chronic
• Surgical approach of sinus - Caldwell-Luc procedure Removal of root from the sinus.
• Oro-antral fistula - aetiology, clinical features and various surgical methods for closure.
 55

• Disorders of T.M. Joint

• Applied surgical anatomy of the joint.
• Dislocation - Types, aetiology, clinical features and management. Ankylosis - Definition, aetiology,
clinical features and management
• Myo-facial pain dysfunction syndrome, aetiology, clinical features, management- Non surgical and
surgical.
• Internal derangement of the joint. Arthritis of T.M. Joint.
• Infections of the Oral cavity
• Introduction, factors responsible for infection, course of odontogenic infections, spread of odontogenic
infections through various facial spaces. Dento-alveolar abscess - aetiology, clinical features and
management.
• Osteomyelitis of the jaws - definition, aetiology, pre-disposing factors, classification, clinical features
and management.
• Ludwigs angina - definition, aetiology, clinical features, management and complications.
o Benign cystic lesions of the jaws - Definition, classification, pathogenesis.
• Diagnosis - Clinical features, radiological, aspiration biopsy, use of contrast media and histopathology.
• Management - Types of surgical procedures, Rationale of the techniques, indications, procedures,
complications etc.
o Tumours of the Oral cavity - General considerations
• Non odontogenetic benign tumours occuring in oral cavity - fibroma, papilloma, lipoma, ossifying
fibroma, mynoma etc.
• Ameloblastoma - Clinical features, radiological appearance and methods of management.
• Carcinoma of the oral cavity - Biopsy - types
• TNM classification.
• Outline of management of squamous
• Cell carcinoma: surgery, radiation and chemotherapy
• Role of dental surgeons in the prevention and early detection of oral cancer.
o Fractures of the jaws -
• General considerations, types of fractures, aetiology, clinical features and general principles of
management.
• mandibular fractures - Applied anatomy, classification. Diagnosis - Clinical and radiological
• Management - Reduction closed and open Fixation and immobilisation methods
• Outline of rigid and semi-rigid internal fixation.
• Fractures of the condyle - aetiology, classification, clinical features, principles of management.
• Fractures of the middle third of the face.
• Definition of the mid face, applied surgical anatomy, classification, clinical features and outline of
management.
• Alveolar fractures - methods of management Fractures of the Zygomatic complex
• Classification, clinical features, indications for treatment, various methods of reduction and fixation.
• Complications of fractures - delayed union, non-union and malunion.
o Salivary gland diseases -
• Diagnosis of salivary gland diseases’ Sialography, contrast media, procedure. Infections of the salivary
glands
• Sialolithiasis - Sub mandibular duct and gland and parotid duct. Clinical features, management.
• Salivary fistulae
• Common tumours of salivary glands like Pleomorphic adenoma including minor salivary glands.
o Jaw deformities -
• Basic forms - Prognathism, Retrognathism and open bite. Reasons for correction.
• Outline of surgical methods carried out on mandible and maxilla.
o Neurological disorders -
 56

• Trigeminal neuralgia - definition, aetiology, clinical features and methods of management including
surgical.
• Facial paralysis - Aetiology, clinical features. Nerve injuries - Classification, neurorhaphy etc.
o Cleft Lip and Palate -
• Aetiology of the clefts, incidence, classification, role of dental surgeon in the management of cleft
patients. Outline of the closure procedures.
o Medical Emergencies in dental practice –
• Primary care of medical emergencies in dental practice particularly - (a)Cardio vascular (b)
Respiratory(c) Endocrine (d)Anaphylactic reaction (e) Epilepsy (f) Epilepsy
o Emergency drugs & Intra muscular I.V. Injections -
• Applied anatomy, Ideal location for giving these injections, techniques etc.
o Oral Implantology
o Ethics
LOCAL ANAESTHESIA:
• Introduction, concept of L.A., classification of local anaesthetic agents, ideal requirements, mode of
action, types of local anaesthesia, complications.
• Use of Vaso constrictors in local anaesthetic solution - Advantages, contra-indications, various vaso
constrictors used. Anaesthesia of the mandible -
• Pterygomandibular space - boundaries, contents etc. Interior Dental Nerve Block - various techniques
Complications
• Mental foramen nerve block Anaesthesia of Maxilla - Intra - orbital nerve block.
• Posterior superior alveolar nerve block Maxillary nerve block - techniques.
GENERAL ANAESTHESIA –
• Concept of general anaesthesia.
• Indications of general anaesthesia in dentistry. Pre-anaesthetic evaluation of the patient.
• Pre-anaesthetic medication - advantages, drugs used. Commonly used anaesthetic agents.
• Complication during and after G.A.
• I.V. sedation with Diazepam and Medozolam. Indications, mode of action, technique etc.
Cardiopulmonary resuscitation
• Use of oxygen and emergency drugs. Tracheostomy.
• LASER- Clinical Applications of LASER in OMFS
• Piezosurgery- Piezosurgery and it’s Implications in OMFS
• Facial Esthetics- Use of BOTOX and Fillers, Microthreading and broad outline of Surgical options for
the same
• Hair Transplant- Broad outline of surgical options to correct Male and Female pattern baldness
• PRP, PRF & CGF- Applications of PRP, PRF and CGF in OMFS, Preparation of PRP, PRF and CGF
• Guided Bone Regeneration and Graft Materials- GBR in Implantology, Broad outline of various graft
materials and membranes used in OMFS
• Photobiomodulation- Broad outline of applications of Photobiomodulation in OMFS
 57

ORAL MEDICINE AND RADIOLOGY

AIMS:
• To train the students to diagnose the common disorders of Orofacial region by clinical examination
and with the help of such investigations as may be required and medical management of oro-facial
disorders with drugs and physical agents.
• To train the students about the importance, role, use and techniques of radiographs/digital radiograph
and other imaging methods in diagnosis.
• The principles of the clinical and radiographic aspects of Forensic Odontology. The syllabus in
ORAL MEDICINE & RADIOLOGY is divided into two main parts.
• Diagnosis, Diagnostic methods and Oral Medicine (II) Oral Radiology. Again the part ONE is
subdivided into three sections. (A) Diagnostic methods (B) Diagnosis and differential diagnosis (C)
Oral Medicine & Therapeutics.
COURSE CONTENT
• Emphasis should be laid on oral manifestations of systemic diseases and ill-effects of oral sepsis on
general health.
• To avoid confusion regarding which lesion and to what extent the student should learn and know,
• this elaborate syllabus is prepared. As certain lesions come under more than one group, there is
repetition.
Part-I ORAL MEDICINE AND DIAGNOSTIC AIDS
• SECTION (A) – DIAGNOSTIC METHODS.
o Definition and importance of Diagnosis and various types of diagnosis
o Method of clinical examinations.
o General Physical examination by inspection.
o Oro-facial region by inspection, palpation and other means
o To train the students about the importance, role, use of saliva and techniques of diagnosis of
saliva as part of oral disease
o Examination of lesions like swellings, ulcers, erosions, sinus, fistula, growths, pigmented
lesions, white and red patches
o Examination of lymph nodes
o Forensic examination – Procedures for post-mortem dental examination; maintaining dental
records and their use in dental practice and post-mortem identification; jurisprudence and
ethics.
o Investigations
§ Biopsy and exfoliative cytology
§ Hematological, Microbiological and other tests and investigations necessary for
diagnosis and prognosis
• SECTION (B) – DIAGNOSIS, DIFFERENTIAL DIAGNOSIS
o While learning the following chapters, emphasis shall be given only on diagnostic aspects
including differential diagnosis
o Teeth: Developmental abnormalities, causes of destruction of teeth and their sequelae and
discoloration of teeth
o (2) Diseases of bone and Osteodystrophies: Development disorders: Anomalies,
Exostosis and tori, infantile cortical hyperostosis, osteogenesis imperfecta,
Marfans syndrome, osteopetrosis. Inflamation – Injury, infection and sperad
of infection,fascial space infections, osteoradionecrosis. Metabolic disorders – Histiocytosis
o Endocrine – Acro-megaly and hyperparathyroidism
o Miscellaneous – Paget’s disease, Mono and polyostotic fibrous dysplasia, Cherubism.
o Temparomandibular joint: Developmental abnormalities of the condyle.Rheumatoid arthritis,
Osteoarthritis, Sub-luxation and luxation.
§ Common cysts and Tumors:
o CYSTS: Cysts of soft tissue: Mucocele and Ranula Cysts of bone: Odontogenic and
nonodontogenic.
 58

o TUMORS:
o Soft Tissue:
o Epithelial: Papilloma, Carcinoma, Melanoma Connective tissue: Fibroma, Lipoma,
Fibrosarcoma Vascular: Haemangioma, Lymphangioma
o Nerve Tissue: Neurofibroma, Traumatic Neuroma, Neurofibromatosis
o Salivary Glands: Pleomorphic adenoma, Adenocarcinoma, Warthin’s Tumor, Adenoid cystic
carcinoma. Hard Tissue:
o Non Odontogenic: Osteoma, Osteosarcoma, Osteoclastoma, Chondroma, Chandrosarcoma,
Central giant cell rumor, and Central haemangioma
o Odontogenic: Enameloma, Ameloblastoma, Calcifying Epithelial Odontogenic tumor,
Adenomatoid Odontogenic tumor, Periapical cemental dysphasia and odontomas
o Periodontal diseases: Gingival hyperplasia, gingivitis, periodontitis, pyogenic granuloma
o Granulomatous diseases: Tuberculosis, Sarcoidosis, Midline lethal granuloma, Crohn’s
Disease and Histiocytosis X
o Miscellaneous Disorders: Burkitt lymphoma, sturge – Weber syndrome, CREST syndrome,
rendu- osler-weber disease
• SECTION (C): ORAL MEDICINE AND THERAPEUTICS.
o The following chapters shall be studied in detail including the eiology, pathogenesis, clinical
features, investigations, differential diagnosis, management and prevention
o Infections of oral and paraoral structures:
o Bacterial: Streptococcal, tuberculosis, syphillis, vincents, leprosy, actinomycosis, diphtheria
and tetanus
o Fungal: Candida albicans
o Virus: Herpes simplex, herpes zoster, ramsay hunt syndrome, measles, herpangina,
mumps, infectious mononucleosis, AIDS and hepatitis-B
o Important common mucosal lesions:
o White lesions: Chemical burns, leukodema, leukoplakia, fordyce spots, stomatitis nicotina
palatinus, white sponge nevus, candidiasis, lichenplanus, discoid lupus erythematosis
o Veiculo-bullous lesions: Herpes simplex, herpes zoster, herpangina, bullous lichen planus,
pemphigus, cicatricial pemphigoid erythema multiforme.
o Ulcers: Acute and chronic ulcers
o Pigmented lesions: Exogenous and endogenous
o Red lesions: Erythroplakia, stomatitis venenata and medicamentosa, erosive lesions and
denture sore mouth.
o Cervico-facial lymphadenopathy
o Facial pain:
o Organic pain: Pain arising from the diseases of orofacial tissues like teeth, pulp, gingival,
periodontal tissue, mucosa, tongue, muscles, blood vessels, lymph tissue, bone, paranasal
sinus, salivary glands etc.,
o Pain arising due to C.N.S. diseases:
§ Pain due to intracranial and extracranial involvement of cranial nerves. (Multiple
sclerosis, cerebrovascular diseases, trotter’s syndrome etc.)
§ Neuralgic pain due to unknown causes: Trigeminal neuralgia, glossopharyngeal
neuralgia, sphenopalatine ganglion neuralgia, periodic migrainous neuralgia and
atypical facial pain
o Referred pain: Pain arising from distant tissues like heart, spine etc.,
o Altered sensations: Cacogeusia, halitosis
o Tongue in local and systemic disorders: (Aglossia, ankyloglossia, bifid tongue, fissured
tongue, scrotal tongue, macroglossia, microglossia, geographic tongue, median rhomboid
glossitis, depapillation of tongue, hairy tongue, atrophic tongue, reactive lymphoid
hyperplasia, glossodynia, glossopyrosis, ulcers, white and red patches etc.)
o Oral manifestations of:
 59

§ Metabolic disordeers:
• Porphyria
• Haemochromatosis
• Histocytosis X diseases
§ Endocrine disorders:
• Pituitary: Gigantism, acromegaly, hypopitutarism
• Adrenal cortex: Addison’s disease (Hypofuntion) Cushing’s syndrome
(Hyperfunction)
• Parathyroid glands: Hyperparathyroidism.
• Thyroid gland: (Hypothyroidism) Cretinism, myxedema
• Pancreas: Diabetes
§ Nutritional deficiency: Vitamins: riboflavin, nicotinic acid, folic acid Vitamin B12,
Vitamin C (Scurvy)
§ Blood disorders:
• Red blood cell diseases
o Defficiency anemias: (Iron deficiency, plummer – vinson syndrome, pernicious anemia)
Haemolytic anemias: (Thalassemia, sickle cell anemia, erythroblastosis fetalis) Aplastic
anemia
o Polycythemia
§ White Blood cell diseases
o Neutropenia, cyclic neutropenia, agranulocytosis, infectious mononeucleosis and leukemias
§ Haemorrhagic disorders:
o Thrombocytopenia, purpura, hemophillia, chrismas disease and von willebrand’s disease
§ Disease of salivary glands:
• Development distrubances: Aplasia, atresia and aberration
• Functional disturbances:Xerostomia, ptyalism
• Inflammatory conditions: Nonspecific sialadenitis, mumps, sarcoidosis
heerdfort’s syndrome (Uveoparotid fever), Necrotising sialometaplasia
• Cysts and tumors: Mucocele, ranula, pleomorphic adenoma,
mucoepidermoid carcinoma
• Miscellaneous: Sialolithiasis, sjogren’s syndrome, mikuliez’s disease and
sialosis
§ Dermatological diseases with oral manifestations:
o Ectodermal dysplasia (b) Hyperkerotosis palmarplantaris with periodont0opathy (c)
Scleroderma (d) Lichen planus including ginspan’s syndrome (e) Luplus erythematosus (f)
o Pemphigus (g) Erythema multiforme (h) Psoriasis (10)Immunological diseases with oral
manifestations
o Leukemia (b) Lymphomas (c) Multiple mycloma (d) AIDS clinical manifestations,
opportunistic infections, neoplasms (e) Thrombcytopenia (f) Lupus erythematosus (g)
Scleroderma
o dermatomyositis (I) Submucous fibrosis (j) Rhemtoid arthritis (k) Recurrent oral ulcerations
including behcet’s syndrome and reiter’s syndrome
o Allergy: Local allergic reactions, anaphylaxis, serum sickness (local and systemic allergic
manifestations to food drugs and chemicals)
o Foci of oral infection and their ill effects on general health (13)Management of dental
problems in medically comrpomised persons:
o Physiological changes: Puberty, pregnancy and menopause
o The patients suffering with cardiac, respiratory, liver, kidney and bleeding disorders,
hypertension, diabetes and AIDS. Post-irradiated patients.
o Precancerous lesions and conditions Nerve and muscle diseases:
o Nerves: (a) Neuropraxia (b) Neurotemesis (c) Neuritis (d) Facial nerve paralysis including
Bell’s palsy, Heerfordt’s syndrome, Melkerson Rosenthel syndrome and ramsay hunt
 60

syndrome (e)
o Neuroma (f) Neurofibromatosis (g) Frey’syndrome
o Muscles: (a) Myositis ossificans (b) Myofascial pain dysfunction syndrome (c) Trismus
(16)Forensic odontology:
o Medicolegal aspects of orofacial injuries
o Identification of bite marks
o Determination of age and sex
o Identification of cadavers by dental appliances, Restorations and tissue remanants
(17)Therapeutics: General therapeutic measures – drugs commonly used in oral medicine viz.,
o antibiotics, chemotherapeutic agents, anti-inflammatory and analgesic drugs, astringents,
mouth washes, styptics, demelucents, local surface anaesthetic, sialogogues, antisialogogues
and drugs used in the treatment of malignancy
• Part – II BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCES AND ETHICS.
• Part – III ORAL RADIOLOGY
o Scope of the subject and history of origin
o Physics of radiation: (a) Nature and types of radiations (b) Source of radiations (c)
Production of X- rays (d) Properties of X-rays (e) Compton effect (f) Photoelectric effect (g)
Radiation measuring units
o Biological effects of radiation
o Radiation safety and protection measures
o Principles of image production
o Radiographic techniques:
o Intra-Oral: (a) Periapical radiographs (Bisecting and parallel technics) (b) Bite wing
radiographs
o Occlusal radiographs
o Extra-oral: (a) Lateral projections of skull and jaw bones and paranasal sinuses (c)
Cephalograms (d) Orthopantomograph (e) Projections of temperomandibular joint
and condyle of mandible (f) Projections for Zygomatic arches
o Specialised techniques: (a) Sialography (b) Xeroradiography (c) Tomography
o Factors in production of good radiographs:
§ K.V.P. and mA.of X-ray machine (b) Filters (c) Collimations (d) Intensifying screens
(e) Grids (f) X-ray films (g) Exposure time (h) Techniques (i) Dark room (j)
Developer and fixer solutions (k) Film processing
o Radiographic normal anatomical landmarks
o Faculty radiographs and artefacts in radiographs
o Interpretation of radiographs in various abnormalities of teeth, bones and other orofacial
tissues
o Principles of radiotherapy of oro-facial malignancies and complications of radiotherapy
o Cantrast radiography and basic knowledge of radio-active isotopes
o Radiography in Forensic Odontoloy - Radiographic age estimation and post-mortem
radiographic methods
• Observe and assist chair-side investigations for early diagnosis of OPMD’s and oral lesions:
• A}Toluidine blue staining: Toluidine blue stain is used as a marker to differentiate lesions at high risk
of progression in order to improve early diagnosis of oropharyngeal carcinomas.The major problem is
when and where the biopsy should be taken and this depends on the clinical ability of the medical
practitioner to differentiate premalignant and malignant lesions from reactive and inflammatory
diseases. Toluidine blue staining is considered to be sensitive in identifying early oro-pharyngeal
premalignant and malignant lesions.
• B} VELscope: Early detection of oral cancer is crucial in improving survival rate; Identification and
detection of oral potentially malignant disorders (OPMD) allow delivery of interventions to reduce the
evolution of these disorders to malignancy. The new and emerging diagnostic aids and adjunctive
techniques are currently available to potentially assist in the detection of OPMD such as the
 61

autofluorescence technique. The use of the VELscope in general practice is anecdotal, and that its
primary use is to help experienced clinicians improve their ability to detect PMD/OSCC in high risk
individuals attending specialist centers. The primary difficulty in general practice is to reliably
distinguish between lesions.
• Observe and assist in use of TENS and Therapeutic ultrasound in management of TMD’s
• A}TENS:Transcutaneous electric nerve stimulation (TENS) is a non-pharmacological method which is
widely used by medical and paramedical professionals for the management of acute and chronic pain in
a variety of conditions. In dentistry, TENS has applications for pain reduction in temporomandibular
disorders and post herpetic neuralgia. It has also been studied for its role in increasing salivary
secretion in subjects with xerostomia and as a local anesthetic agent in pediatric dentistry. Its wide
applications in the orofacial region make it an important treatment modality.
• B}Therapeutic ultrasound: The efficacy of US as one of the treatment modalities for its role in
maxillofacial region to reduce pain and promote soft tissue healing. The therapeutic US in dentistry
ranges its involvement for treatment in myofascial pain dysfunction syndrome, temperomandibular
joint disorder, silolitotripsy of salivary calculi, craniofacial deformities’, descaling of teeth, root canal
procedure, amalgam packing, extraction of teeth, cleaning of instrument prior to sterilization and
dentures. Ultrasound at power levels are capable of causing heating, and biologic effects is extensive
and considered to be the prevalent source of ultrasonic irradiation to humans. Thus a reasonable
amount of palliation can be achieved by utilizing the US for therapeutic effect in dentistry either alone
or in conjunction with other available treatment guide.
• Observe and assist newer trends in management of oral mucosal lesions:
• LASERS: LASER is an acronym of light amplification by stimulated emission of radiation. Lasers are
intense beams produced by stimulated emission of radiation from a light source. the use of lasers for
treating commonly oral mucosal diseases including leukoplakia, mucositis, pyogenic granuloma,
burning mouth syndrome, hemangioma, fibrous hyperplasia, mucocele, papilloma and frenectomy.
LLLT was introduced especially for treating the erosive
• lichen planus type with very minimal side effects. This will reduce infection and inflammation, pain,
soreness, and immune response. CO2 lasers are very beneficial in treating oral leukoplakia by ablation.
It causes minimal swelling and pain and used to maintain the regression of the leukoplakia. The
application of LLLT has shown a significant reduction in the pain associated with oral mucositis as
well as quicker healing of the oral lesions.
• PRACTICALS / CLINICALS:
• Student is trained to arrive at proper diagnosis by following a scientific and systematic proceedure of
history taking and examination of the orofacial region. Training is also imparted in management
wherever possible. Training also shall be imparted on saliva diagnostic procedures. Training also shall
be imparted in various radiographic proceedures and interpretation of radiographs.
• In view of the above each student shall maintain a record of work done, which shall be evaluated for
marks at the time of university examination
• The following is the minimum of prescribed work for recording
• (a) Recording of detailed case histories of interesting cases 10
• (b) Intra-oral radiographs (Periapical, bitewing, occlusal) 25
o Saliva diagnostic check as routine procedure
 62

ORTHODONTICS & DENTAL ORTHOPAEDICS

COURSE OBJECTIVE:
• Undergraduate programme in Orthodontics is designed to enable the qualifying dental surgeon to
diagnose, analyse and treat common orthodontic problems by preventive, interceptive and corrective
orthodontic procedures. The following basic instructional procedures will be adapted to achieve
the above objectives.
Introduction, Definition, Historical Background, Aims And Objectives Of Orthodontics And Need For
Orthodontics Care.
• Growth And Development: In General
• Definition
• Growth spurts and Differential growth
• Factors influencing growth and Development
• Methods of measuring growth
• Growth theories (Genetic, Sicher's, Scott's, Moss's,Petrovics, Multifactorial)
• Genetic and epigenetic factors in growth
• Cephalocaudal gradient in growth.
• Morphologic Development Of Craniofacial Structures
• Methods of bone growth
• Prenatal growth of craniofacial structures
• Postnatal growth and development of: cranial base, maxilla, mandible, dental arches and occlusion.
• Functional Development Of Dental Arches And Occlusioin
• Factors influencing functional development of dental arches and occlusion.
• Forces of occlusion
• Wolfe's law of transformation of bone
• Trajectories of forces
• Clinical Application Of Growth And Development
• Malocclusion - In General
• Concept of normal occlusion
• Definition of malocclusion
• Description of different types of dental, skeletal and functional malocclusion.
• Classification of Malocclusion
• Principle, description, advantages and disadvantages of classification of malocclusion by Angle's,
Simon's, Lischer's and Ackerman and Proffitt's.
• Normal And Abnormal Function Of Stomatognathic System
• Etiology Of Malocclusion
• Definition, importance, classification, local and general etiological factors.
• Etiology of following different types of malocclusion:
• Midline diastema
• Spacing
• Crowding
• Cross-Bite: Anterior/Posterior
• Class III Malocclusion
• Class II Malocclusion
• Deep Bite
• Open bite
• Diagnosis And Diagnostic Aids
• Definition, Importance and classification of diagnostic aids
• Importance of case history and clinical examination in orthodontics
• c. Study Models: - Importance and uses - Preparation and preservation of study models
• Importance of intraoral X-rays in orthodontics
 63

• Panoramic radiographs: - Principles, Advantages, disad vantages and uses

• Cephalometrics: Its advantages, disadvantages
• Definition
• Description and use of cephalostat
• Description and uses of anatomical landmarks lines and angles used in cephalometric analysis
• Analysis- Steiner's, Down's, Tweed's, Ricket's-E- line
• Electromyography and its uses in orthodontics
• Wrist X-rays and its importance in othodontics
• General Principles In Orthodontic Treatment Planning Of Dental And Skeletal Malocclusions
• Anchorage In Orthodontics - Definition, Classification, Types and Stability Of Anchorage
• Biomechanical Principles In Orthodontic Tooth Movement
• Different types of tooth movements
• Tissue response to orthodontic force application
• Age factor in orthodontic tooth movement
• Preventive Orthodontics
• Definition
• Different procedures undertaken in preventive orthodontics and their limitations.
• Interceptive Orthodontics
• Definition
• Different procedures undertaken in interceptive orthodontics
• Serial extractions: Definition, indications, contra-indication, technique, advantages and disadvantages.
• Role of muscle exercises as an interceptive procedure
• Corrective Orthodontics
• Definition, factors to be considered during treatment planning.
• Model analysis: Pont's, Ashley Howe's, Bolton, Careys, Moyer's Mixed Dentition Analysis
• Methods of gaining space in the arch:- Indications, relative merits and demerits of proximal stripping,
arch expansion and extractions
• Extractions in Orthdodontics - indications and selection of teeth for extraction.
• Orthodontic Appliances: General
• Requisites for orthodontic appliances
• Classification, indications of Removable and Functional Appliances
• Methods of force application
• d. Materials used in construction of various orthodontic appliances - uses of stainless steel,
technical considerations in curing of acrylic, Principles of welding and soldering, fluxes and
antifluxes.
• e. Preliminary knowledge of acid etching and direct bonding.
• Ethics
• REMOVABLE ORTHODONTIC APPLIANCES
• Components of removable appliances
• Different types of clasps and their uses
• Different types of labial bows and their uses
• Different types of springs and their uses
• Expansion appliances in orthodontics:
• Principles
• Indications for arch expansion
• iii) Description of expansion appliances and different types of expansion devices and their uses.
• Rapid maxillary expansion
• FIXED ORTHODONTIC APPLIANCES
• Definition, Indications & Contraindications
• Component parts and their uses
 64

• Basic principles of different techniques: Edgewise, Begg's, straight wire.

• EXTRAORAL APPLIANCES
• Headgears
• chincup
• reverse pull headgears
• MYOFUNCTIONAL APPLIANCES
• Definition and principles
• Muscle exercises and their uses in orthodontics
• Functional appliances:
• Activator, Oral screens, Frankels function regulator, bionator twin blocks, lip bumper
• Inclined planes - upper and lower
• Orthodontic Management Of Cleft Lip And Palate
• Principles of surgical orthodontics
• Brief knowledge of correction of:
• Mandibular Prognathism and Retrognathism
• Maxillary Prognathism and Retrognathism
• Anterior open bite and deep bite
• Cross bite
• Principle, Differential Diagnosis & Methods Of Treatment Of:
• Midline diastema
• Cross bite
• Open bite
• Deep bite
• Spacing
• Crowding
• Class II - Division 1, Division 2
• Class III Malocclusion - True and Psuedo Class III
• Retention And Relapse
• Definition, Need for retention, Causes of relapse, Methods of retention, Different types of retention
devices, Duration of retention, Theories of retention.
• Advanced diagnostic aids: knowledge about CBCT, other advanced essential diagnostic aids
• Invisible Orthodontics: Basic awareness regarding clear aligner therapy and lingual Orthodontics
• .Concept of Absolute anchorage: TAD’s (Temporary anchorage devices).
• 26.Concept of interdisciplinary approach: Ortho-perio, ortho-endo, ortho- OS, ortho-prostho etc.
CLINICALS AND PRACTICALS IN ORTHODONTICS PRACTICAL TRAINING DURING II YEAR
B.D.S.
• Basic wire bending exercises Gauge 22 or 0.7mm
• Straightening of wires (4 Nos.)
• Bending of a equilateral triangle
• Bending of a rectangle
• Bending of a square
• Bending of a circle
• Bending of U.V.
• Construction of Clasps (Both sides upper/lower) Gauge 22 or 0.7mm
• 3/4 Clasp (C-Clasp)
• Full Clasp (Jackson's Crib)
• Adam's Clasp
• Triangular Clasp
• Construction of Springs (on upper both sides) Gauge 24 or 0.5mm
• Finger Spring
 65

• Single Cantelever Spring

• Double Cantelever Spring (Z-Spring)
• T-Springs on premolars
• Construction of Canine retractors Gauge 23 or 0.6mm
• U - Loop canine retractor (Both sides on upper & lower)
• Helical canine retractor
• (Both sides on upper & lower)
• Buccal canine retractor:
- Self supported buccal canine retractor with
• Sleeve - 5mm wire or 24 gauge
• Sleeve - 19 gauge needle on any one side.
• Palatal canine retractor on upper both sides Gauge 23 or 0.6mm
• Labial Bow
• Gauge 22 or 0.7mm
• One on both upper and lower
• CLINICAL TRAINING DURING III YEAR B.D.S. NO. EXERCISE
• Making upper Alginate impression
• Making lower Alginate impression
• Study Model preparation
• Model Analysis
• Pont's Analysis
• Ashley Howe's Analysis
• Carey's Analysis
• Bolton's Analysis
• Moyer's Mixed Dentition Analysis
• CLINICAL TRAINING DURING FINAL YEAR B.D.S. NO. EXERCISE
• Case History taking
• Case discussion
• Discussion on the given topic
• Cephalometric tracings
• Down's Analysis
• Steiner's Analysis
• Tweed's Analysis
• PRACTICAL TRAINING DURING FINAL YEAR B.D.S.
• Adam's Clasp on Anterior teeth Gauge 0.7mm
• Modified Adam's Clasp on upper arch Gauge 0.7mm
• High Labial bow with Apron spring on upper arch (Gauge of Labial bow - 0.9mm, Apron spring -
0.3mm)
• Coffin spring on upper arch Gauge 1mm Appliance Construction in Acrylic
• Upper & Lower Hawley's Appliance
• Upper Hawley's with Anterior bite plane
• Upper Habit breaking Appliance
• Upper Hawley's with Posterior bite plane with `Z' Spring
• Construction of Activator
• Lower inclined plane/Catalan's Appliance
• Upper Expansion plate with Expansion Screw
 66

PAEDIATRIC & PREVENTIVE DENTISTRY

• THEORY:
§ INTRODUCTION TO PEDODONTICS & PREVENTIVE DENTISTRY.
- Definition, Scope, Objectives and Importance.
§ GROWTH & DEVELOPMENT:
- Importance of study of growth and development in Pedodontics.
- Prenatal and Postnatal factors in growth & development.
- Theories of growth & development.
- Development of maxilla and mandible and related age changes.
§ DEVELOPMENT OF OCCLUSION FROM BIRTH THROUGH ADOLESCENCE.
- Study of variations and abnormalities.
§ DENTAL ANATOMY AND HISTOLOGY:
- Development of teeth and associated structures.
- Eruption and shedding of teeth.
- Teething disorders and their management.
- Chronology of eruption of teeth.
- Differences between deciduous and permanent teeth.
- Development of dentition from birth to adolescence.
- Importance of first permanent molar.
§ DENTAL RADIOLOGY RELATED TO PEDODONTICS.
§ ORAL SURGICAL PROCEDURES IN CHILDREN.
- Indications and contraindications of extractions of primary and permanent teeth in children.
- Knowledge of Local and General Anesthesia.
- Minor surgical procedures in children.
§ DENTAL CARIES:
- Historical background.
- Definition, aetiology & pathogenesis.
- Caries pattern in primary, young permanent and permanent teeth in children.
- Rampant caries, early childhood caries and extensive caries:
• Definition, aetiology, Pathogenesis, Clinical features, Complications & Management
- Role of diet and nutrition in Dental Caries.
- Dietary modifications & Diet counseling.
- Caries activity, tests, caries prediction, caries susceptibility & their clinical application.
§ GINGIVAL & PERIODONTAL DISEASES IN CHILDREN.
- Normal gingiva & periodontium in children.
- Definition, aetiology & Pathogenesis.
- Prevention & Management of gingival & Periodontal diseases.
§ CHILD PSYCHOLOGY:
- Definition.
- Theories of child psychology.
- Psychological development of children with age.
- Principles of psychological growth & development while managing child patient.
- Dental fear and its management.
- Factors affecting child’s reaction to dental treatment.
§ BEHAVIOUR MANAGEMENT:
- Definitions.
- Types of behaviour encountered in the dental clinic.
- Non-pharmacological & pharmacological methods of Behaviour Management.
§ PEDIATRIC OPERATIVE DENTISTRY:
- Principles of Pediatric Operative Dentistry.
- Modifications required for cavity preparation in primary and young permanent teeth.
- Various Isolation Techniques.
 67

- Restorations of decayed primary, young permanent and permanent teeth in children using
various restorative materials like Glass Ionomer, Composites & Silver Amalgam.
Stainless 23.BDS
- steel, Polycarbonate & Resin Crowns.
§ PEDIATRIC ENDODONTICS
- Principles & Diagnosis.
- Classification of Pulpal Pathology in primary, young permanent & permanent teeth.
- Management of Pulpally involved primary, young permanent & permanent teeth.
• Pulp capping – direct & indirect.
• Pulpotomy
• Pulpectomy
• Apexogenesis
• Apexification
- Obturation Techniques & material used for primary, young permanent & Permanent teeth in
children.
§ TRAUMATIC INJURIES IN CHILDREN:
- Classifications & Importance.
- Sequelae & reaction of teeth to trauma.
- Management of Traumatized teeth.
§ PREVENTIVE & INTERCEPTIVE ORTHODONTICS:
- Definitions.
- Problems encountered during primary and mixed dentition phases & their management.
- Serial extractions.
- Space management.
§ ORAL HABITS IN CHILDREN:
- Definition, Aetiology & Classification.
- Clinical features of digit sucking, tongue thrusting, mouth breathing & various other
secondary habits.
- Management of oral habits in children.
§ DENTAL CARE OF CHILDREN WITH SPECIAL NEEDS:
- Definition, Aetiology, Classification, Behavioural and Clinical features & Management of
children with:
• Physically handicapping conditions.
• Mentally compromising conditions.
• Medically compromising conditions.
• Genetic disorders.
§ CONGENITAL ABNORMALITIES IN CHILDREN:
- Definition, Classification, Clinical features & Management.
§ DENTAL EMERGENCIES IN CHILDREN & THEIR MANAGEMENT.
§ DENTAL MATERIALS USED IN PEDIATRIC DENTISTRY.
§ PREVENTIVE DENTISTRY:
- Definition.
- Principles & Scope.
- Types of prevention.
- Different preventive measures used in Pediatric Dentistry including pit and fissure sealants
and caries vaccine.
§ DENTAL HEALTH EDUCATION & SCHOOL DENTAL HEALTH
PROGRAMMES.
§ FLUORIDES:
- Historical background.
- Systemic & Topical fluorides.
- Mechanism of action.
 68

- Toxicity & Management.

- Defluoridation techniques.
§ CASE HISTORY RECORDING:
- Outline of principles of examination, diagnosis & treatment planning.
§ SETTING UP OF PEDODONTIC CLINIC.
§ ETHICS.
• B. PRACTICALS:
• Following is the recommended clinical quota for under-graduate students in the subject of pediatric &
preventive dentistry.
§ Restorations – Class I & II only : 45
§ Preventive measures e.g. Oral Prophylaxis – 20.
§ Fluoride applications – 10
§ Extractions – 25
§ Case History Recording & Treatment Planning – 10
§ Education & motivation of the patients using disclosing agents. Educating patients
about oral hygiene measures like tooth brushing, flossing etc.
• Advanced lesion sterilization and tissue repair techniques in pedodontics. . Mechanism and
clinical procedures related to minimally invasive dentistry regenerative endodontics, Advantages
and limitations of revascularisation procedures over apexification procedures for necrotic
immature permanent tooth with open apex, Protocol for revascularisation, Clinical measures for
assessment of Endodontic revascularisation treatment outcome.
• Laser interaction with biologic tissue, Types of Lasers, Mechanism & applications of lasers in
Pedodontics & Preventive dentistry.

PUBLIC HEALTH DENTISTRY

GOAL:
• To prevent and control oral diseases and promote oral health through organized community efforts
OBJECTIVES:
Knowledge:
• At the conclusion of the course the student shall have a knowledge of the basis of public health,
preventive dentistry, public health problems in India, Nutrition, Environment and their role in health,
basics of dental statistics, epidemiological methods, National oral health policy with emphasis on
oral health policy.
Skill and Attitude:
• At the conclusion of the course the students shall have require at the skill of identifying health
problems affecting the society, conducting health surveys, conducting health education classes and
deciding health strategies. Students should develop a positive attitude towards the problems of the
society and must take responsibilities in providing health.
• Communication abilities:
• At the conclusions of the course the student should be able to communicate the needs of the
community efficiently, inform the society of all the recent methodologies in preventing oral disease
Syllabus:
• Introduction to Dentistry: Definition of Dentistry, History of dentistry, Scope, aims and objectives of
Dentistry.
• Public Health:
• Health & Disease: - Concepts, Philosophy, Definition and Characteristics
• Public Health: - Definition & Concepts, History of public health
• General Epidemiology: - Definition, objectives, methods
• Environmental Health: - Concepts, principles, protection, sources,
purification environmental sanitation of water disposal of waste sanitation, then role in mass disorder
• Health Education: - Definition, concepts, principles, methods, and health education aids
• Public Health Administration: - Priority, establishment, manpower, private practice management,
 69

hospital management.
• Ethics and Jurisprudence: Professional liabilities, negligence, malpractice, consents, evidence,
contracts, and methods of identification in forensic dentistry.
• Nutrition in oral diseases
• Behavioral science: Definition of sociology, anthropology and psychology and their in dental practice
and community.
• Health care delivery system: Center and state, oral health policy, primary health care, national
programmes, health organizations.
• Dental Public Health:
o Definition and difference between community and clinical health.
o Epidemiology of dental diseases-dental caries, periodontal diseases, malocclusion, dental
fluorosis and oral cancer.
o Survey procedures: Planning, implementation and evaluation, WHO oral health survey
methods 1997, indices for dental diseases.
o Delivery of dental care: Dental auxiliaries, operational and non-operational, incremental and
comprehensive health care, school dental health.
o Payments of dental care: Methods of payments and dental insurance, government plans
o Preventive Dentistry- definition, Levels, role of individual , community and profession,
fluorides in dentistry, plaque control programmes.
• Research Methodology and Dental Statistics
o Health Information: - Basic knowledge of Computers, MS Office, Window 2000, Statistical
Programmes
o Research Methodology: -Definition, types of research, designing a written protocol
o Bio-Statistics: - Introduction, collection of data, presentation of data, Measures of Central
tendency, measures of dispersion, Tests of significance, Sampling and sampling techniques-
types, errors, bias, blind trails and calibration.
• Practice Management
o Place and locality
o Premises & layout
o Selection of equipments
o Maintenance of records/accounts/audit. Dentist Act 1948 with amendment.
• Dental Council of India and State Dental Councils Composition and responsibilities.
• Indian Dental Association
• Head Office, State, local and branches.
PRACTICALS/CLINICALS/FIELD PROGEAMME IN COMMUNITY DENTISTRY:
• These exercises designed to help the student in IV year students:
• Understand the community aspects of dentistry
• To take up leadership role in solving community oral health programme Exercises:
• Collection of statistical data (demographic) on population in India, birth rates, morbidity and mortality,
literacy, per capita income
• Incidence and prevalence of common oral diseases like dental caries, periodontal disease, oral
cancer, fluorosis at national and international levels
• Preparation of oral health education material posters, models, slides, lectures, play acting skits etc.
• Oral health status assessment of the community using indices and WHO basic oral health survey
methods
• Exploring and planning setting of private dental clinics in rural, semi urban and urban locations,
availment of finances for dental practices-preparing project report.
• Visit to primary health center-to acquaint with activities and primary health care delivery
• Visit to water purification plant/public health laboratory/ center for treatment of western and
sewage water
• Visit to schools-to assess the oral health status of school children, emergency treatment and
 70

health education including possible preventive care at school (tooth brushing technique demonstration
and oral rinse programme etc.)
• Visit to institution for the care of handicapped, physically, mentally, or medically compromised
patients
• Preventive dentistry: in the department application of pit and fissure sealants, fluoride gel application
procedure, A. R. T., Comprehensive health for 5 pts at least 2 patients
• The colleges are encouraged to involve in the N.S.S. programme for college students for carrying out
social work in rural areas
SUGGESTED INTERNSHIP PROGRAMME IN COMMUNITY DENTISTRY:
• AT THE COLLEGE:
o Students are posted to the department to get training in dental practice management.
o Total oral health care approach- in order to prepare the new graduates in their approach to
diagnosis, treatment planning, cost of treatment, prevention of treatment on schedule, recall
maintenance of records etc. at least 10 patients (both children and adults of all types posting
for at least one month).
o The practice of chair side preventive dentistry including oral health education
• AT THE COMMUNITY ORAL HEALTH CARE CENTRE (ADOPTED BY THE DENTAL
COLLEGE IN RURAL AREAS)
o Graduates posted for at least on month to familiarize in:
o Survey methods, analysis and presentation of oral health assessment of school children and
community independently using WHO basic oral health survey methods.
o Participation in rural oral health education programmes
o Stay in the village to understand the problems and life in rural areas
o DESIRABLE: Learning use of computers-at least basic programme. Examination Pattern
o Index: Case History
o Oral hygiene indices simplified- Green and Vermilion
o Silness and Loe index for Plaque
o Loe and Silness index for gingival
o CPI
o DMF: T and S, df:t and s
o Deans fluoride index
o Health Education
o Make one - Audio visual aid
o Make a health talk
o Practical work
o Pit and fissure sealant
o Topical fluoride application

PERIODONTOLOGY
OBJECTIVES:
• The student shall acquire the skill to perform dental scaling ,diagnostic tests of periodontal diseases; to
use the instruments for periodontal therapy and maintenance of the same.
• The student shall develop attitude to impart the preventive measures namely, the prevention of
periodontal diseases and prevention of the progress of the disease. The student shall also develop an
attitude to perform the treatment with full aseptic precautions; shall develop an attitude to prevent
iatrogenic diseases; to conserve the tooth to the maximum possible time by maintaining periodontal
health and to refer the patients who require specialist’s care.
§ Introduction: Definition of Periodontology, Periodontics, Periodontia, Brief historical background,
Scope of Periodontics
§ Development of perio-dontal tissues, micro-structural anatomy and biology of periodontal tissues in
detail Gingiva. Junctional epithelium in detail, Epithelial-Mesenchymal interaction, Periodontal,
ligament Cementum, Alveolar bone.
 71

§ Defensive mechanisms in the oral cavity: Role of-Epithelium, Gingival fluid, Saliva and other
defensive mechanisms in the oral environment.
§ Age changes in periodontal structures and their significance in Geriatric dentistry
§ Classification of periodontal diseases
• Age changes in teeth and periodontal structures and their 1 association with periodontal diseases
• Need for classification, Scientific basis of classification 1
• Classification of gingival and periodontal diseases as described in World Workshop1989
• Gingivitis:
• Plaque associated, ANUG, steroid hormone influenced, Medication influenced, Desquamative
gingivitis, other forms of gingivitis as in nutritional deficiency, bacterial and viral infections etc.
• Periodontitis:
• Adult periodontitis, Rapidly progressive periodontitis A&B, Juvenile periodontitis (localized,
generalized, and post-juvenile), Prepubertal periodontitis,
• Refractory periodontitis
• Gingival diseases Localized and generalized gingivitis, Papillary, marginal and diffuse gingivitis
• Epidemiology of periodontal diseases
• Extension of inflammation from gingiva
• Etiology, pathogenesis, clinical signs, symptoms and management of Plaque associated
gingivitis
• Systemically aggravated gingivitis(sex hormones, drugs and systemic diseases)
• ANUG
• Desquamative gingivitis-Gingivitis associated with lichen planus, pemphigoid, pemphigus, and other
vesiculobullous lesions
• Allergic gingivitis
• Infective gingivitis-Herpetic, bacterial and candidial
• Pericoronitis
• Gingival enlargement (classification and differential diagnosis)
• - Definition of index, incidence, 2 prevalence,epidemiology,endemic, epidemic,
and pandemic
- Classification of indices(Irreversible and reversible)
- Deficiencies of earlier indices used in Periodontics
• - Detailed understanding of Silness &Loe Plaque Index
• ,Loe&Silness Gingival Index, CPITN &CPI.
- Prevalence of periodontal diseases in India and other countries.
- Public health significance(All these topics are covered at length under community dentistry.
Hence, the topics may be discussed briefly. However, questions may be asked from the
topics for examination
• Mechanism of spread of inflammation from gingival area to 1 deeper periodontal structures
• Factors that modify the spread
• 9. Pocket Definition, signs and symptoms, classification, pathogenesis, 2
histopathology, root surface changes and contents of the pocket
• 10. Etiology - Dental Plaque (Biofilm) 5
- Definition, New concept of biofilm
• - Types, composition, bacterial colonization, growth,maturation &disclosing agents
- Role of dental plaque in periodontal diseases
- Plaque microorganisms in detail and bacteria associated with periodontal diseases
- Plaque retentive factors
- Materia alba
- Food debris
- Calculus
- Definition
 72

- Types, composition, attachment, theories of formation

- Role of calculus in disease Food Impaction
- Definition
- Types, Etiology
- Hirschfelds’ classification
- Signs ,symptoms &sequelae of treatment Trauma from occlusion
- Definition, Types
- Histopathological changes
- Role in periodontal disease
- Measures of management in brief Habits
- Their periodontal significance
- Bruxism &parafunctional habits, tongue thrusting ,lip biting, occupational habits
• IATROGENIC FACTORS
• Conservative Dentistry
- Restorations
- Contact point, marginal ridge, surface roughness, overhanging restorations, interface between
restoration and teeth
• Prosthodontics
- Interrelationship
- Bridges and other prosthesis, pontics(types) ,surface contour, relationships of margins to the
periodontium, Gingival protection theory, muscle action theory& theory of access to oral
hygiene.
• Orthodontics
- Interrelationship, removable appliances &fixed appliances
- Retention of plaque, bacterial changes Systemic diseases
- Diabetes, sex hormones, nutrition(Vit.C &proteins)
- AIDS & periodontium
• - Hemorrhagic diseases, Leukemia, clotting factor disorders,PMN disorders
• 11. Risk factors Definition. Risk factors for periodontal diseases 1
• 12. Host response - Mechanism of initiation and progression of periodontal 3
• diseases
- Basic concepts about cells, Mast cells, neutrophils, macrophages, lymphocytes,
immunoglobulins, complement system, immune mechanisms & cytokines in brief
- Stages in gingivitis-Initial, early, established & advanced
- Periodontal disease activity, continuous paradigm, random burst & asynchronous multiple
burst hypothesis
• 13. Periodontitis - Etiology ,histopathology, clinical signs & symptoms, 6
• diagnosis and treatment of adult periodontitis
• - Periodontal abscess; definition, classification, pathogenesis, differential diagnosis and
treatment
• - Furcation involvement, Glickmans’ classification, prognosis and management
- Rapidly progressive periodontitis
- Juvenile periodontitis: Localized and generalized
- Post-juvenile periodontitis
- Periodontitis associated with systemic diseases
- Refractory periodontitis
• 14. Diagnosis - Routine procedures, methods of probing, types of 2
• probes,(According to case history)
• - Halitosis: Etiology and treatment. Mention advanced diagnostic aids and their role
in brief.
• 15. Prognosis - Definition, types, purpose and factors to be taken into 1
 73

• consideration
• 16. Treatment plan - Factors to be considered 1
• 17. Periodontal therapy A. General principles of periodontal therapy. Phase I,II, III, IV
• Pocket eradication procedures
• therapy. 3
• Definition of periodontal regeneration, repair, new attachment and
reattachment.
§ Plaque control
• i. Mechanical tooth brushes, interdental cleaning aids, dentifrices
• ii. Chemical; classification and mechanism of action of each & pocket irrigation
• - Scaling and root planing: 5
- Indications
- Aims & objectives
- Healing following root planning
- Hand instruments, sonic, ultrasonic &piezo-electric scalers
- Curettage &present concepts
- Definition
- Indications
- Aims &objectives
- Procedures & healing response
- Flap surgery
- Definition
- Types of flaps, Design of flaps, papilla preservation
- Indications & contraindications
- Armamentarium
- Surgical procedure & healing response
• 9. Osseous Surgery Osseous defects in periodontal disease 2
- Definition
- Classification
- Surgery: resective, additive osseous surgery (osseous grafts with classification of grafts)
- Healing responses
- Other regenerative procedures; root conditioning
- Guided tissue regeneration
• Mucogingival surgery &periodontal plastic surgeries
• Definition 3
• Mucogingival problems: etiology, classification of gingival recession (P.D.Miller Jr. and Sullivan and
Atkins)
• Indications & objectives
• Gingival extension procedures: lateral pedicle graft, frenectomy, frenotomy
• Crown lengthening procedures Periodontal microsurgery in brief
• 21. Splints - Periodontal splints 1
- Purpose & classification
- Principles of splinting
• 22. Hypersensitivity Causes, Theories & management 1
• 23. Implants Definition, types, scope &biomaterials used. 1
• Periodontal considerations: such as implant-bone interface, implant-gingiva interface, implant failure,
peri-implantitis & management
• Maintenance phase (SPT)
• - Aims, objectives, and principles 1
- Importance
- Procedures
 74

- Maintenance of implants
• 25. Pharmaco-therapy - Periodontal dressings 2
- Antibiotics & anti-inflammatory drugs
- Local drug delivery systems
• Periodontal management of medically compromised patients
• Topics concerning periodontal management of medically 1
compromised patients
• 27. Inter-disciplinary care - Pulpo-periodontal involvement 1
- Routes of spread of infection
- Simons’ classification
- Management
• 28. Systemic effects of periodontal diseases in brief
• Cardiovascular diseases, Low birth weight babies etc. 1
• 29. Infection control protocol Sterilization and various aseptic procedures 1
• 30. Ethics
• 31. Use of Ultrasonic for scaling for final year BDS students : Ultrasonic scalers are commonly used
in dentistry for the removal of dental plaque, calculus (tartar), and stains from the surfaces of teeth.
These devices use ultrasonic vibrations to break down and remove deposits from the teeth. For final
year BDS (Bachelor of Dental Surgery)
• students, learning to use ultrasonic scalers is an important aspect of clinical training.
• 32. Dental Ethics and Practice Management: Dental office management (sometimes called dental
practice management, dental support or dental support services) is a set of practices, procedures, and
skills that go beyond clinical care, and that is needed to turn an education in dentistry into an actual
viable practice .
• 33. Photobiomodulation: Photobiomodulationn (PBM) in periodontics refers to the therapeutic use of
low-level laser or light-emitting diode (LED) devices to stimulate cellular function and promote tissue
healing in the oral cavity, specifically in the treatment of periodontal diseases. The rationale behind the
application of Photobiomodulation in periodontics is grounded in its ability to influence various
cellular and molecular processes, leading to beneficial effects on periodontal tissues. Antiinflammatory
Effects, Cellular Proliferation and Migration, Collagen Synthesis, Angiogenesis, Reduction of Bacterial
Load are its main properties to be used in periodontal treatment.
• 34. Advances in Implant Surgical Techniques: Advances in implant surgical techniques include
guided bone regeneration, block bone grafting, maxillary sinus lift, distraction osteogenesis, and nerve
repositioning. These techniques aim to augment the available bone volume, create a favourable
environment for implant placement, and overcome the challenges presented by the anatomical
restrictions.
• 35. Photography in Periodontics: Periodontal photography provides efficient documentation along
with choice of monitoring of clinical conditions and aesthetic outcomes over a period of time.
Periodontal digital photography provides visual reconstruction of various stages of treatment and
records . It also allows patient to visualize the same acute perspective as the periodontist and help
patient understand rationale of treatment and compliance. 3 types of digital dental cameras include :
compact point and shoot cameras , DSLR ( digital single lens reflex ) cameras , intra-oral cameras.
• TUTORIALS DURING CLINICAL POSTING;
o Infection control
o Periodontal instruments
o Chair position and principles of instrumentation
o Maintenance of instruments (sharpening)
o Ultrasonic, Piezoelectric and sonic scaling – demonstration of technique
o Diagnosis of periodontal disease and determination of prognosis
o Radiographic interpretation and lab investigations
o Motivation of patients- oral hygiene instructions
 75

• Students should be able to record a detailed periodontal case history, determine diagnosis, prognosis
and plan treatment. Student should perform scaling, root planning local drug delivery and SPT. Shall
be given demonstration of all periodontal surgical procedures.
• DEMONSTRATIONS:
o History taking and clinical examination of the patients
o Recording different indices
o Methods of using various scaling and surgical instruments
o Polishing the teeth
o Bacterial smear taking
o Demonstration to patients about different oral hygiene aids
o Surgical procedures- gingivectomy, gingivoplasty, and flap operations
o Follow up procedures, post operative care and supervision
• REQUIREMENTS:
• Diagnosis, treatment planning and discussion and total periodontal treatment – 25 cases
• Dental scaling, oral hygiene instructions – 50 complete cases/ equivalent
• Assistance in periodontal surgery – 5 cases
• 4. A work record should be maintained by all the students and should be submitted at the time of
examination after due certification from the head of the department.
• Students should have to complete the work prescribed by the concerned department from time to time
and submit a certified record for evaluation.

PROSTHODONTICS AND CROWN & BRIDGE Complete Dentures

• Applied Anatomy and Physiology.
• Introduction
• Biomechanics of the edentulous state.
• Residual ridge resorption.
• Communicating with the patient
• Understanding the patients.
• Mental attitude.
• Instructing the patient.
• Diagnosis and treatment planning for patients-
• With some teeth remaining.
• With no teeth remaining.
• Systemic status.
• Local factor.
• The geriatric patient.
• Diagnostic procedures.
• Articulators- discussion
• Improving the patient’s denture foundation and ridge relation -an overview.
• Pre-operative examination.
• Initial hard tissue & soft tissue procedure.
• Secondary hard & soft tissue procedure.
• Implant procedure.
• Congenital deformities.
• Postoperative procedure.
• Principles of Retention, Support and Stability
• Impressions - detail.
• Muscles of facial expression.
• Biologic considerations for maxillary and mandibular impression including anatomy landmark and
their interpretation.
 76

• Impression objectives.
• Impression materials.
• Impression techniques.
• Maxillary and mandibular impression procedures.
• Preliminary impressions.
• ii. Final impressions.
• Laboratory procedures involved with impression making (Beading & Boxing, and cast preparation).
• Record bases and occlusion rims- in detail.
• Materials & techniques.
• Useful guidelines and ideal parameters.
• Recording and transferring bases and occlusal rims.
• Biological consideration in jaw relation & jaw movements - craniomandibular relations.
• Mandibular movements.
• Maxillo -mandibular relation including vertical and horizontal jaw relations.
• Concept of occlusion- discuss in brief.
§ Relating the patient to the articulator.
• Face bow types & uses– discuss in brief.
• Face bow transfer procedure - discuss in brief.
o Recording maxillo mandibular relation.
o Tooth selection and arrangement.
o Relating inclination of teeth to concept of occlusion- in brief.
o Trial dentures.
o Laboratory procedures.
o Denture insertion.
o Treating problems with associated denture use – discuss in brief (tabulation/flow-chart form).
o Treating abused tissues - discuss in brief.
o Relining and rebasing of dentures- discuss in brief.
• Immediate complete dentures construction procedure- discuss in brief.
• The single complete denture- discuss in brief.
• Overdentures denture- discuss in brief.
• Dental implants in complete denture - discuss in brief.
• Note : It is suggested that the above mentioned topics be dealt with wherever appropriate in the
following order so as to cover –
o Definition
o Diagnosis (of the particular situation/patient selection/treatment planning)
o Types / Classification
o Materials
o Methodology – Lab /Clinical
o Advantages & disadvantages
o Indications, contraindications
o Maintenance Phase
o Oral Implantology
o Ethics
• Removable Flexible Dentures
o Introduction
• Terminologies and scope
o Classification.
o Examination, Diagnosis & Treatment planning & evaluation of diagnostic data.
o Components of a removable partial denture.
• Major connectors,
• minor connectors,
 77

• Rest and rest seats.

o Components of a Removable Partial Denture.
• Direct retainers,
• Indirect retainers,
• Tooth replacement.
o Principles of Removable Partial Denture Design.
o Survey and design – in brief.
• Surveyors.
• Surveying.
• Designing.
o Mouth preparation and master cast.
o Impression materials and procedures for removable partial dentures.
o Preliminary jaw relation and esthetic try-in for some anterior replacement teeth.
o Laboratory procedures for framework construction-in brief.
o Fitting the framework - in brief.
o Try-in of the partial denture - in brief.
o Completion of the partial denture - in brief.
o Inserting the Removable Partial Denture - in brief.
o Postinsertion observations.
o Temporary Acrylic Partial Dentures.
o Immediate Removable Partial Denture.
o Removable Partial Dentures opposing Complete denture.
• Note : It is suggested that the above mentioned topics be dealt with wherever appropriate in the
following order so as to cover –
• Definition
• Diagnosis (of the particular situation /patient selection /treatment planning)
• Types / Classification
• Materials
• Methodology – Lab /Clinical
• Advantages & disadvantages
• Indications, contraindications
• Maintenance Phase
• Fixed Partial Dentures
• Topics To Be Covered In Detail -
• Introduction
• Fundamentals of occlusion – in brief.
• Articulators – in brief.
• Treatment planning for single tooth restorations.
• Treatment planning for the replacement of missing teeth including selection and choice of abutment
teeth.
• Fixed partial denture configurations.
• Principles of tooth preparations.
• Preparations for full veneer crowns – in detail.
• Preparations for partial veneer crowns – in brief.
• Provisional Restorations
• Fluid Control and Soft Tissue Management
• Impressions
• Working Casts and Dies
• Wax Patterns
• Pontics and Edentulous Ridges
 78

• Esthetic Considerations
• Finishing and Cementation
• Topics To Be Covered In Brief -
• Solder Joints and Other Connectors
• All - Ceramic Restorations
• Metal - Ceramic Restorations
• Preparations of intracoronal restorations.
• Preparations for extensively damaged teeth.
• Preparations for periodontally weakened teeth
• The Functionally Generated Path Technique
• Investing and Casting
• Resin - Bonded Fixed Partials Denture

• Digital Impressions and CAD/CAM

• Acquire basic knowledge of digital impression techniques, including their principles, advantages,
and limitations.
• Differences between traditional impression making and digital impression making.
• Acquire basic knowledge of different intra-oral scanners (IOS) available commercially.
• Basic knowledge of CAD/CAM in prosthodontics, including designing fully contoured crowns.
• Smile designing and esthetics
• Facial components,dental components, gingival components and physical components. Esthetics and
itsrelationship to function.
• Basic principles and components of smile designing.
• Implant Dentistry
• Fundamental knowledge related to dental implant classifications, Anatomic considerations and
implant prosthodontics.
• Note : It is suggested that the above mentioned topics be dealt with wherever appropriate in the
following order so as to cover –
• Definition
• Diagnosis(of the particular situation /patient selection /treatment planning)
• Types / Classification
• Materials
• Methodology – Lab /Clinical
• Advantages & disadvantages
• Indications, contraindications
• Maintenance Phase

FORENSIC ODONTOLOGY (30 hrs of instruction)

Definition
• Forensic is derived from the Latin word forum, which means ‘court of law.’ Odontology literally
implies ‘the study of teeth.’ Forensic odontology, therefore, has been defined by the Fédération
Dentaire International (FDI) as “that branch of dentistry which, in the interest of justice, deals with the
proper handling and examination of dental evidence, and with the proper evaluation and presentation of
dental findings.”
• Objectives of the undergraduate curriculum
• At the end of the programme, the dental graduate should:
§ Have sound knowledge of the theoretical and practical aspects of forensic
odontology.
§ Have an awareness of ethical obligations and legal responsibilities in routine practice
and forensic casework.
• 23.BDS
 79

§ Be competent to recognise forensic cases with dental applications when consulted by

the police, forensic pathologists, lawyers and associated professionals.
§ Be competent in proper collection of dental evidence related to cases of
identification, ethnic and sex differentiation, age estimation and bite marks.
§ Be able to assist in analysis, evaluation, and presentation of dental facts within the
realm of law.
• Curriculum for forensic odontology
• Introduction to forensic dentistry
• Definition and history
• Recent developments and future trends
• Overview of forensic medicine and toxicology
• Cause of death and postmortem changes
• Toxicological manifestations in teeth and oral tissues
• Dental identification
• Definition
• Basis for dental identification
• Postmortem procedures
• Dental record compilation and interpretation
• Comparison of data, and principles of report writing
• Identification in disasters and handling incinerated remains
• Postmortem changes to oral structures
• Maintaining dental records
• Basic aspects of good record-keeping
• Different types of dental records
• ▫ Dental charts
• ▫ Dental radiographs
• ▫ Study casts
• ▫ Denture marking
• ▫ Photographs
• Dental notations
• Relevance of dental records in forensic investigation
• Age estimation
• Age estimation in children and adolescents
• ▫ Advantages of tooth calcification over ‘eruption’ in estimating age
• ▫ Radiographic methods of Schour & Massler, Demirjian et al
• Age estimation in adults
• ▫ Histological methods – Gustafson’s six variables and Johanson’s modification, Bang & Ramm’s
dentine translucency
• ▫ Radiographic method of Kvaal et al
• Principles of report writing
• Sex differentiation
• Sexual dimorphism in tooth dimensions (Odontometrics)
• Ethnic variations (‘racial’ differences) in tooth morphology
• Description of human population groups
• Genetic and environmental influences on tooth morphology
• Description of metric and non-metric dental features used in ethnic differentiation
• Bite mark procedures
• Definition and classification
• Basis for bite mark investigation
• Bite mark appearance
 80

• Macroscopic and microscopic ageing of bite marks

• Evidence collection from the victim and suspect of bite mark
• Analysis and comparison
• Principles of report writing
• Animal bite investigation
• Dental DNA methods
• Importance of dental DNA evidence in forensic investigations
• Types of DNA and dental DNA isolation procedures
• DNA analysis in personal identification
• Gene-linked sex dimorphism
• Population genetics
• Jurisprudence and ethics
• Fundamentals of law and the constitution
• Medical legislation and statutes (Dental and Medical Council Acts, etc)
• Basics of civil law (including torts, contracts and consumer protection act)
• Criminal and civil procedure code (including expert witness requirement)
• Assessment and quantification of dental injuries in courts of law
• Medical negligence and liability
• Informed consent and confidentiality
• Rights and duties of doctors and patients
• Medical and dental ethics (as per Dentists’ Act) Theory sessions and practical exercises
• Total hours for the course
• Didactic – 10-12 hours
• Practical – 20-25 hours
• Detailed didactic sessions for the above components, either in the form of lectures or as structured
• 23.BDS
• student-teacher interactions, is essential. Specialists from multiple disciplines, particularly from legal
and forensic sciences, can be encouraged to undertake teaching in their area of expertise.
• An interactive, navigable and non-linear (INN) model may also be utilised for education.
• Practical exercises (real-life casework and/or simulated cases) must complement didactic sessions to
facilitate optimal student understanding of the subject. Mandatory practical training in dental
identification methods, dental profiling (ethnic and sex differences, radiographic age estimation), and
bite mark procedures, is of paramount importance. In addition, practical exercises/demonstrations in
histological age estimation, comparative dental anatomy, DNA methods, medical autopsy, court visits,
and other topics may be conducted depending on available expertise, equipment and feasibility.
• Approach to teaching forensic odontology
• Forensic odontology could be covered in two separate streams. The divisions include a preclinical
stream and a clinical stream.
• Preclinical stream
• Introduction to forensic odontology
• Sex differences in odontometrics
• Ethnic variations in tooth morphology
• Histological age estimation
• Dental DNA methods
• Bite marks procedures
• Overview of forensic medicine and toxicology
• It could prove useful to undertake the preclinical stream in II or III year under Oral Biology/Oral
Pathology since these aspects of forensic odontology require grounding in dental morphology,
dental histology and basic sciences, which, students would have obtained in I and/or II BDS.
• Clinical stream
 81

• Dental identification
• Maintaining dental records
• Radiographic age estimation
• Medical jurisprudence and ethics

• It would be suitable to undertake these topics in the IV or V year as part of Oral Medicine and
Radiology, since students require reasonable clinical exposure and acumen to interpret dental records,
perform dental postmortems and analyse dental radiographs for age estimation.

ORAL IMPLANTOLOGY (30 hrs of instruction)

INTRODUCTION TO ORAL IMPLANTOLOGY
• Oral Implantology is now emerged as a new branch in dentistry world wide and it has been given a
separate status in the universities abroad. In India day to day the practice of treating patients with
implants are on rise. In this contest inclusion of this branch into under graduate curriculum has
become very essential. The objective behind this is to impart basic knowledge of Oral Implantology to
undergraduates and enable them to diagnose, plan the treatment and to carry out the needed pre
surgical mouth preparations and treat or refer them to speciality centres. This teaching
programme may be divided and carried out by the Dept. of Oral Surgery, Prosthodontics and
Periodontics.
§ History of implants, their design & surface characteristics and osseo-integration
§ Scope of oral & maxillofacial implantology & terminologies
§ A brief introduction to various implant systems in practice
§ Bone biology, Morphology, Classification of bone and its relevance to implant
treatment and bone augmentation materials.
§ Soft tissue considerations in implant dentistry
§ Diagnosis & treatment planning in implant dentistry
• Case history taking/Examination/Medical evaluation/Orofacial evaluation/ Radiographic evaluation/
Diagnostic evaluation/ Diagnosis and treatment planning/ treatment alternatives/ Estimation of
treatment costs/ patient education and motivation
§ Pre surgical preparation of patient
§ Implant installation & armamentarium for the Branemark system as a role model
§ First stage surgery – Mandible – Maxilla
§ Healing period & second stage surgery
§ Management of surgical complications & failures
§ General considerations in prosthodontic reconstruction & Bio mechanics
§ Prosthodontic components of the Branemark system as a role model
§ Impression procedures & Preparation of master cast
§ Jaw relation records and construction of suprastructure with special emphasis on
occlusion for osseointegrated prosthesis
§ Management of prosthodontic complications & failures
§ Recall & maintenance phase.
• Criteria for success of osseointegrated implant supported prosthesis SUGGESTED
.
BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCES (20 hrs of instruction)
GOAL:
• The aim of teaching behavioural sciences to undergraduate student is to impart such knowledge &
skills that may enable him to apply principles of behaviour –
• For all round development of his personality
• In various therapeutic situations in dentistry.

• The student should be able to develop skills of assessing psychological factors in each patient,
explaining stress, learning simple counselling techniques, and improving patients compliance
 82

behaviour.
• OBJECTIVES:
o KNOWLEDGE &
UNDERSTANDING:
• At the end of the course, the student shall be able to:
§ Comprehend different aspects of normal behaviour like learning, memory,
motivation, personality & intelligence.
§ Recognise difference between normal and abnormal behaviour.
§ Classify psychiatric disorders in dentistry.
§ Recognise clinical manifestations of dental phobia, dental anxiety, facial pain,
orofacial manifestations of psychiatric disorders, and behavioural problems in
children. Addictive disorders, psychological disorders in various dental departments.
§ Should have understanding of stress in dentistry and knowledge of simple
counselling techniques.
§ Have some background knowledge of interpersonal, managerial and problem solving
skills which are an integral part of modern dental practice.
§ Have knowledge of social context of dental care.
o SKILLS
• The student shall be able to:
§ Interview the patient and understand different methods of communication skills in
dentist - patient relationship.
§ Improve patients compliance behaviour.
§ Develop better interpersonal, managerial and problem solving skills.
§ Diagnose and manage minor psychological problems while treating dental patients.

• INTEGRATION:
• The training in Behavioural sciences shall prepare the students to deliver preventive, promotive,
curative and rehabilitative services to the care of the patients both in family and community and refer
advanced cases to specialised psychiatric hospitals.
• Training should be integrated with all the departments of Dentistry, Medicine, Pharmacology,
Physiology and Biochemistry.

• PSYCHOLOGY:
• 1. Definition & Need of Behavioural Science. Determinants of Behaviour. Hrs 1 Scope of
Behavioural Science.
§ Sensory process & perception perceptual process- clinical applications.
§ Attention - Definition - factors that determine attention. Clinical application.
§ Memory - Memory process - Types of memory , Forgetting:
• Methods to improve memory, Clinical assessment of memory & clinical applications.
§ Definition - Laws of learning
• Type of learning. Classical conditioning, operant conditioning, cognitive learning, Insight
learning, social learning, observational learning, principles of learning– Clinical application.
§ Intelligence- Definition: Nature of intelligencestability of intelligence Determinants
of intelligence, clinical application
§ Thinking - Definition: Types of thinking, delusions, problem solving
§ Motivation - Definition: Motive, drive, needs classification of motives
§ Emotions - Definition differentiation from feelings – Role of hypothalamus, Cerebral
cortex, adrenal glands ANS. Theories of emotion, Types of emotions.
• Personality. Assessment of personality: Questionnaires, personality inventory, rating scales, Interview
projective techniques – Rorshach ink blot test , RAT, CAT
• SOCIOLOGY:
• Social class, social groups – family, types of family, types of marriages, communities and Nations and
 83

institutions.
ETHICS (20 hrs. of instruction)
• Introduction:
• There is a definite shift now from the traditional patient and doctor relationship and delivery of dental
care. With the advances in science and technology and the increasing needs of the patient, their
families and community, there is a concern for the health of the community as a whole. There is a
shift to greater accountability to the society. Dental specialists like the other health professionals are
confronted with many ethical problems. It is therefore absolutely necessary for each and every
• one in the health care delivery to prepare themselves to deal with these problems. To accomplish this
and develop human values Council desires that all the trainees undergo ethical sensitization by lectures
or discussion on ethical issues, discussion of cases with an important ethical component.
• Course content:
• Introduction to ethics –
- what is ethics?
- What are values and norms?
- How to form a value system in one’s personal and professional life?
- Hippocratic oath.
- Declaration of Helsinki, WHO declaration of Geneva, International code of ethics, DCI Code
of ethics.
• Ethics of the individual –
• The patient as a person. Right to be respected Truth and confidentiality Autonomy of decision Doctor
Patient relationship
• Profession Ethics –
• Code of conduct
• Contract and confidentiality Charging of fees, fee splitting Prescription of drugs
• Over-investigating the patient Malpractice and negligence
• Research Ethics –
• Animal and experimental research/humanness Human experimentation
• Human volunteer research-informed consent Drug trials
• Ethical workshop of cases Gathering all scientific factors Gathering all value factors
• Identifying areas of value – conflict, setting of priorities Working our criteria towards decisions
 84

Revised Internship Programme, 2011

CURRICULUM OF DENTAL INTERNSHIP PROGRAMME.
• The duration of Internship shall be one year.
• All parts of internship shall be done in a Dental College duly recognized/approved by the Dental
Council of India for the purpose of imparting education and training to Dental graduates in the country.
• The Internss shall be paid stipendiary allowance during the period of an Internship not extending
beyond a period of one year.
• The internship shall be compulsory and rotating as per the regulations prescribed for the purpose.
• The degree- BDS shall be granted after completion of internship.
• Determinants of Curriculum for internship for Dental Graduates:
• The curricular contents of internship training shall be based on.
o Dental health needs of the society.
o Financial, material and manpower resources available for the purpose.
o National Dental Health Policy.
o Socio-economic conditions of the people in general.
o Existing Dental as also the primary health care concept, for the delivery of health services.
o Task analysis of what graduates in Dentistry in various practice settings, private and
government service actually perform.
o Epidemiological studies conducted to find out prevalence of different dental health problems,
taking into consideration the magnitude of dental problems, severity of dental problems and
social disruption caused by these problems.
Objectives:
o To facilitate reinforcement of learning and acquisition of additional knowledge:-
o Reinforcement of knowledge.
o Techniques & resources available to the individual and the community; Social and cultural
setting.
o Training in a phased manner, from a shared to a full responsibility.
o To facilitate the achievement of basic skills: attaining competence Vs. maintaining
competence in:-
o History taking.
o Clinical Examination.
o Performance and interpretation of essential laboratory data.
o Data analysis and inference.
o Communication skills aimed at imparting hope and optimism in the patient.
• Attributes for developing working relationship in the
Clinical setting and Community team work.
• To facilitate development of sound attitudes and habits:-
• Emphasis on individual and human beings, and not on disease/symptoms.
• Provision of comprehensive care, rather than fragmentary treatment.
• iii) Continuing Dental Education and Learning of accepting the responsibility. D To facilitate
understanding of professional and ethical principles:-
- Right and dignity of patients.
- Consultation with other professionals and referral to seniors/institutions.
- Obligations to peers, colleagues, patients, families and Community.
- Provision of free professional services in an emergent situation.
• To initiate individual and group action, leading to disease prevention and dental health promotion, at
the level of individuals families and the community.
• Content (subject matter)
• The compulsory rotating paid Dental Internship shall include training in Oral Medicine & Radiology;
Oral & Maxillofacial Surgery; Prosthodontics; Periodontics; Conservative Dentistry; Pedodontics; Oral
Pathology & Microbiology; Orthodontics and Community Dentistry.
 85

General Guidelines:
o It shall be task-oriented training. The interns should participate in various institutional and
field programmes and be given due responsibility to perform the activities in all departments
of the Dental Colleges and associated Institutions.
o To facilitate achievement of basic skills and attitudes the following facilities should be
provided to all dental graduates:
§ History taking, examination, diagnosis, charting and recording treatment plan of
cases.
§ Presentation of cases in a group of Seminar.
§ Care and sterilization of instruments used.
§ Performance and interpretation of essential laboratory tests and other relevant
investigations.
§ Data analysis and inference.
§ Proper use of antibiotics, anti-inflammatory and other drugs, as well as other
therapeutic modalities.
§ Education of patients, their relatives and community on all aspects of dental health
care while working in the institution as also in the field.
§ Communication aimed at inspiring hope, confidence and optimism.
§ Legal rights of patients and obligations of dental graduate under forensic
jurisprudence.
Oral Medicine & Radiology:
§ 1. Standardized examination of patients 25 Cases
• Exposure to clinical, pathological laboratory procedures
§ and biopsies. 5 Cases
§ 3. Effective training in taking of Radiographs: 2 Full mouth
§ (Intra-oral) I.O. (Extra oral) E.O. 1
§ Cephalogram 1
§ 4. Effective management of cases in wards 2 Cases

Oral and Maxillofacial surgery

o The Interness during their posting in oral surgery shall perform the following procedures:
• 1. Extractions 50
• 2. Surgical extractions 2
• 3. Impactions 2
• 4 Simple Intra Maxillary Fixation 1
• 5 Cysts enucleations 1
• 6. Incision and drainage 2
• 7. Alveoloplasties, Biopsies & Frenectomies, etc. 3
o The Interness shall perform the following on Cancer Patients:
• Maintain file work.
• Do extractions for radiotherapy cases.
• Perform biopsies.
• Observe varied cases of oral cancers.
o The interness shall have 15 days posting in emergency services of a dental/general hospital
with extended responsibilities in emergency dental care in the wards. During this period they
shall attend to all emergencies under the direct supervision of oral surgeon during any
operation:

Emergencies.
o Toothache; (ii) trigemminal neuralgia; (iii) Bleeding from mouth due to trauma, post
extraction, bleeding disorder or haemophylia; (iv) Airway obstruction due to fracture
mandible and maxilla; dislocation of mandible; syncope or vasovagal attacks; ludwig’s
 86

angina; tooth fracture; post intermaxillary fixation after general Anaesthesia.

• Work in I.C.U. with particular reference to resuscitation procedures.
• Conduct tutorials on medico-legal aspects including reporting on actual cases coming to casualty. They
should have visits to law courts.
• Prosthodontics
• The dental graduates during their internship posting in Prosthodontics shall make:-
• 1. Complete denture (upper & lower) 2
• 2. Removable Partial Denture 4
• 3. Fixed Partial Denture 1
• 4. Planned cast partial denture 1
• Miscellaneous-like reline/overdenture/repairs of Maxillofacial
• Prosthesis 1
• Learning use of Face bow and Semi anatomic articulator technique
• Crowns
• 8. Introduction of Implants 1
Periodontics
o The dental graduates shall perform the following procedures
• 1. Prophylaxis 15 Cases
• 2. Flap Operation 2 Cases
• 3. Root Planning 1 Case
• 4. Currettage 1 Case
• 5. Gingivectomy 1 Case
• 6. Perio-Endo cases 1 Case
o During their one week posting in the community health centers, the internss shall educate the
public in prevention of Periodontal diseases.
Conservative Dentistry
• To facilitate reinforcement of learning and achievement of basic skills, the interns shall perform atleast
the following procedures independently or under the guidance of supervisors:
• 1. Restoration of extensively mutilated teeth 5 Cases
• 2. Inlay and onlay preparations 1 Case
• 3. Use of tooth coloured restorative materials 4 Cases
• 4. Treatment of discoloured vital and non-vital teeth 1 Case
• 5. Management of dento alveolar fracture 1 Case
• Management of pulpless, single-rooted teeth without
• periapical lesion. 4 Cases
• 7. Management of acute dento alveolar Infections 2 Cases
• Management of pulpless, single-rooted teeth
• with periapical lesion. 1 Case
• Non-surgical management of traumatised teeth during formative period.
• Pedodontics and Preventive Dentistry
• During their posting in Pedodontics the Dental graduates shall perform:
• 1. Topical application of fluorides including varnish 5 Cases
• Restorative procedures of carious deciduous teeth in
• children. 10 Cases
• 3. Pulpotomy 2 Cases
• 4. Pulpectomy 2 Cases
• 5. Fabrication and insertion of space maintainers 1 Case

• 6. Oral habit breaking appliances 1 Case

Oral Pathology and Microbiology
 87

o The interns shall perform the following:

o 1. History-recording and clinical examination 5 Cases
o 2. Blood, Urine and Sputum examination 5 Cases
o 3. Exfoliative Cytology and smears study 2 Cases
o 4. Biopsy- Laboratory Procedure & reporting 1 Case
Orthodontics
o The interns shall observe the following procedures during their posting in Orthodontics:
• Detailed diagnostic procedures for 5 patients
• Laboratory techniques including wire-bending for removable appliances, soldering and processing of
myo-functional appliances.
• Treatment planning options and decisions.
• Making of bands, bonding procedures and wire insertions.
• Use of extra oral anchorage and observation of force values.
• Retainers.
• Observe handling of patients with oral habits causing malocclusions.

• The dental graduates shall do the following laboratory work:-

• Wire bending for removable appliances and space maintainers including weldoing and heat treatment
• procedure. - 5 Cases
• 2. Soldering exercises, banding & bonding procedures - 2 Cases
• Cold-cure and heat-cure acrylisation of simple
• Orthodontic appliances - 5 Cases

• Public Health Dentistry

• The internss shall conduct health education sessions for individuals and groups on oral health public
health nutrition, behavioral sciences, environmental health, preventive dentistry and epidemiology.
• They shall conduct a short term epidemiological survey in the community, or I n the alternate,
participate in the planning and methodology.
• They shall arrange effective demonstrations of:
§ Preventive and interceptive procedures for prevalent dental diseases.
• b) Mouth-rinsing and other oral hygiene demonstrations 5 Cases
• c) Tooth brushing techniques 5 Cases
o Conduction of oral health education programmes at
• A) School setting 2
• B) Community setting 2
• C) Adult education programmes 2
• 5. Preparation of Health Education materials 5
o Exposure to team concept and National Health Care systems:
§ Observation of functioning of health infrastructure.
§ Observation of functioning of health casre team including multipurpose workers
male and female, health educators and other workers.
§ Observation of atleast one National Health Programme:-
§ Observation of interlinkages of delivery of oral health care with Primary Health care.
• Mobile dental clinics, as and when available, should be provided for this teachings.
Elective Posting
• The Interns shall be posted for 15 days in any of the dental departments of their choice mentioned in
the foregoing.
• Organisation of content:
• The Curriculum during the 4 years of BDS training is subject based with more emphasis on learning
practical skills. During one year internship the emphasis will be on competency-based, community
oriented training. The practical skills to be mastered by the interns along with the minimum
 88

performance level are given under the course content of different departments of Dental Education.
The supervisors should seding it that proper facilities are provided in all departments and attached
institutions for their performance.

Period of Postings

• 1 Oral Medicine & Radiology - 1 month

• 2 Oral & Maxillofacial Surgery - 1 ½ months
• 3 Prosthodontics - 1 ½ months
• 4 Periodontics - 1 month
• 5 Conservative Dentistry - 1 month
• 6 Pedodontics - 1 month
• 7 Oral Pathology and Microbiology 15 days
• 8 Orthodontics - 1 month
• 9 Community Dentistry/ Rural Services 3 months
• 10 Elective - 15 days
 BHARATI VIDYAPEETH
(DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY), PUNE

Faculty of Dentistry
B.D.S
Old Syllabus
 Bachelor Of Dental Surgery
COURSE REGULATIONS

BHARATI VIDYAPEETH DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY,

PUNE
2007
 1

BHARATI VIDYAPEETH DEEMED TO BE UNIVERSITY

DENTAL COLLEGE AND HOSPITAL, PUNE.

Bharati Vidyapeeth, the parent body of Bharati Vidyapeeth (Deemed to be University), was established in 1964 by the eminent
educationist and visionary Dr. Patangrao Kadam.

The mission that Bharati Vidyapeeth has defined for itself is to bring about intellectual awakening of people through the spread of
education and to prepare human resources needed for all round development, particularly economic, of the country.

Vision:

To be a World Class University

“Transformation through Dynamic Education”

The corporate office of BharatiVidyapeeth is located in the prestigious area of Deccan Gymkhana in the city of Pune. Its 10 storied
building, once the tallest in Pune, is a landmark of the city.
 2

COURSES UNDER BDS PROGRAM :

1. Human Anatomy, Embryology, Histology & Medical Genetics

2. Human Physiology & Biochemistry
3. Dental Anatomy, Embryology and Oral Histology
4. General Pathology & Microbiology
5. General and Dental Pharmacology and Therapeutics
6. Dental Materials
7. Pre Clinical Conservative Dentistry
8. Pre Clinical Prosthodontics
9. Oral Pathology & Oral Microbiology
10. General Medicine
11. General Surgery
12. Conservative Dentistry and Endodontics
13. Oral & Maxillofacial Surgery
14. Oral Medicine and Radiology
15. Orthodontics & Dentofacial Orthopaedics
16. Paediatric & Preventive Dentistry
17. Public Health Dentistry
18. Periodontology
19. Prosthodontics and Crown & Bridge
 3

CONTENTS
S.No.
1. Goals and objectives
Ø Goals
Ø Objectives
Ø Recommendations : General
Ø Recommendations : Specific
Ø Competencies
Ø Minimum working hours for each subject of study
Ø Recommended Books
2. Syllabus of Study
1. Human Anatomy, Embryology, Histology & Medical Genetics
2. Human Physiology & Biochemistry, Nutrition & Diatics
3. Dental Anatomy, Embryology and Oral Histology
4. General Pathology & Microbiology
5. General and Dental Pharmacology and Therapeutics
6. Dental Materials
7. Pre Clinical Conservative Dentistry Laboratory Exercisesz
8. Oral Pathology & Oral Microbiology
9. General Medicine
10. General Surgery
11. Conservative Dentistry and Endodontics
12. Oral & Maxillofacial Surgery
13. Oral Medicine and Radiology
14. Orthodontics & Dentofacial Orthopaedics
15. Paediatric & Preventive Dentistry
16. Public Health Dentistry
17. Periodontology
18. Prosthodontics and Crown & Bridge
19. Aesthetic Dentistry
20. Forensic Odontology
21. Oral Implantology
22. Behavioural Science
23. Ethics
 4

DENTAL COUNCIL OF INDIA

NOTIFICATION
New Delhi, the 25th July, 2007

No.DE-22-2007.-In exercise of the powers conferred by Sectioin 20 of the Dentists Act, 1948, the Dental
Council of India with the previosus sanction of th Central Government hereby makes the following Revised
BDS Course Regulations :-

1. Short title and commencement. – (i) These Regulations may be called the Dental Council of
India Revised BDS Course Regulations, 2007.
(ii) They shall come into force on the date of their publication in the Official Gazette.

REGULATIONS FOR THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF DENTAL SURGERY

GENERAL: Universities awarding the degrees in Bachelor of Dental Surgery (BDS) and Master of
Dental Surgery (MDS) shall establish independent Dental Faculty.

The heading ‘ADMISSION, SELECTION, AND MIGRATION’ shall be read as under,in terms of (8th
Amendment) notification published on 12.7.2017 in the Gazette of India.

ADMISSION, SELECTION AND MIGRATION:-

ADMISSION, SELECTION, COUNSELLING AND MIGRATION:-
I. Admission to the Dental Course – Eligibility Criteria:
No Candidate shall be allowed to be admitted to the Dental Curriculum of first Bachelor of Dental Surgery
(BDS) Course until:

1. He/she shall complete the age of 17 years on or before 31st December, of the year of admission to the
BDS course;

The following has been inserted, and the existing sub-regulation “2.” is re-numbered as “3”., in terms of
(5th Amendment) notification published on 31st May, 2012 in the Gazetteof India.

2. He/She has obtained a minimum of marks in National Eligibility-cum-Entrance Test as prescribed in sub-regulation 5
of Regulation II under the heading “Selection of students:”

The following has been inserted in terms of (5th Amendment) notification published on 1st June, 2012
in the Gazette of India

3. 2. In order to be eligible to take National Eligibility-cum-Entrance Test he/she has passed qualifying examination
as under:-
a. The higher secondary examination or the Indian School Certificate Examination which is equivalent to
10+2 Higher Secondary Examination after a period of 12 years study, the last two years of study
comprising of Physics, Chemistry, Biology and Mathematics or any other elective subjects with
English at a level not less than the core course for English as prescribed by the National Council
for Educational Research and Training after the introduction of the 10+2+3 years educational
structure as recommended by the National Committee on
education; Note: Where the course content is not as prescribed for 10+2 education structure of the
National Committee, the candidates will have to undergo a period of one year pre- professional
training before admission to the dental colleges;
or
b. The intermediate examination in science of an Indian University/Board or other recognised examining
body with Physics, Chemistry and Biology which shall include a practical test in these subjects and also
English as a compulsory subject;
or
c. The pre-professional/pre-medical examination with Physics, Chemistry and Biology, after passing
either the higher secondary school examination, or the pre-university or an equivalent examination. The
pre-professional/pre-medical examination shall include a practical test in Physics, Chemistry and
Biology and also English as a compulsory subject;
or
 5

d. The first year of the three years degree course of a recognized university, with Physics, Chemistry and
Biology including a practical test in three subjects provided the examination is a "University
Examination" and candidate has passed 10+2 with English at a level not less than a core course;
or
e. B.Sc examination of an Indian University, provided that he/she has passed the B.Sc examination
with not less than two of the following subjects Physics, Chemistry, Biology (Botany, Zoology) and
further that he/she has passed the earlier qualifying examination with the following subjects-Physics,
Chemistry, Biology and English.
or
f. Any other examination which, in scope and standard is found to be equivalent to the intermediate
science examination of an Indian University/Board, taking Physics, Chemistry and Biology including
practical test in each of these subjects and English.

The following have been added under the heading “Admission to the Dental Course- Eligibility Criteria”after sub-clause 2 (f),
in terms of (2nd Amendment) notification published on 29th October, 2010 in the Gazette of India.

“3. 3% seats of the annual sanctioned intake capacity shall be filled up by candidates with locomotory disability of
lower limbs between 50% to 70%
Provided that in case any seat in this 3% quota remains unfilled on account of unavailability of candidates with
locomotory disability of lower limbs between 50% to 70% then any such unfilled seat in this 3% quota shall be filled
up by persons with locomotory disability of lower limbs between 40% to 50% before they are included in the annual
sanctioned seats for General Category candidates.

Provided further that this entire exercise shall be completed by each Dental College/Institution as per the statutory
time schedule for admissions and in no case any admission will be made in the BDS course after 30th of September.”
The following has been deleted in terms of (5th Amendment) notification published on1st June, 2012 in
the Gazette of India.
• After the 10+2 course is introduced, the integrated courses should be abolished.
II. Selection of Students: The selection of students to dental college shall be based solely on merit of the
candidate and for determination of the merit, the following criteria be adopted uniformly throughout the
country:
The following has been deleted in terms of (5th Amendment) notification published on1st June, 2012 in
the Gazette of India
 6

The following has been deleted and substituted in terms of (5th Amendment) notificationpublished on 1st June,
2012 in the Gazette of India

1. Procedure for selection to BDS course shall be as follows:-

v There shall be a single eligibility-cum-entrance examination namely “National Eligibility-cum- Entrance Test
for admission to BDS course” in each academic year.”
v In order to be eligible for admission to BDS Course for a particular academic year, it shall be necessary for a
candidate to obtain minimum of marks of 50th percentile in ‘National Eligibility- cum-Entrance Test to BDS
course’ held for the said academic year. However, in respect of candidates belonging to Scheduled Castes,
Scheduled Tribes, Other Backward Classes, the minimum marks shall be at 40th percentile. In respect of
candidates with locomotory disability of lower amendments, the minimum marks shall be at 45th percentile.
The percentile shall be determined on the basis of highest marks secured in the All-India common merit list
in “National Eligibility-cum-Entrance Test for admission to BDS course.”
Provided when sufficient number of candidates in the respective categories fail to secure minimum
marks as prescribed in National Eligibility-cum-Entrance Test held for any academic year for admission to
BDS Course, the Central Government in consultation with Dental Council of India may at its discretion
lower the minimum marks required for admission to BDS Course for candidates belonging to respective
categories and marks so lowered by the Central Government shall be applicable for the said academic year
only.
v The reservation of seats in dental colleges for respective categories shall be as per applicable laws prevailing
in States/Union Territories. An all India merit list as well as State-wise merit list of the eligible candidates
shall be prepared on the basis of the marks obtained in National Eligibility- cum-Entrance Test and
candidates shall be admitted to BDS course from the said lists only.
v No Candidate who has failed to obtain the minimum eligibility marks as prescribed in Clause (ii.) above shall
be admitted to BDS course in the said academic year.
v All admissions to BDS course within the respective categories shall be based solely on marks obtained in the
National Eligibility-cum-Entrance Test.
v To be eligible for admission to BDS Course, a candidate must have passed in the subjects of Physics,
Chemistry, Biology/Biotechnology and English individually and must have obtained a minimum of 50%
marks taken together in Physics, Chemistry and Biology/Biotechnology at the qualifying examination as
mentioned in Sub-regulation 2 of Regulation I and in addition must have come in the merit list of “National
Eligibility-cum-Entrance Test” for admission to BDS course. In respect of candidates belonging to Scheduled
Castes, Scheduled Tribes or other Backward Classes the minimum marks obtained in Physics, Chemistry and
Biology/Bio-technology taken together in qualifying examination shall be 40% instead of 50%. In respect of
candidates with locomotory disability of lower limbs in terms of sub-regulation 4, after the commencement
of these amendments, of Regulation 1 above, the minimum marks in qualifying examination in Physics,
Chemistry and Biology/Bio-technology taken together in qualifying examination shall be 45% instead of
50%.
v Provided that a candidate who has appeared in the qualifying examination the result of which has not been
declared, he/she may be provisionally permitted to take up the National Eligibility-cum-Entrance Test and in
case of selection for admission to the BDS course, he/she shall not be admitted to that course until he fulfills
the eligibility criteria under Regulation 1.
v The Central Board of Secondary Education shall be the organization to conduct National Eligibility- cum-
Entrance Test for admission to BDS course.
 7

The following has been added under clause II ‘Selection of Students’, in terms of (8thAmendment)
notification published on 27th July, 2017 in the Gazette of India:

II. A Common Counselling.

1 There shall be a common counselling for admission to BDS course in all dental educational
institutions on the basis of merit list of the National Eligibility-cum-Entrance Test.
2. The designated authority for counselling for the 15% All India Quota seats of the contributing
States and all BDS seats of Dental Education Institutions of the Central Government universities
established by an Act of Parliament and the Deemed Universities shall be the Directorate
General of Health Services, Ministry of Health and Family Welfare, Government of India.
3. The counselling for admission to BDS course in a State/Union Territory, including Dental
Education Institutions established by the State Government, University established by an Act
of State/Union Territory Legislature, Trust, Society, Minority Institutions shall be conducted
by the State/Union Territory Government.
4. In case any dispute arises on such common counselling, the respective State Government shall
refer the matter to the Central Government and its decision shall be final, in this regard.

III. Duration of the Course:

The following provision has been substituted to the extent indicated hereunder in terms of (3rd Amendment) notification
published on 25th August, 2011 in the Gazette of India and the same is as under:.

The undergraduate dental programme leading to BDS Degree shall be of 4 (four) Academic years with 240 teaching days in
each academic year, plus one year paid rotating Internship in a dental college. Every candidate will be required, after passing
the final BDS Examination to undergo one year paid rotating internship in a dental college. The detailed curriculum of Dental
Internship Programme is annexed as Annexure-A.
The internship shall be compulsory and BDS Degree shall be granted after completion of one year paid Internship.
NOTE: It is recommended by the DCI that the colleges who have implemented the revised BDS Course Regulation, 2007
itself, has to carry on with the existing five year programme. Regarding internship for this batch it is upto the respective
university to decide.

Further, the admissions made from the year 2008-09, the students may be included in this amendment provided the concerned
University’s rules permit.

Provided that the Affiliating University/State Government are free to make applicable these amendment is upto the University
to implement this amendment provided it abides by their Act/Rules and Regulations.
 8

The above NOTE has been deleted and the following proviso is inserted below the NOTE in terms of (4thAmendment) notification
published on 9.12.2011 in the Gazette of India and the same is as under:-

NOTE: Provided that the students of the batch admitted during the academic session 2007-2008, and
consequently they are going to pursue their 5th year BDS Course as per the course curriculum and syllabus
prescribed in the principal Revised BDS Course Regulations, 2007, may complete their Theory in 4 (four)
subjects with 160 Lecture hours within a period of 6 (six) months as given below:-

Subject Lecture Hours

Oral & Maxillofacial Surgery 30
Conservative Dentistry & Endodontics 50
Prosthodontics and Crown & Bridge 50
Public Health Dentistry 30
Total 160

On completion of such study, they shall have to appear in the University Examination and only after passing
University Examination successfully, they shall be allowed to do six months Paid Rotating Internship
Programme in all the Departments for the duration indicated against each Department as under:-

Departments Period of Postings

1. Oral Medicine & Radiology 20 days
2. Oral && Maxillofacial Surgery 30 days
3. Prosthodontics 30 days
4. Periodontics 15 days
5. Concervative Dentist 10 days
6. Pedodontics 15 days
7. Oral Pathology & Microbiology 10 days
8. Orthodontics 10 days
9. Community Dentist/Rural Service 30 days
10. Elective 10 days

Total 180 days

 9

The following proviso has been inserted in terms of (6th Amendment) notification published on 24.6.2013 in the Gazette
of India:-

Provided further that students of 2007-2008 BDS batch who are declared passed with 4 ½ + 6 months Paid Rotatory
Internship or 5-year duration course, as the case may be, as per Revised BDS Course (4th Amendment) Regulations,
2011, shall be deemed at par/equivalent with 4+1 year BDS Course, including one year Paid Rotatory Internship
programme, for all interns and purposes
i.e. for admission in MDS Course, applying for Govt Jobs, registration in State Dental Councilsetc.

IV. Migration:
(1) Migration from one dental college to other is not a right of a student. However, migration of students
from one dental college to another dental college in India may be considered by the Dental Council of
India. Only in exceptional cases on extreme compassionate ground*, provided following criteria are
fulfilled. Routine migrations on other ground shall not be allowed.
(2) Both the colleges, i.e. one at which the student is studying at present and one to which migration is
sought, are recognised by the Dental Council of India.
(3) The applicant candidate should have passed first professional BDS examination.
(4) The applicant candidate submits his application for migration, complete in all respects, to all authorities
concerned within a period of one month of passing (declaration of results) the first professional Bachelor of
Dental Surgery (BDS) examination.
(5) The applicant candidate must submit an affidavit stating that he/she will pursue 240 days of prescribed
study before appearing at IInd professional Bachelor of Dental Surgery (BDS) examination at the
transferee dental college, which should be duly certified by the Registrar of the concerned University
in which he/she is seeking transfer. The transfer will be applicable only after receipt of the affidavit.
Note 1:
(i) Migration is permitted only in the beginning of IInd year BDS Course in recognized Institution.
(ii) All applications for migration shall be referred to Dental Council of India by college authorities. No
Institution/University shall allow migrations directly without the prior approval of the Council.
(iii) Council reserved the right, not to entertain any application which is not under the prescribed
compassionate grounds and also to take independent decisions where applicant has been allowed to
migrate without referring the same to the Council.
Note 2: *Compassionate ground criteria:
(i) Death of supporting guardian.
(ii) Disturbed conditions as declared by Government in the Dental College area.
V. Attendance requirement, Progress and Conduct
(i) 75% in theory and 75% in practical/clinical in each year.
(ii) In case of a subject in which there is no examination at the end of the academic year/semester, the
percentage of attendance shall not be less than 70%. However, at the time of appearing for
the professional examination in the subject, the aggregate percentage of attendance in the subject
should satisfy condition (i) above.
VI. Subjects of Study:
First Year
i) General Human Anatomy including Embryology and Histology
ii) General Human Physiology and Biochemistry, Nutrition and Dietics
iii) Dental Anatomy, Embryology and Oral Histology
iv) Dental Materials
v) Pre-clinical Prosthodontics and Crown & Bridge
Second Year
i) General Pathology and Microbiology
ii) General and Dental Pharmacology and Therapeutics
iii) Dental Materials
iv) Pre clinical Conservative Dentistry
v) Pre clinical Prosthodontics and Crown & Bridge
vi) Oral Pathology & Oral Microbiology
Third Year
i) General Medicine
 10

ii) General Surgery

iii) Oral Pathology and Oral Microbiology
iv) Conservative Dentistry and Endodontics
v) Oral & Maxillofacial Surgery
vi) Oral Medicine and Radiology
vii) Orthodontics & Dentofacial Orthopaedics
viii) Paediatric & Preventive Dentistry
ix) Periodontology
x) Prosthodontics and Crown & Bridge
Fourth Year
i) Orthodontics & dentofacial orthopaedics
ii) Oral Medicine & Radiology
iii) Paediatric & Preventive Dentistry
iv) Periodontology
v) Oral & Maxillofacial Surgery
vi) Prosthodontics and Crown & Bridge
vii) Conservative Dentistry and Endodontics
viii) Public Health Dentistry

EXAMINATIONS

SCOPE: These regulations shall be applicable for the B.D.S. degree examinations conducted by
various universities in the country.
I. PREFACE:
(A) Evaluation is a continuous process, which is based upon criteria developed by the concerned
authorities with certain objectives to assess the performance of the learner. This also indirectly helps
in the measurement of effectiveness and quality of the concerned B.D.S. programme.
(B) Evaluation is achieved by two processes
1. Formative or internal assessment
2. Summative or university examinations.
Formative evaluation is done through a series of tests and examinations conducted periodically by the institution.
Summative evaluation is done by the university through examination conducted at the end of the
specified course.
II. METHODS OF EVALUATION:
Evaluation may be achieved by the following tested methods:
1. Written test
2. Practicals
3. Clinical examination
4. Viva voce
INTERNAL ASSESSMENT EXAMINATION
The continuing assessment examinations may be held frequently at least 3 times in a particular year and
the average marks of these examinations should be considered. 10% of the total marks in each subject for both
theory, practical and clinical examination separately should be set aside for the internal assessment
examinations.

I B.D.S. Examination:
1. General anatomy including embryology and histology
2. General human physiology and biochemistry
3. Dental Anatomy, Embryology and Oral Histology
The above has been substituted in terms of (3rd Amendment) notification publishedon 25th
August,2011 in the Gazette of India and the same is as under:-
Any candidate who fails in one subject in an Examination is permitted to go to the next higher class and appears for the said
failed subject and complete it successfully before he is permitted to appear for the next higher examination. However, the
Dental Council of India would have no objection, if the concerned University follows their examination scheme provided in
their statute/regulations.
 11

III. B.D.S. Examination:

A candidate who has not successfully completed the 1st B.D.S. examination can not appear in the IInd year
Examination.
1. General pathology and Microbiology
2. General and dental pharmacology and therapeutics
3. Dental Materials
4. Pre Clinical Conservative – Only Practical and Viva Voce
5. Pre Clinical Prosthodontics – Only Practical and Viva Voce

The following has been added after Sl. No. 5 of the subject, Pre-clinical Prosthodontics, in terms of (3rd
Amendment) notification published on 25th August,2011 in the Gazette of India and the same is as under:-

Any candidate who fails in one subject in an Examination is permitted to go to the next higher class and appears for the said
failed subject and complete it successfully before he is permitted to appear for the next higher examination. However, the
Dental Council of India would have no objection, if the concerned University follows their examination scheme provided in
their statute/regulations.

II B.D.S. Examination:
A candidate who has successfully completed the 2nd B.D.S. examination can appear IIIrd B.D.S.
Examination.
1. General Medicine
2. General Surgery
3. Oral Pathology and Oral Microbiology

WRITTEN EXAMINATION:
1. The written examination in each subject shall consist of one paper of three hours duration and shall
have maximum marks of 70.
2. In the subjects of Physiology & Biochemistry and Pathology & Microbiology each paper will be divided
into two parts, A and B of equal marks.
3. The question paper should contain different types of questions like essay, short answer and
objective type / M.C.Q’s.
4. The nature of questions set, should be aimed to evaluate students of different standards ranging from
average to excellent.
5. The questions should cover as broad an area of the content of the course. The essay questions should
be properly structured and the marks specifically allotted.
6. The University may set up a question bank

PRACTICAL AND CLINICAL EXAMINATION:

1. Objective Structured Clinical Evaluation: The present system of conducting practical and clinical
examination at several universities provide chance for unrealistic proportions of luck. Only a particular
clinical procedure or experiment is usually given for the examination. The clinical and practical
examination should provide a number of chances for the candidate to express one’s skills. A number of
examination stations with specific instructions to be provided. This can include clinical procedures,
laboratory experiments, spotters etc. Evaluation must be made objective and structured. The method of
objective structured clinical examinations should be followed. This will avoid examiner bias because
both the examiner and the examinee are given specific instructions on what is to be observed at each
station.
2. Records/ Log Books: The candidate should be given credit for his records based on the scores
obtained in the record. The marks obtained for the record in the first appearance can be carried over to
the subsequent appearances if necessary.
3. Scheme of clinical and practical examinations: The specific scheme of clinical and practical
examinations, the type of clinical procedures/ experiments to be performed and marks allotted for each
are to be discussed and finalized by the Chairman and other examiners and it is to be published prior to
the conduct of the examinations along with the publication of the time table for the practical
examinations. This scheme should be brought to the notice of the external examiner as and when the
examiner reports. The practical and clinical examinations should be evaluated by two examiners of
which one shall be an external examiner appointed from other universities preferably outside the State.
Each candidate should be evaluated by each examiner independently and marks computed at the end
of the examination.
4. Viva Voce: Viva voce is an excellent mode of assessment because it permits a fairly broad coverage
and it can assess the problem solving capacity of the student. An assessment related to the affective
domain is also possible through viva voce. It is desirable to conduct the viva voce
 12

independently by each examiner. In order to avoid vagueness and to maintain uniformity of standard and
coverage, questions can be pre-formulated before administering them to each student. Twenty marks are
exclusively allotted for viva voce and that can be divided equally amongst the examiners, i.e., 10 marks
per examiner.
MARKS DISTRIBUTION IN EACH SUBJECT :
Each subject shall have a maximum of 200 marks.
Theory 100
Practical/ Clinical 100
Theory – 100 Practicals/ clinicals – 100

University written exam 70 University Exam 90

Viva Voce 20
Internal assessment (Written) 10 Internal assessment (Written) 10
-
Total 100 100
-
Practical and Viva Voce Only in University Examination
Pre-clinical Prosthodontics
Pre-clinical Conservative Dentistry…..
Internal Assessment - 20
Practical - 60
Viva Voce - 20

100

Criteria for a pass:

Fifty percent of the total marks in any subject computed as aggregate for theory, i.e., written, viva voce and
internal assessment and practicals including internal assessment, separately is essential for a pass in all years
of study.
For declaration of pass in a subject, a candidate shall secure 50% marks in the University examination both in
Theory and Practical/ Clinical examinations separately, as stipulated below:
Ø A candidate shall secure 50% marks in aggregate in University theory including Viva Voce and Internal
assessment obtained in University written examination combined together.
Ø In the University Practical/ clinical examination, a candidate shall secure 50% of University practical
marks and Internal Assessment combined together.
Ø In case of pre clinical Prosthetic Dentistry and Pre clinical conservative dentistry in II BDS, where
there is no written examination, minimum for pass is 50% of marks in Practical and Viva voce
combined together in University examination including Internal Assessment i.e. 50/100 marks.
Ø Successful candidates who obtain 65% of the total marks or more shall be declared to have passed the
examination in First Class. Other successful candidates will be placed in Second Class. A candidate
who obtains 75% and above is eligible for Distinction. Only those candidates who pass the whole
examination in the first attempt will be eligible for distinction or class.
Ø First Class and Distinction etc. to be awarded by the University as per their respective rules.
Grace Marks: Grace marks upto a maximum of 5 marks may be awarded to students who have failed only in
one subject but passed in all other subjects.

Re-evaluation: The objective of re-evaluation is to ensure that the student receives a fair evaluation in the
university examination and to minimize human error and extenuating circumstances. There shall be two
mechanisms for this purpose.
1. Re-totaling: The University on application and remittance of a stipulated fee to be prescribed by the
university, shall permit a recounting or opportunity to recount the marks received for various
questions in an answer paper/ papers for theory of all subjects for which the candidate has appeared in
the university examination. Any error in addition of the marks awarded if identified should be suitably
rectified.
2. Re-evaluation: Re-evaluation of theory papers in all years of study of the BDS course may be permissible
by the university on application and remittance of a prescribed fee. Such answer script shall be re-
evaluated by not less than two duly qualified examiners and the average obtained shall be awarded to
the candidate and the result accordingly reconsidered. However in those universities where double
evaluation provision exists, this provision of re-evaluation will not be applicable.
Qualification and experience to be eligible for examinership for BDS examination
1. M.D.S. Degree from a recognized Institution
2. 4 years teaching experience in the subject in a dental college after MDS
 13

3. Should be holding the post of a Reader or above in a Dental Institution approved/recognised by

the Dental Council of India for B.D.S.
Note:
1. In case of Public Health Dentistry, as there is acute shortage of teachers one examiner from Public
Health Dentistry and the second one could be from Periodontics. To be reviewed after three years.
2. In case of Physiology and Biochemistry if Internal examiner is from Physiology, External
examiner should be from Biochemistry or wise versa
3. Incase of Pathology and Microbiology if Internal is examiner is from Pathology, External
examiner should be from Microbiology or wise versa
4. In case of Dental Materials, if internal is from Prosthodontics, external should be from
Conservative Dentistry and wise versa
50% of Examiners appointed shall be external from Dental Institutions approved/recognised by the
Dental Council of India for B.D.S. Course, from other University, preferably from outside the State.
Reciprocal arrangement of Examiners should be discouraged, in that, the Internal Examiner in a
subject should not accept external examinership for a College from which External Examiner is
appointed in his subject for the corresponding period.
No person shall be an external Examiner to the same University for more than 3 consecutive years.
However, if there is a break of one year the person can be re-appointed.
“Minimum Physical Requirement and Minimum Staffing Pattern (as per DCI Regulations 2006).”

GOALS AND OBJECTIVES

GOALS:
The dental graduates during training in the institutions should acquire adequate knowledge, necessary skills
and reasonable attitudes which are required for carrying out all activities appropriate to general dental practice
involving the prevention, diagnosis and treatment of anomalies and diseases of the teeth, mouth, jaws and
associated tissues. The graduate also should understand the concept of community oral health education and
be able to participate in the rural health care delivery programmes existing in the country.

OBJECTIVES:
The objectives are dealt under three headings (a) Knowledge and understanding (b) skills and (c) Attitudes.

(A) KNOWLEDGE AND UNDERSTANDING:

The graduate should acquire the following during the period of training.
1. Adequate knowledge of the scientific foundations on which dentistry is based and good understanding of
various relevant scientific methods, principles of biological functions and be able to evaluate and
analyse scientifically various established facts and data.
2. Adequate knowledge of the development, structure and function of the teeth, mouth and jaws and
associated tissues both in health and disease and their relationship and effect on general state of health
and also bearing on physical and social well being of the patient.
3. Adequate knowledge of clinical disciplines and methods which provide a coherent picture of
anomalies, lesions and diseases of the teeth, mouth and jaws and preventive diagnostic and therapeutic
aspects of dentistry.
4. Adequate clinical experience required for general dental practice.
5. Adequate knowledge of the constitution, biological function and behaviour of persons in health and
sickness as well as the influence of the natural and social environment on the state of health in so
far as it affect dentistry.
(B) SKILLS:
A graduate should be able to demonstrate the following skills necessary for practice of dentistry.
1. Able to diagnose and manage various common dental problems encountered in general dental practice
keeping in mind the expectations and the right of the society to receive the best possible treatment
available wherever possible.
2. Acquire the skill to prevent and manage complications if encountered while carrying out various surgical
and other procedures.
3. Possess skill to carry out certain investigative procedures and ability to interpret laboratory findings.
4. Promote oral health and help prevent oral diseases where possible.
5. Competent in the control of pain and anxiety among the patients during dental treatment.

(C) ATTITUDES:
A graduate should develop during the training period the following attitudes.
 14

1. Willing to apply the current knowledge of dentistry in the best interest of the patients and the
community.
2. Maintain a high standard of professional ethics and conduct and apply these in all aspects of professional
life.
3. Seek to improve awareness and provide possible solutions for oral health problems and needs through out
the community.
4. Willingness to participate in the CPED Programmes to update the knowledge and professional skill
from time to time.
5. To help and participate in the implementation of the national oral health policy.

RECOMMENDATIONS
GENERAL:
1. The undergraduate course involves organisation of teaching programmes year-wise. However, this
course, as a whole, should demonstrate integration of the basic sciences, clinical dentistry and practical
or the laboratory skills. The course should be designed and integrated in such a way to permit smooth
progression from pre-clinical to clinical phase. Collaboration should be encouraged between teachers
of basic sciences, dental sciences and clinical subjects.
2. The undergraduate dental course consists of three main components. The first component consists
subjects common to medicine and dentistry like anatomy, physiology, biochemistry and behavioural
science, leading to pharmacology, pathology, microbiology and then on to general medicine and
general surgery. The second component runs concurrently with the first and deals with special aspects
of oral and dental tissues, oral biology and oral pathology. Finally, the third component based on the
foundations of the first two, deals with the clinical and technical aspects of dentistry as is required for
general dental practice.
3. The first component of the course is intended to provide initially, an appreciation of normal human
structure, development, function and behaviour, leading to understanding of the diseases, its
prevention and treatment. The main objective is to provide the student a broad knowledge of the normal
structures and functions of the body, the alterations which take place in disease with particular
reference to those conditions in which medical and dental co-operation is essential for proper
management. At this stage, the student should also be made aware of the social and psychological aspects
of patient care with special reference to the relationship between dentist and patient. The
behavioural sciences including both sociology and psychology should be introduced at the initial
stages of the training programme, much before the students actually deal with the patients.
4. The second component of dental undergraduate programme consists instruction in the subjects dealing
with dental and oral aspects to ensure a detailed knowledge of the structure and function of the dental
and oral tissues. This enables the student to diagnose, prevent and treat the dental and oral diseases
and disorders which were not included in the first component. The subject of oral biology is to be
introduced at this level to provide the students a comprehensive knowledge and application of oral
physiology, microbiology, biochemistry and oral immunology. Students should be exposed to the basic
aspects of forensic odontology at this stage of the course along with oral biology/oral pathology.
5. The third component of the course comprising the clinical and technical aspects of dentistry actually
prepares the student to undertake total oral and dental health care of the patients of all ages. The
emphasis at this stage should be on the prevention of the various dental diseases and how to preserve
natural teeth with their supporting structures. The importance of the various preventive methods need to be
stressed. The significance of diagnosis of various dental and oral problems needs to be emphasized along
with treatment planning before actual treatment procedures are undertaken.

In addition to acquiring the knowledge, the students need to gain adequate clinical hands-on- experience in
extractions and other minor oral surgical procedures, all aspects of conservative dentistry, endodontics,
crown and bridge, provision of partial and complete dentures, various periodontal therapeutic procedures
and use of removable orthodontic appliances. Familiarity with various radiological techniques,
particularly intra-oral methods and proper interpretation of the radiographs, is an essential part of this
component of training and has application in clinical diagnosis, forensic identification and age estimation.
Towards the final stage of the clinical training, each student should be involved in comprehensive
oral health care or holistic approach to enable them to plan and treat patients as a whole, instead of
piece-meal treatment provided in each speciality. The Dental Council of India strongly recommends that all
the dental colleges should provide facilities and required infrastructure for this purpose.
The aim of the undergraduate programme should undoubtedly be to produce a graduate, competent in
general dental practice.
6. The commitment towards the society as a whole, needs to be stressed along with the knowledge and
treatment skills gained. Instruction in public health dentistry should emphasise the sociological aspects
of health care particularly, oral health care, including the reasons for the
 15

variation in oral and dental needs of different sections of the society. It is important to know the influence
of the social, behavioural, environmental and economic factors on oral and dental health. Students
should be made aware of the National oral health Policy and the importance of being a member of the
Health care team delivering medical and oral health care particularly among rural population.
7. Scientific advancement of any profession is based largely on continuous research activities. Dentistry is
no exception. It is important that in every dental college proper facilities should be provided for research
and the faculty members should involve themselves in such activities. Inter-disciplinary research should be
encouraged to bring in integration among various specialities. The teaching and training methodology
should be such that the students are motivated to think and indulge in self study rather than playing
a passive role. Provision should be made in the daily schedules for adequate time for reading. Proper
library facilities with adequate timings and seating capacity should be made available in all dental
colleges. Adequate audio visual aids, like video tapes, computer assisted learning aids, Medline and
internet facilities should be provided in all dental colleges to encourage self-study. Students should be
encouraged to participate in simple research project work and the system of electives, spending some
stipulated amount of time in another dental college within the country or outside should be given a
serious consideration by all the dental institutions.
8. The society has a right to expect high standards and quality of treatment. Hence, it is mandatory and a
social obligation for each dental surgeon to upgrade his or her knowledge and professional skills from
time to time. The Dental Council of India strongly recommends that facilities and proper infrastructure
should be developed to conduct the continuous professional education programmes in dentistry to
enable the practitioners to update their knowledge and skills. The Council is of the opinion that the
dental colleges by virtue of their infrastructural facilities will be ideal to conduct such courses and
recommends establishment of a Department of continuing dental education in each of the dental
colleges. In addition, the practitioners should be encouraged to attend conferences of state and
national level, workshops, seminars and any other such activity which the Council feels is suitable to
upgrade the knowledge and skills.
9. The undergraduate curriculum should stress the significance of infection and cross- infection control in
dental practice. Aspects like sources of infection, measures to be adopted both general and specific for
control particularly the HIV and hepatitis should be properly incorporated into the curriculum so that
the graduates are aware of its significance and follow it in their practice.
10. The information technology has touched every aspect of an individual’s personal and professional life.
The Council hence recommends that all undergraduates acquire minimum computer proficiency which
will enable them to enhance their professional knowledge and skills.

RECOMMENDATIONS
SPECIFIC:
1. The undergraduate dental training programme leading to B.D.S. degree shall be a minimum of five
years duration. During this period, the students shall be required to engage in full time study at a
dental college recognized or approved by the Dental Council of India.
During the five years undergraduate course, the instruction in clinical subjects should be at least for
three years
2. Basic Medical & Dental Subjects:

The basic medical and dental sciences comprise anatomy gross and microscopic, physiology,
biochemistry, pharmacology, oral biology and science of dental materials. Subjects like behavioural
sciences, which is useful to develop communication skills, should also be introduced in the first year
itself and spread over the undergraduate course. An introduction to Public Health Dentistrty &
Preventive Dentistry also will be useful to develop the concept of commitment to community. The
laboratory skills to be developed by the students like pre-clinical Prosthodontics, Crown Bridge,
Aesthetic Dentistry and Oral Implantology exercises and studying dental morphology also is a part of
initial training. The instruction in the above medical and dental sciences shall be for two years
duration. At the end of this period the student should be in a position to understand and comprehend in
general the development, structure and function of the human body in both health and disease.
3. The instruction in basic dental sciences should include theoretical and practical aspects of oral
anatomy and physiology, to provide a detailed knowledge of the form and structure of teeth associated
tissues and occlusal relationships.
The study should also aim at development of a concept regarding physiological and biochemical processes
relevant to oral cavity for better understanding of the changes which occur with the onset of disease in
the oral cavity.
 16

The student should be made aware of the importance of various dental tissues in forensic investigation.
4. Clinical, Medical and Dental subjects:
The students should be introduced to clinics in the initial stage, preferably in the first year, as an
observer to familiarise with clinical set-up and working. The period of instruction in the clinical
subjects shall be not less than three years full time. During this, the student shall attend a dental
hospital, general hospital, community camps and satellite clinics, in order to obtain instruction and
experience in the practice of dentistry. The main objective of training in clinical dental subjects is to
produce a graduate able and competent to recognize or diagnose various dental and oral diseases, to
undertake general dental treatment, advise on the provision of specialized treatment available and finally
advise the patient on prevention. The student should also understand the relationship between oral and
systemic diseases.
5. The general medicine and surgery training should provide sufficient knowledge on human disease to
enable the student to understand its manifestations as relevant to the practice of dentistry. This requires
clinical teaching on patients and shall be carried out in in-patient and outpatient medical departments
and specialist clinics.
This clinical instruction should enable the student to understand and perhaps diagnose common
systemic diseases which have relevance to dental practice, by adopting a systematic approach of history
taking and clinical examination. The student should also realize the significance of various general and
special investigations in the diagnosis of diseases. The ability to recognize physical and mental illness,
dealing with emergencies, effective communication with patients, interaction with various professional
colleges also become important aspects of this training.
6. The Dental Council of India considers it important for all dental students to receive instruction in
first-aid and principles of cardio-pulmonary resuscitation. It is also desirable that the student spend time in
an accident and emergency department of a general hospital.
7. The purpose of the clinical training is to provide sufficient practical skill in all aspects of clinical dentistry.
The instruction should also include patient management skills, treatment of patients of all ages with
special reference to children (paediatric), very elderly (geriatric), medically compromised and disabled
patients.
8. During the three years clinical course, the students should receive thorough instruction which involves
history taking, diagnosis and treatment planning in all aspects of dentistry and should be competent
on graduation to carry out all routine general procedures.
In Oral & Maxillofacial Surgery and Oral Implantolgy, instruction should include the knowledge of
various maxillofacial problems like injuries, infections and deformities of the jaws and associated
structures. The clinical experience should include those procedures commonly undertaken in general
practice like extraction of teeth, minor oral surgical procedure etc.
In Conservative, Endodontics & Aesthetic Dentistry, Prosthodontics, Crown Bridge, Aesthetic Dentistry
and Oral Implantology and Periodontology and Oral Implantology students should be competent on
graduation to carry out routine treatment like restorations of various kinds, endodontic procedures,
removable and fixed prosthodontics, concept of osseointegration and finally various kinds of periodontal
therapy. In addition, students should be aware of their limitations on graduation, need to refer patients
for consultant opinion and/or treatment and also the need for postgraduate and continuous education
programmes.

In Orthodontics & Dento Facial Orthopedics, students should carry out simple appliance therapy for
patients. Students should also be able to appreciate the role of dentofacial growth in the development
and treatment of malocclusion.
In Paediatric dentistry, the students should concentrate on clinical management, efficacy of preventive
measures, treatment needs particularly for children with disabilities. In oral medicine and oral diagnosis,
the student should receive instruction in various lesions, occurring in the oral cavity with particular
reference to oral cancer.
9. The successful control and management of pain is an integral part of dental practice. Upon graduation the
students should be competent to administer all forms of local anaesthesia. The value of behavioural
methods of anxiety management should be emphasised. The students should also have the practical
experience in the administration of intra-muscular and intra- venous injections. Knowledge of pain
mechanisms and strategies to control post-operative pain is essential for practice of dentistry.
10. All students should receive instructions and gain practical experience in taking processing and
interpretation of various types of intra and extra oral radiographs. They should be aware of the hazards of
radiation and proper protective measures from radiation for the patient, operator and other staff.
 17

11. Instruction should be given in dental jurisprudence, legal and ethical obligations of dental practitioners and
the constitution and functions of Dental Council of India.
12. Infection and cross infection control assume significance in dental practice. The students should be
made aware of the potential risk of transmission in the dental surgery, various infectious diseases
particularly HIV and hepatitis. The students should be aware of their professional responsibility for the
protection of the patients, themselves and their staff and the requirements of the health and safety
regulations.
13. In the recent times, the subjects of esthetic dentistry, oral implantology, behavioural sciences and
forensic odontology have assumed great significance. Hence, the Council recommends that these four
specialities should be incorporated into the undergraduate curriculum. The instruction and clinical
training in aesthetic dentistry shall be carried out by the departments of Conservative, Endodontics &
Aesthetic Dentistry and prosthodontics, Crown Bridge, Aesthetic Dentistry and Oral Implantology.
Similarly, the instruction and clinical training in oral implantology shall be done by the departments of
Oral & Maxillofacial Surgery, Prosthodontics, Crown Bridge, Aesthetic Dentistry and Oral
Implantology and Periodontology and Oral Implantology. The instruction in behavioural sciences
should ideally commence before the students come in contact with the patients and shall be carried out
by the departments of Public Health Dentistry & Preventive Dentistry and Pedodontics & Preventive
Dentistry. Forensic Odontology will be a part of Oral Pathology & Oral Microbiology and Oral
Medicine and Radiology.
COMPETENCIES
At the completion of the undergraduate training programme the graduates shall be competent in the following.-
General Skills
Apply knowledge& skills in day to day practice
Apply principles of ethics
Analyze the outcome of treatment
Evaluate the scientific literature and information to decide the treatment
Participate and involve in professional bodies
Self assessment & willingness to update the knowledge & skills from time to time Involvement in
simple research projects
Minimum computer proficiency to enhance knowledge and skills Refer
patients for consultation and specialized treatment
Basic study of forensic odontology and geriatric dental problems
Practice Management
Evaluate practice location, population dynamics & reimbursement mechanism Co-
ordinate & supervise the activities of allied dental health personnel Maintain all
records
Implement & monitor infection control and environmental safety programs
Practice within the scope of one’s competence
Communication & Community Resources
Assess patients goals, values and concerns to establish rapport and guide patient care Able to
communicate freely, orally and in writing with all concerned
Participate in improving the oral health of the individuals through community activities.

Patient Care – Diagnosis

Obtaining patient’s history in a methodical way
Performing thorough clinical examination
Selection and interpretation of clinical, radiological and other diagnostic information Obtaining
appropriate consultation
Arriving at provisional, differential and final diagnosis
Patient Care – Treatment Planning
Integrate multiple disciplines into an individual comprehensive sequence treatment plan using diagnostic
and prognostic information
Able to order appropriate investigations
Patient Care – Treatment
Recognition and initial management of medical emergencies that may occur during Dental
treatment
Perform basic cardiac life support Management
of pain including post operative Administration of
all forms of local anaesthesia
Administration of intra muscular and venous injections
Prescription of drugs, pre operative, prophylactic and therapeutic requirements
 18

Uncomplicated extraction of teeth

Transalveolar extractions and removal of simple impacted teeth
Minor oral surgical procedures
Management of Oro-facial infections
Simple orthodontic appliance therapy
Taking, processing and interpretation of various types of intra oral radiographs
Various kinds of restorative procedures using different materials available Simple
endodontic procedures
Removable and fixed prosthodontics
Various kinds of periodontal therapy
ORAL MEDICINE & RADIOLOGY
Ø Able to identify precancerous and cancerous lesions of the oral cavity and refer to the concerned speciality
for their management
Ø Should have an adequate knowledge about common laboratory investigations and interpretation of their
results.
Ø Should have adequate knowledge about medical complications that can arise while treating
systemically compromised patients and take prior precautions/ consent from the concerned medical
specialist.
Ø Have adequate knowledge about radiation health hazards, radiations safety and protection.
Ø Competent to take intra-oral radiographs and interpret the radiographic findings
Ø Gain adequate knowledge of various extra-oral radiographic procedures, TMJ radiography and
sialography.
Ø Be aware of the importance of intra- and extra-oral radiographs in forensic identification and age
estimation
Ø Should be familiar with jurisprudence, ethics and understand the significance of dental records with
respect to law
PAEDIATRIC & PREVENTIVE DENTISTRY
Ø Able to instill a positive attitude and behaviour in children towards oral health and understand the
principles of prevention and preventive dentistry right from birth to adolescence.
Ø Able to guide and counsel the parents in regards to various treatment modalities including
different facets of preventive dentistry.
Ø Able to treat dental diseases occurring in child patient.
Ø Able to manage the physically and mentally challenged disabled children effectively and
efficiently, tailored to the needs of individual requirement and conditions.
ORTHODONTICS & DENTOFACIAL ORTHOPAEDICS
Ø Understand about normal growth and development of facial skeleton and dentition.
Ø Pinpoint oberrations in growth process both dental and skeletal and plan necessary treatment
Ø Diagnose the various malocclusion categories
Ø Able to motivate and explain to the patient (and parent) about the necessity of treatment
Ø Plan and execute preventive orthodontics (space maintainces or space regaines)
Ø Plan and execute interceptive orthodontics (habit breaking appliances)
Ø Manage treatment of simple malocclusion such as anterior spacing using removable appliances
Ø Handle delivery and activation of removable orthodontic appliances
Ø Diagnose and appropriately refer patients with complex malocclusion to the specialist
PERIODONTOLOGY
Ø Diagnose the patients periodontal problem, plan and perform appropriate periodontal treatment
Ø Competent to educate and motivate the patient
Ø Competent to perform thorough oral prophylaxis, subgingival scaling, root planning and minor
periodontal surgical procedures
Ø Give proper post treatment instructions and do periodic recall and evaluation
Ø Familiar with concepts of osseointegration and basic surgical aspects of implantology
PROSTHODONTICS AND CROWN & BRIDGE
Ø Able to understand and use various dental materials
Ø Competent to carry out treatment of conventional complete and partial removable dentures and
fabricate fixed partial dentures
Ø Able to carry out treatment of routine prosthodontic procedures.
Ø Familiar with the concept of osseointegration and the value of implant-supported Prosthodontic
procedures
CONSERVATIVE DENTISTRY AND ENDODONTICS
Ø Competent to diagnose all carious lesions
Ø Competent to perform Class I and Class II cavities and their restoration with amalgam
Ø Restore class V and Class III cavities with glass ionomer cement
Ø Able to diagnose and appropriately treat pulpally involved teeth (pulp capping procedures)
Ø Able to perform RCT for anterior teeth
Ø Competent to carry out small composite restorations
Ø Understand the principles of aesthetic dental procedures
 36

ORAL & MAXILLOFACIAL SURGERY

Ø Able to apply the knowledge gained in the basic medical and clinical subjects in the management of
patients with surgical problems
Ø Able to diagnose, manage and treat patients with basic oral surgical problems
Ø Have a broad knowledge of maxillofacial surgery and oral implantology
Ø Should be familiar with legal, ethical and moral issues pertaining to the patient care and
communication skills
Ø Should have acquired the skill to examine any patient with an oral surgical problem in an orderly
manner
Ø Understand and practice the basic principles of asepsis and sterilisation
Ø Should be competent in the extraction of the teeth under both local and general anaesthesia
Ø Competent to carry out certain minor oral surgical procedure under LA liketrans-alveolar extraction,
frenectomy, dento alveolar procedures, simple impaction, biopsy, etc.
Ø Competent to assess, prevent and manage common complications that arise during and after minor
oral surgery
Ø Able to provide primary care and manage medical emergencies in the dental office
Ø Familiar with the management of major oral surgical problems and principles involved in the in-
patient management
PUBLIC HEALTH DENTISTRY
Ø Apply the principles of health promotion and disease prevention
Ø Have knowledge of the organization and provision of health care in community and in the
hospital service
Ø Have knowledge of the prevalence of common dental conditions in India.
Ø Have knowledge of community based preventive measures
Ø Have knowledge of the social, cultural and env. Factors which contribute to health or illness.
Ø Administer and hygiene instructions, topical fluoride therapy and fissure sealing.
Ø Educate patients concerning the aetiology and prevention of oral disease and encourage them to assure
responsibility for their oral health.
SYLLABUS OF STUDY

1. HUMAN ANATOMY, EMBRYOLOGY, HISTOLOGY & MEDICAL GENETICS

A) GOAL
The students should gain the knowledge and insight into, the functional anatomy of the normal human head and
neck, functional histology and an appreciation of the genetic basis of inheritance and disease, and the
embryological development of clinically important structures. So that relevant anatomical & scientific foundations
are laid down for the clinical years of the BDS course.
B) OBJECTIVES :
a) KNOWLEDGE & UNDERSTANDING:
At the end of the 1st year BDS course in Anatomical Sciences the undergraduate student is Expected
to:
1. Know the normal disposition of the structures in the body while clinically examining a patient and
while conducting clinical procedures.
2. Know the anatomical basis of disease and injury.
3. Know the microscopic structure of the various tissues, a pre-requisite for understanding of the
disease processes.
4. Know the nervous system to locate the site of lesions according to the sensory and or motor
deficits encountered.
5. Have an idea about the basis of abnormal development, critical stages of development, effects of
teratogens, genetic mutations and environmental hazards.
6. Know the sectional anatomy of head neck and brain to read the features in radiographs and
pictures taken by modern imaging techniques.
7. Know the anatomy of cardio-pulmonary resuscitation.
b) SKILLS
1. To locate various structures of the body and to mark the topography of the living anatomy.
2. To identify various tissues under microscope.
3. To identify the features in radiographs and modern imaging techniques.
4. To detect various congenital abnormalities.
C) INTEGRATION
By emphasising on the relevant information and avoiding unwanted details, the anatomy taught integrally with
other basic sciences & clinical subjects not only keeps the curiosity alive in the learner but also lays down the
scientific foundation for making a better doctor, a benefit to the society.
This insight is gained in a variety of ways:
1) Lectures & small group teaching
2) Demonstrations
3) Dissection of the human cadaver
4) Study of dissected specimens
 37

5) Osteology
6) Surface anatomy on living individual
7) Study of radiographs & other modern imaging techniques.
8) Study of Histology slides.
9) Study of embryology models
10) Audio-visual aids
Throughout the course, particular emphasis is placed on the functional correlation, clinical application & on
integration with teaching in other bio dental disciplines.
D) AN OUTLINE OF THE COURSE CONTENT:
1. General anatomy: Introduction of anatomical terms and brief outline of various systems of the
body.
2. Regional anatomy of head & neck with osteology of bones of head & neck, with emphasis on
topics of dental importance.
3. General disposition of thoracic, abdominal & pelvic organs.
4. The regional anatomy of the sites of intramuscular & intra vascular injections, & lumbar
puncture.
5. General embryology & systemic embryology with respect to development of head & neck.
6. Histology of basic tissues and of the organs of gastroinstenstinal, respiratory, Endocrine,
excretory systems & gonads.
7. Medical genetics.

E) FURTHER DETAILS OF THE COURSE.

I. INTRODUCTION TO :
1. Anatomical terms.
2. Skin, superficial fascia & deep fascia
3. Cardiovascular system, portal system collateral circulation and arteries.
4. Lymphatic system, regional lymph nodes
5. Osteology - Including ossification & growth of bones
6. Myology – Including types of muscle tissue & innervation.
7. Syndesmology – Including classification of Joints.
8. Nervous system
II. HEAD & NECK:
01. Scalp, face & temple, lacrimal apparatus 02. Neck - Deep fascia of neck, posterior triangle, suboccipital
triangle, anterior triangle, anterior median region of the neck, deep structures in the neck. 03.Cranial cavity
- Meninges, parts of brain, ventricles of brain, dural venous sinuses, cranial nerves attached to the brain,
pituitary gland. 04. Cranial nerves - III, IV, V, VI, VII, IX,XII in detail.
05. Orbital cavity – Muscles of the eye ball, supports of the eye ball, nerves and vessels in the orbit.
06. Parotid gland. 07. Temporo mandibular joint, muscles of mastication, infratemporal fossa, pterygo -
palatine fossa. 08. Submandibular region 09. Walls of the nasal cavity, paranasal air sinuses 10. Palate
11. Oral cavity, Tongue 12. Pharynx (palatine tonsil and the auditory tube) Larynx. OSTEOLOGY –
Foetal skull, adult skull, individual bones of the skull, hyoid bone and cervical vertebrae
III. THORAX : Demonstration on a dissected specimen of
1. Thoracic wall
2. Heart chambers
3. Coronary arteries
4. Pericardium
5. Lungs – surfaces ; pleural cavity
6. Diaphragm
IV. ABDOMEN : Demonstration on a dissected specimen of
1. Peritoneal cavity
2. Organs in the abdominal & pelvic cavity.
V. CLINICAL PROCEDURES :
a) Intramuscular injections: Demonstration on a dissected specimen and on a living person of the
following sites of injection.
1. Deltoid muscle and its relation to the axillary nerve and radial nerve.
2. Gluteal region and the relation of the sciatic nerve.
3. Vastus lateralis muscle.
b) Intravenous injections & venesection: Demonstration of veins in the dissected specimen and on a
living person.
1. Median cubital vein 2. Cephalic vein 3. Basilic vein 4. Long saphenous vein
c) Arterial pulsations: Demonstration of arteries on a dissected specimen and feeling of pulsation of
the following arteries on a living person.
1. Superficial temporal 2. Facial 3. Carotid 4. Axillary 5. Brachial 6. Radial 7. Ulnar 8. Femoral
9. Popliteal 10. Dorsalispedis
 38

d) Lumbar puncture: Demonstration on a dissected specimen of the spinal cord, cauda equina &
epidural space and the inter vertebral space between L4 & L5 .
VI. EMBRYOLOGY :
Oogenesis, Spermatogenesis, Fertilisation, Placenta, Primitive streak, Neural crest, Bilaminar and
trilaminar embryonic disc, Intra embryonic mesoderm - formation and fate, notochord formation &
fate, Pharyngeal arches, pouches & clefts, Development of face, tongue, palate, thyroid gland, pituitary
gland, salivary glands, and anomalies in their development, Tooth development in brief.
VII. HISTOLOGY :
The Cell :
Basic tissues - Epithelium, Connective tissue including cartilage and bone, Muscle Tissue,
Nervous tissue : Peripheral nerve, optic nerve, sensory ganglion, motor ganglion, Skin Classification
of Glands
Salivary glands (serous, mucous and mixed gland), Blood vessels, Lymphoid tissue Tooth, lip, tongue,
hard palate, oesphagus, stomach, ,duodenum ,ileum, colon, vermiform appendix Liver, Pancreas,
Lung, Trachea ,Epiglottis, Thyroid gland , para thyroid gland , supra renal gland and pituitary
gland, Kidney, Ureter, Urninary bladder, Ovary and testis.
VIII. MEDICAL GENETICS :
Mitosis, meiosis, Chromosomes, gene structure, Mendelism, modes of inheritance
RECOMMENDED BOOKS:
1. SNELL (Richard S.) Clinical Anatomy for Medical Students, Ed. 5, Llittle Brown & company, Boston.
2. RJ LAST’S Anatomy – McMinn, 9th edition.
3. ROMANES(G.J.) Cunningham Manual of Practical Anatomy : Head & Neck & Brain
Ed.15.Vol.III, Oxford Medical publication.
4. WHEATER,BURKITT & DANIELS, Functional Histology, Ed. 2, Churchill Livingstone.
5. SADLER , LANGMAN’S, Medical Embryology, Ed. 6.
6. JAMES E ANDERSON, Grant’s Atlas of Anatomy. Williams & Wilkins.
7. WILLIAMS, Gray’s Anatomy, Ed.38. ,Churchill Livingstone.
8. EMERY,Medical Genetics.
2. HUMAN PHYSIOLOGY
A) GOAL
The broad goal of the teaching undergraduate students in Human Physiology aims at providing the student
comprehensive knowledge of the normal functions of the organ systems of the body to facilitate an
understanding of the physiological basis of health and disease.
OBJECTIVES
a) KNOWLEDGE
At the end of the course, the student will be able to:
1. Explain the normal functioning of all the organ systems and their interactions for well co-ordinated total
body function.
2. Assess the relative contribution of each organ system towards the maintenance of the milieu interior.
3. List the physiological principles underlying the pathogenesis and treatment of disease.
b) SKILLS
At the end of the course, the student shall be able to :
1. Conduct experiments designed for the study of physiological phenomena.
2. Interprete experimental and investigative data
3. Distinguish between normal and abnormal data derived as a result of tests which he/she has performed and
observed in the laboratory.
c) INTEGRATION
At the end of the integrated teaching the student shall acquire an integrated knowledge of organ structure
and function and its regulatory mechanisms.
B) COURSE CONTENTS THEORY
1. GENERAL PHYSIOLOGY
1. Homeostasis: Basic concept, Feed back mechanisms
2. Structure of cell membrane, transport across cell membrane
3. Membrane potentials
2. BLOOD:
Composition & functions of blood.
Specific gravity, Packed cell volume, factors affecting & methods of determination. Plasma
proteins - Types, concentration, functions & variations.
Erythrocyte - Morphology, functions & variations. Erythropoiesis & factors affecting erythropoiesis.
ESR- Methods of estimation, factors affecting, variations & significance.
Haemoglobin - Normal concentration, method of determination & variation in concentration.
Blood Indices - MCV, MCH, MCHC - definition, normal values, variation.
 39

Anaemia - Definition, classification, life span of RBC’s destruction of RBC’s , formation & fate of bile
pigments, Jaundice - types.
Leucocytes : Classification, number, percentage, distribution morphology, properties, functions &
variation. Role of lymphocytes in immunity , leucopoiesis life span & fate of leucocytes.
Thromobocytes - Morphology, , number, variations, function & thrombopoiesis.
Haemostatsis - Role of vasoconstriction, platelet plug formation in haemostasis, coagulation factors, intrinsic &
extrinsic pathways of coagulation, clot retraction.
Tests of haemostatic function, platelet count, clotting time, bleeding time, prothrombin time - normal values,
method & variations. Anticoagulants - mechanism of action. Bleeding disorders.
Blood groups: ABO & Rh system, method of determination, importance,indications & dangers of blood
transfusion, blood substitutes.
Blood volume: Normal values, variations.
Body fluids : distribution of total body water, intracellular & extracellular compartments, major anions &
cations in intra and extra cellular fluid.
Tissue fluids & lymph : Formation of tissue fluid, composition, circulation & functions of lymph.
Oedema - causes.
Functions of reticulo endotrelial system.
3. MUSCLE AND NERVE
Classification of nerves, structure of skeletal muscle - Molecular mechanism of muscle contraction,
neuromuscular transmission. Properties of skeletal muscle. Structure and properties of cardiac muscle &
smooth muscle.
4. DIGESTIVE SYSTEM :
Introduction to digestion : General structure of G.I. tract, Innervation.
Salivary glands: Structure of salivary glands, composition , regulation of secretion & functions of saliva. Stomach:
Composition and functions of gastric juice, mechanism and regulation of gastric secretion.
Exocrine Pancreas - Structure, composition of pancreatic juice, functions of each component, regulation of
pancreatic secretion.
Liver : structure , composition of bile, functions of bile, regulation of secretion –
Gall bladder : structure, functions.
Small intestine - Composition, functions & regulation of secretion of intestinal juice.
Large intestine - Functions.
Motor functions of GIT: Mastication, deglutition, gastric filling & emptying, movements of small and
large intestine, defecation.
5. EXCRETORY SYSTEM :
Structure & functions of kidney, functional unit of kidney & functions of different parts.
Juxta glomerular apparatus, renal blood flow.
Formation of Urine : Glomerular filteration rate - definition, determination , normal values, factors influencing
G.F.R. Tubular reabsorption - Reabsorption of sodium, glucose, water & other substances. Tubular secretion -
secretion of urea, hydrogen and other substances.
Mechanism of concentration & dilution of urine. Role
of kidney in the regulation of pH of the blood.
Micturition : anatomy & innervation of Urinary bladder, mechanism of miturition & abonrmalities.
6. BODY TEMPERATURE & FUNCTIONS OF SKIN
7. ENDOCRINOLOGY
General endocrinology - Enumeration of endocrine glands & hormones - General functions of endocrine system,
chemistry, mechanism of secretion, transport, metabolism, regulation of secretion of hormones. Hormones of
anterior pituitary & their actions, hypothamic regulation of anterior pituitary function. Disorders of secretion of
anterior pituitary hormones.
Posterior pituitary : Functions, regulation & disorders of secretion.
Thyroid: Histology, synthesis, secretion & transport of hormones, actions of hormones, regulation of secretion &
disorders, Thyroid function tests.
Adrenal cortex & Medulla -synthesis, secretion, action, metabolism, regulation of secretion of hormones &
disorders.
Other hormones - Angiotensin, A.N.F.
8. REPRODUCTION
Sex differentiation, Physiological anatomy of male and female sex organs,
Female reproductive system : Menstrual cycle, functions of ovary, actions of oestrogen & Progesterone,
control of secretion of ovarian hormones, tests for ovulation, fertilisation, implantation, maternal changes
during pregnancy, pregnancy tests & parturition.
Lactation, composition of milk, factors controlling lactation, milk ejection, reflex, Male reproductive
system :spermatogenesis, semen and contraception.
9. CARDIO VASCULAR SYSTEM
Functional anatomy and innervation of heart Properties of cardiac muscle
Origin & propagation of cardiac impulse and heart block.
Electrocardiogram - Normal electrocardiogram. Two changes in ECG in myocardial infarction.
 40

Cardiac cycle - Phases, Pressure changes in atria, ventricles & aorta. Volume
changes in ventricles. Jugular venous pulse, arterial pulse.
Heart sounds: Mention of murmurs.
Heart rate: Normal value, variation & regulation.
Cardiac output: Definition, normal values, one method of determination, variation, factors affecting heart
rate and stroke volume.
Arterial blood pressure: Definition, normal values & variations,determinants, regulation & measurement of
blood pressure.
Coronary circulation.
Cardio vascular homeostasis - Exercise & posture.
10. RESPIRATORY SYSTEM
Physiology of Respiration : External & internal respiration.
Functional anatomy of respiratory passage & lungs.
Respiratory movements: Muscles of respiration, Mechanism of inflation & deflation of lungs.
Intra pleural & intra pulmonary pressures & their changes during the phases of respiration.
Mechanics of breathing - surfactant, compliance & work of breathing.
Spirometry: Lung volumes & capacities definition, normal values, significance, factors affecting vital
capacity, variations in vital capacity, FEV & its variations.
Pulmonary ventilation - alveolar ventilation & dead space – ventilation. Composition
of inspired air, alveolar air and expired air.
Exchange of gases: Diffusing capacity, factors affecting it.
Transport of Oxygen & carbon dioxide in the blood.
Regulation of respiration – neural & chemical.
Hypoxia, cyanosis, dyspnoea, periodic breathing.
Artificial respiration, pulmonary function tests.
11. CENTRAL NERVOUS SYSTEM
1. Organisation of central nervous system
2. Neuronal organisation at spinal cord level
3. Synapse receptors, reflexes, sensations and tracts
4. Physiology of pain
5. Functions of cerebellum, thalamus, hypothalamus and cerebral cortex.
6. Formation and functions of CSF
7. Autonomic nervous system
12. SPECIAL SENSES
Fundamental knowledge of vision, hearing, taste and smell.
PRACTICALS
The following list of practical is minimum and essential. All the practical have been categorised as procedures and
demonstrations. The procedures are to be performed by the students during practical classes to acquire skills. All
the procedures are to be included in the University practical examination. Those categorised as demonstrations
are to be shown to the students during practical classes. However these demonstrations would not be included in
the University examinations but question based on this would be given in the form of charts, graphs and
calculations for interpretation by the students.
PROCEDURES
1. Enumeration of Red Blood Cells
2. Enumeration of White Blood Cells
3. Differential leucocyte counts
4. Determination of Haemoglobin
5. Determination of blood group
6. Determination of bleeding time and clotting time
7. Examination of pulse
8. Recording of blood pressure.
DEMONSTRATION:
1. Determination of packed cell volume and erythrocyte sedimentation rate
2. Determination of specific gravity of blood
3. Determination of erythrocyte fragility
4. Determination of vital capacity and timed vital capacity
5. Skeletal muscle experiments.
Study of laboratory appliances in experimental physiology. Frog’s gastrocneminus sciatic preparation.
Simple muscle curve, effects of two successive stimuli, effects of increasing strength of stimuli, effects of
temperature, genesis of fatigue and tetanus. Effect of after load and free load on muscle contraction,
calculation of work done.
6. Electrocardiography: Demonstration of recording of normal Electro cardiogram
7. Clinical examination of cardiovascular and respiratory system.
TEXT BOOKS:
Guyton; Text book of Physiology, 9th edition.
 41

Ganong; Review of Medical Physiology, 19th edition

Vander; Human physiology, 5th edition
Choudhari; Concise Medical Physiology, 2nd edition
Chaterjee; Human Physiology, 10th edition
A.K. Jain; Human Physiology for BDS students, 1st edition
BOOKS FOR REFERENCE:
i) Berne & Levey; Physiology, 2nd edition
ii) West-Best & Taylor’s, Physiological basis of Medical Practise, 11th edition
EXPERIMENTAL PHYSIOLOGY:
i) Rannade; Practical Physiology, 4th edition
ii) Ghai; a text book of practical physiology
iii) Hutchison’s; Clinical Methods, 20th edition
BIOCHEMISTRY
AIMS AND SCOPE OF THE COURSE IN BIOCHEMISTRY
The major aim is to provide a sound but crisp knowledge on the biochemical basis of the life processes
relevant to the human system and to dental/medical practice. The contents should be organised to build on the
already existing information available to the students in the pre-university stage and reorienting. A mere
rehash should be avoided.
The chemistry portion should strive towards providing information on the functional groups, hydrophobic
and hydrophilic moieties and weak valence forces that organise macromolecules. Details on structure need
not be emphasised.
Discussion on metabolic processes should put emphasis on the overall change, interdependence and molecular
turnover. While details of the steps may be given, the student should not be expected to memorise them. An
introduction to biochemical genetics and molecular biology is a must but details should be avoided. The
exposure to antivitamins, antimetabolites and enzyme inhibitors at this stage, will provide a basis for the future
study of medical subjects. An overview of metabolic regulation is to be taught by covering hormonal action, second
messengers and regulation of enzyme activities. Medical aspects of biochemistry should avoid describing
innumerable functional tests, most of which are not in vogue. Cataloguing genetic disorders under each head of
metabolism is unnecessary. A few examples which correlate genotype change to functional changes should be
adequate.
At the end of the course the student would be able to acquire a useful core of information, which can be
retained for a long time. Typical acid tests can be used to determine what is to be taught or what is to be
learnt. A few examples are given below.
1. Need not know the structure of cholesterol. Should know why it cannot be carried free in
plasma.
2. Mutarotation should not be taught. Student should know why amylase will not hydrolyse
cellulose.
3. Need not know the details of alpha - helix and beta - pleats in proteins.
Should know why haemoglobin is globular and keratin is fibrous.
4. Need not know mechanism of oxidative phosphorylation. Should
know more than 90 % of ATP is formed by this process.
5. Need not know details of the conversion of pepsinogen to pepsin.
Should know hydrochloric acid cannot break a peptide bond at room temperature.
6. Need not remember the steps of glycogenesis.
Should know that excess intake of carbohydrate will not increase glycogen level in liver or muscle.
7. Need not know about urea or cretinine clearance tests.
Should know the basis of increase of urea and creatinine in blood in renal insufficiency.
8. Need not know the structure of insulin.
Should know why insulin level in circulation is normal in most cases of maturity onset diabetes.
9. Need not know the structural details of ATP.
Should know why about 10 g of ATP in the body at any given time meets all the energy needs.
10. Need not know the mechanism of action of prolylhydroxylase.
Should know why the gum bleeds in scurvy.
11. Need not know the structure of Vitamin K.
Should know the basis of internal bleeding arising due to its deficiency.
12. Need not remember the structure of HMGCoA.
Should know why it does not lead to increased cholesterol synthesis in starvation.
BIOCHEMISTRY AND NUTRITION
1. CHEMISTRY OF BIOORGANIC MOLECULES
Carbohydrates: Definition, biological importance and classification. Monosaccharides - Isomerism,
anomerism. Sugar derivatives, Disaccharides. Polysaccharides. Structures of starch and glycogen.
Lipids : Definition, biological importance and classification. Fats and fatty acids. Introduction to compound
lipids. Hydrophobic and hydrophilic groups. Cholesterol. Bile salts. Micelle. Bimolecular leaflet.
 42

Proteins: Biological importance. Aminoacids: Classification. Introduction to peptides. Proteins : Simple and
conjugated; globular and fibrous. Charge properties. Buffer action . Introduction to protein conformation .
Denaturation.
Nucleic acids: Building units . Nucleotides. Outline structure of DNA and RNA.
High energy compounds: ATP , Phosphorylamidines, Thiolesters, Enol phosphates.
2. MACRONUTERIENTS AND DIGESTION
Energy needs: Basal metabolic rate. Dietary carbohydrates, fibres. Dietary lipids, essential fatty acids.
Nitrogen balance. Essential amino acids. Protein quality and requirement (methods for evaluation of protein
quality to be excluded). Protein calorie malnutrition. Balanced diet.
Enzymatic hydrolysis of dietary carbohydrates. Mechanism of uptake of monosaccharides. Digestion and
absorption of triacylglycerols. Enzymatic hydrolysis of dietary proteins and uptake of amino acids.
3. MICRONUTRIENTS
Vitamins: Definition, classification, daily requirement, sources and deficiency symptoms. Brief account of
water-soluble vitamins with biochemical functions. Vitamins A functions including visual process. Vitamin D
and its role in calcium metabolism. Vitamin E. Vitamin K and gamma carboxylation. Introduction to
antivitamins and hypervitaminosis.
Minerals :Classification, daily requirement. Calcium and phosphate: sources, uptake, excretion, function.
Serum calcium regulation. Iron: sources, uptake and transport.
Heme and nonheme iron functions; deficiency. Iodine: Brief introduction to thyroxine synthesis. General
functions of thyroxine. Fluoride: function, deficiency and excess. Indications of role of other minerals.
4. ENERGY METABOLISM
Overview: Outlines of glycolysis, pyruvate oxidation and citric acid cycle. Beta oxidation of fatty acids.
Electron transport chain and oxidative phosphyorylation. Ketone body formation and utilisation. Introduction
to glycogenesis, glycogenolysis, fatty acid synthesis, lipogenesis and lipolysis. Gluconeogenesis. Lactate
metabolism . Protein utilisation for energy. Glucogenic and ketogenic amino acids. Integration of metabolism.
5. SPECIAL ASPECTS OF METABOLISM
Importance of pentose phosphate pathway. Formation of glucuronic acid. Outlines of cholesterol synthesis and
breakdown. Ammonia metabolism. Urea formation. Phosphocreatine formation. Transmethylation. Amines.
Introduction to other functions of amino acids including one carbon transfer. Detoxication : Typical
reactions. Examples of toxic compounds. Oxygen toxicity
6. BIOCHEMICAL GENETICS AND PROTEIN SYNTHESIS
Introduction to nucleotides; formation and degradation. DNA as genetic material. Introduction to replication and
transcription. Forms and functions of RNA. Genetic code and mutation. Outline of translation process.
Antimetabolites and antibiotics interfering in replication, transcription and translation. Introduction to cancer,
viruses and oncogenes.
7. ENZYME AND METABOLIC REGULATION
Enzymes: Definition, classification, specificity and active site. Cofactors. Effect of pH, temperature and
substrate concentration. Introduction to enzyme inhibitors, proenzymes and isoenzymes. Introduction to
allosteric regulation, covalent modification and regulation by induction/repression.
Overview of hormones. Introduction to second messengers, cyclic AMP, calcium ion, inositol triphosphate.
Mechanism of action of steroid hormones, epinephrine, glucagon and insulin in brief. Acid base regulation.
Electrolyte balance.
8. STRUCTURAL COMPONENTS AND BLOOD PROTEINS
Connective tissue: Collagen and elastin. Glycosaminoglycans. Bone structure. Structure of membranes.
Membrane associated processes in brief. Exocytosis and endocytosis. Introduction to cytoskeleton. Myofibril
and muscle contraction in brief.
Haemoglobin: functions. Introduction to heme synthesis and degradation. Plasma proteins: classification and
separation. Functions of albumin. A brief account of immunoglobulins. Plasma lipoproteins: Formation,
function and turnover.
9. MEDICAL BIOCHEMISTRY
Regulation of blood glucose. Diabetes mellitus and related disorders. Evaluation of glycemic status.
Hyperthyroidism and hypothyroidism: Biochemical evaluation. Hyperlipoproteinemias and atherosclerosis,
Approaches to treatment. Jaundice: Classification and evaluation. Liver function tests: Plasma protein pattern,
serum enzymes levels. Brief introduction to kidney function tests and gastric function tests. Acid base imbalance.
Electrolyte imbalance: evaluation. Gout. Examples of genetic disorders including lysosomal storage disorders,
glycogen storage disorders, glucose 6- phosphate dehydrogenase deficiency, hemoglobinopathies, inborn errors of
amino acid metabolism and muscular dystrophy ( one or two examples with biochemical basis will be adequate).
Serum enzymes in diagnosis.
PRACTICALS: Contact hours 50
1. Qualitative analysis of carbohydrates 4
2. Color reactions of proteins and amino acids 4
 43

3. Identification of nonprotein nitrogen substance 4

4. Normal constituents of urine 4
5. Abnormal constituents of urine 4
6. Analysis of saliva including amylase 2
7. Analysis of milk Quantitative estimations 2
8. Titrable acidity and ammonia in urine 2
9. Free and total acidity in gastric juice 2
10. Blood glucose estimation 2
11. Serum total protein estimation 2
12. Urine creatinine estimation Demonstration 2
13. Paper electrophoresis charts/clinical data evaluation 2
14. Glucose tolerance test profiles 2
15. Serum lipid profiles 1
16. Profiles of hypothyrodisim and hyperthyrodisim 1
17. Profiles of hyper and hypoparathyrodism 1
18. Profiles of liver function 1
19. Urea, uric acid creatinine profile in kidney disorders 1
20. Blood gas profile in acidosis/ alkalosis 1
RECOMMEDED BOOKS:
1. Concise text book of Biochemistry (3rd edition) 2001, T.N. Pattabiraman
2. Nutritional Biochemistry 1995, S. Ramakrishnan and S.V. Rao
3. lecture notes in Biochemistry 1984, J.K. Kandlish
Reference books:
1. Text book of Biochemistry with clinical correlations 1997, T.N. Devlin
2. Harper’s Biochemistry, 1996., R.K. Murray et.al
3. Basic and applied Dental Biochemistry, 1979, R.A.D. Williams & J.C.Elliot
3. DENTAL ANATOMY, EMBRYOLOGY AND ORAL HISTOLOGY
INTRODUCTION
Dental Anatomy including Embryology and Oral Histology – a composite of basic Dental Sciences & their clinical
applications.
SKILLS
The student should acquire basic skills in :
1. Carving of crowns of permanent teeth in wax.
2. Microscopic study of Oral tissues.
3. Identification of Deciduous & Permanent teeth.
4. Age estimation by patterns of teeth eruption from plaster casts of different age groups.
OBJECTIVES
After a course on Dental Anatomy including Embryology and Oral Histology,
1. The student is expected to appreciate the normal development, morphology, structure & functions of oral
tissues & variations in different pathological/non-pathological states.
2. The student should understand the histological basis of various dental treatment procedures and physiologic
ageing process in the dental tissues.
3. The students must know the basic knowledge of various research methodologies.
I. TOOTH MORPHOLOGY
1. Introduction to tooth morphology:
♦ Human dentition, types of teeth, & functions, Palmer's & Binomial notation systems, tooth surfaces, their
junctions - line angles & point angles, definition of terms used in dental morphology, geometric concepts in
tooth morphology, contact areas & embrasures - Clinical significance.
2. Morphology of permanent teeth :
• Description of individual teeth, along with their endodontic anatomy & including a note on their chronology of
development, differences between similar class of teeth & identification of individual teeth.
• Variations & Anomalies commonly seen in individual teeth.
3. Morphology of Deciduous teeth :
♦ Generalized differences between Deciduous & Permanent teeth.
♦ Description of individual deciduous teeth, including their chronology of development, endodontic anatomy,
differences between similar class of teeth & identification of individual teeth.
4. Occlusion :
♦ Definition, factors influencing occlusion - basal bone, arch, individual teeth, external & internal forces &
sequence of eruption.
♦ Inclination of individual teeth - compensatory curves.
♦ Centric relation & Centric occlusion - protrusive, retrusive & lateral occlusion.
♦ Clinical significance of normal occlusion.
♦ Introduction to & Classification of Malocclusion.
 44

II. ORAL EMBRYOLOGY

1. Brief review of development of face, jaws, lip, palate & tongue, with applied aspects.
2. Development of teeth :
♦ Epithelial mesenchymal interaction, detailed study of different stages of development of crown, root &
supporting tissues of tooth & detailed study of formation of calcified tissues.
♦ Applied aspects of disorders in development of teeth.
3. Eruption of deciduous & Permanent teeth :
♦ Mechanisms in tooth eruption, different theories & histology of eruption, formation of dentogingival junction,
role of gubernacular cord in eruption of permanent teeth.
♦ Clinical or Applied aspects of disorders of eruption.
4. Shedding of teeth :
♦ Factors & mechanisms of shedding of deciduous teeth.
♦ Complications of shedding.
III. ORAL HISTOLOGY
1. Detailed microscopic study of Enamel, Dentine, Cementum & Pulp tissue. Age changes & Applied aspects
(Clinical and forensic significance) of histological considerations - Fluoride applications, transparent
dentine, dentine hypersensitivity, reaction of pulp tissue to varying insults to exposed dentine ; Pulp
calcifications & Hypercementosis.
2. Detailed microscopic study of Periodontal ligament & alveolar bone, age changes, histological changes in
periodontal ligament & bone in normal & orthodontic tooth movement, applied aspects of alveolar bone
resorption.
3. Detailed microscopic study of Oral Mucosa, variation in structure in relation to functional requirements,
mechanisms of keratinization, clinical parts of gingiva, Dentogingival & Mucocutaneous junctions &
lingual papillae. Age changes & clinical considerations.
4. Salivary Glands :
♦ Detailed microscopic study of acini & ductal system.
♦ Age changes& clinical considerations.
5. TM Joint :
♦ Review of basic anatomical aspects & microscopiuc study & clinical considerations.
6. Maxillary Sinus :
♦ Microscopic study, anatomical variations, functions & clinical relevance of maxillary sinus in dental
practice.
7. Processing of Hard & soft tissues for microscopic study :
♦ Ground sections, decalcified sections & routine staining procedures.
8. Basic histochemical staining patterns of oral tissues.
IV. ORAL PHYSIOLOGY
1. Saliva :
♦ Composition of saliva - variations, formation of saliva & mechanisms of secretion, salivary reflexes, brief
review of secretomotor pathway, functions, role of saliva in dental caries & applied aspects of hyper & hypo
salivation.
2. Mastication :
♦ Masticatory force & its measurement - need for mastication, peculiarities of masticatory muscles,
masticatory cycle, masticatory reflexes & neural control of mastication.
3. Deglutition :
♦ Review of the steps in deglutition, swallowing in infants, neural control of deglutition & dysphagia.
4. Calcium, Phosphorous & fluoride metabolism :
♦ Source, requirements, absorption, distribution, functions & excretion, clinical considerations, hypo &
hypercalcemia & hyper & hypo phosphatemia & fluorosis.
5. Theories of Mineralization :
♦ Definition, mechanisms, theories & their drawbacks.
♦ Applied aspects of physiology of mineralization, pathological considerations - calculus formation.
6. Physiology of Taste :
♦ Innervation of taste buds & taste pathway, physiologic basis of taste sensation, age changes &
applied aspects - taste disorders.
7. Physiology of Speech :
♦ Review of basic anatomy of larynx & vocal cords.
♦ Voice production, resonators, production of vowels & different consonants - Role of palate, teeth & tongue.
♦ Effects of dental prosthesis & appliances on speech & basic speech disorders.
RECOMMENDED TEXT BOOKS
1. Orban's Oral Histology & Embryology - S.N.Bhaskar
2. Oral Development & Histology - James & Avery
3. Wheeler's Dental Anatomy, Physiology & Occlusion - Major.M.Ash
4. Dental Anatomy - its relevance to dentistry - Woelfel & Scheid
5. Applied Physiology of the mouth - Lavelle
6. Physiology & Biochemistry of the mouth - Jenkins
 45

4. GENERAL PATHOLOGY
AIM:
At the end of the course the student should be competent to:
Apply the scientific study of disease processes, which result in morphological and functional alterations in
cells, tissues and organs to the study of pathology and the practice of dentistry.
OBJECTIVES:
Enabling the student
1. To demonstrate and apply basic facts, concepts and theories in the field of Pathology.
2. To recognize and analyze pathological changes at macroscopically and microscopical levels and explain
their observations in terms of disease processes.
3. To Integrate knowledge from the basic sciences, clinical medicine and dentistry in the study of Pathology.
4. To demonstrate understanding of the capabilities and limitations of morphological Pathology in its contribution
to medicine, dentistry and biological research.
5. To demonstrate ability to consult resource materials outside lectures, laboratory and tutorial classes.
COURSE CONTENT
A. General Pathology –
1. Introduction to Pathology
Terminologies
The cell in health
The normal cell structure The
cellular functions
2. Etiology and Pathogenesis of Disease
Cell Injury
Types – congenital
Acquired
Mainly Acquired causes of disease
(Hypoxic injury, chemical injury, physical injury, immunological injury)
3. Degenerations
Amyloidosis
Fatty change
Cloudy swelling
Hyaline change, mucoid degeneration
4. Cell death & Necrosis
Apoptasis
Def, causes, features and types of necrosis
Gangrene - Dry, wet, gas
Pathological Calcifications
(Dystrophic and metastatic)
5. Inflammation
- Definition, causes types, and features
- Acute inflammation
a. The vascular response
b. The cellular response
c. Chemical mediators
d. The inflammatory cells
e. Fate
- Chronic inflammation
Granulomations inflammation
6. Healing
- Regeneration
- Repair
a. Mechanisms
b. Healing by primary intention
c. Healing by secondary intention
d. Fracture healing
e. Factors influencing healing process
f. Complications
7. Tuberculosis
- Epidemiology
- Pathogenesis ( Formation of tubercle)
- Pathological features of Primary and secondary TB
- Complications and Fate
8. Syphilis
- Epidemiology
- Types and stages of syphilis
 46

- Pathological features
- Diagnostic criterias
- Oral lesions
9. Typhoid
- Epidemiology
- Pathogenesis
- Pathological features
- Diagnostic criterias
10. Thrombosis
- Definition, Pathophysiology
- Formation, complications & Fate of a thrombus
11. Embolism
- Definition
- Types
- Effects
12. Ischaemia and Infraction
- Definition, etiology, types
- Infraction of various organs
13. Derangements of body fluids
- Oedema – pathogenesis
Different types
14. Disorders of circulation
- Hyperaemia
- Shock
15. Nutritional Disorders
- Common Vitamin Deficiencies
16. Immunological mechanisms in disease
- Humoral & cellular immunity
- Hypersensitivity & autommunity
17. AIDS and Hepatitis.
18. Hypertension
- Definition, classification
- Pathophysiology
- Effects in various organs
19. Diabetes Mellitus
- Def, Classification, Pathogenesis, Pathology in different organs
20. Adaptive disorders of growth
- Atrophy & Hypertrophy, Hyperplasia, Metaplasia and Dysplasia
21. General Aspects of neoplesia
a. Definition, terminology, classification
b. Differences between benign and malignant neoplasms
c. The neoplastic cell
d. Metastasis
e. Etiology and pathogenesis of neoplasia, Carcinogenesis
f. Tumour biology
g. Oncogenes and anti-oncogenes
h. Diagnosis
i. Precancerous lesions
j. Common specific tumours, Sq papilloma & Ca, Basal cell Ca, Adenoma & Adenoca, Fibroma
& Fibrosarcoma, Lipoma and liposarcoma
B. Systemic Pathology –
22 Anaemias
- Iron Deficiency anaemia, Megaloblastic anaemia
23.Leukaemias
- Acute and chronic leukaemias, Diagnosis and clinical features
24. Diseases of Lymph nodes
- Hodgkin’s disease, Non Hodgkins lymphoma, Metastatic carcinoma
25. Diseases of oral cavity
- Lichen planus, Stomatitis, Leukoplakia, Sq cell Ca, Dental caries, Dentigerious cyst,
Ameloblastoma
26. Diseases of salivary glands
- Normal structure, Sialadenitis, Tumours
27. Common diseases of Bones
- Osteomyelitis, Metabolic bone diseases, Bone Tumours, Osteosarcoma, Osteocalstoma, Giant cell
Tumour, Ewing’s sarcoma, Fibrous dysplasia, Aneurysmal bone cyst
28. Diseases of Cardiovascular system
- Cardiac failuare
- Congenital heart disease – ASD,
VSD,PDA Fallot’s Tetrology
 47

- Infective Endocarditis
- Atherosclerosis
- Ischaemic heart Disease
29. Haemorrhagic Disorders
Coagulation cascade
Coagulation disorders
- Platelet funtion
- Platelet disorders
Practicals
1. Urine – Abnormal constitutients
- Sugar, albumin, ketone bodies
2. Urine – Abnormal consittuents
- Blood, bile salts, bile pigments
3. Haemoglobin (Hb) estimation
4. Total WBC count
5. Differential WBC Count
6. Packed cell volume(PCV,) rythrocyte sedimentation Rate (ESR)
7. Bleeding Time & clotting Time
8. Histopathology
Tissue Processing
Staining
9. Histopathology slides
- Acute appendicitis, Granulation tissue, fatty liver
10. Histopathology slides
CVC lung, CVC liver, Kidney amyloidosis
11. Histopathology slides
Tuberculosis, Actionomycosis, Rhinosporidiosis
12. Histopathology slides
Papilloma, Basal cell Ca, Sq cell Ca
13. Histopathology slides
Osteosarcoma, osteoclastoma, fibrosarcoma
14. Histopathology slides
Malignant melanoma, Ameloblastoma, Adenoma
15. Histopathology slides
Mixed parotid tumour, metastatic
carcinoma in lymph node
List of Textbooks
1. Robbins – Pathologic Basis of Disease Cotran, Kumar, Robbins
2. Anderson’s Pathology Vol 1 & 2 Editors – Ivan Damjanov & James Linder
3. Wintrobe’s clinical Haematolog Lee, Bithell, Foerster, Athens, Lukens

MICROBIOLOGY
AIM:
To introduce the students to the exciting world of microbes. To make the students aware of various branches
of microbiology, importance, significance and contribution of each branch to mankind and other fields of
medicine. The objectives of teaching microbiology can be achieved by various teaching techniques such as :
a) Lectures
b) Lecture Demonstrations
c) Practical exercises
d) Audio visual aids
e) Small group discussions with regular feed back from the students.

OBJECTIVES:
A. KNOWLEDGE AND UNDERSTANDING
At the end of the Microbiology course the student is expected to :
1. Understand the basics of various branches of microbiology and able to apply the knowledge relevantly.
2. Apply the knowledge gained in related medical subjects like General Medicine and
General Surgery and Dental subjects like Oral Pathology, Community Dentistry, Periodontics,
Oral Surgery, Pedodontics, Conservative Dentistry and Oral medicine in higher classes.
3. Understand and practice various methods of Sterilisation and disinfection in dental clinics.
4. Have a sound understanding of various infectious diseases and lesions in the oral cavity.
A. SKILLS
1. Student should have acquired the skill to diagnose, differentiate various oral lesions.
2. Should be able to select, collect and transport clinical specimens to the laboratory.
3. Should be able to carry out proper aseptic procedures in the dental clinic.
 48

A brief syllabus of Microbiology is given as follows:

A. GENERAL MICROBIOLOGY:
1. History, Introduction, Scope, Aims and Objectives.
2. Morphology and Physiology of bacteria.
3. Detail account of Sterlisation and Disinfection.
4. Brief account of Culture media and Culture techniques.
5. Basic knowledge of selection, collection, transport, processing of clinical
Specimens and identification of bacteria.
6. Bacterial Genetics and Drug Resistance in bacteria.
B. IMMUNOLOGY:
1. Infection - Definition, Classification, Source, Mode of transmission and types of
Infectious disease.
2. Immunity
3. Structure and functions of Immune system
4. The Complement System
5. Antigen
6. Immunoglobulins - Antibodies - General structure and the role played in defense
mechanism of the body.
7. Immune response
8. Antigen - Antibody reactions - with reference to clinical utility.
9. Immuno deficiency disorders - a brief knowledge of various types of immuno deficiency
disorders - A sound knowledge of immuno deficiency disorders relevant to dentistry.
10. Hypersensitivity reactions
11. Autoimmune disorders - Basic knowledge of various types - sound knowledge of
autoimmune disorders of oral cavity and related structures.
12. Immunology of Transplantation and Malignancy
13. Immunehaematology
C. SYSTEMATIC BACTERIOLOGY:
1. Pyogenic cocci - Staphylococcus, Streptococcus, Pneumococcus, Gonococcus,
Meningococcus – brief account of each coccus - detailed account of mode of spread, laboratory
diagnosis, Chemo therapy and prevention - Detailed account of Cariogenic Streptococci.
2. Corynebacterium diphtheriae - mode of spread, important clinical feature, Laboratory diagnosis,
Chemotherapy and Active immunisation.
3. Mycobacteria - Tuberculosis and Leprosy
4. Clostridium - Gas gangrene, food poisoning and tetanus.
5. Non-sporing Anaerobes - in brief about classification and morphology, in detail about dental
pathogens - mechanism of disease production and prevention.
6. Spirochaetes - Treponema pallidum - detailed account of Oral Lesions of syphilis,
Borrelia vincentii.
7. Actinomycetes.
D. VIROLOGY:
1. Introduction
2. General properties, cultivation, host - virus interaction with special reference to
Interferon.
3. Brief account of Laboratory diagnosis, Chemotherapy and immuno prophylaxis in
general.
4. A few viruses of relevance to dentistry.
• Herpes Virus
• Hepatitis B Virus - brief about other types
• Human Immunodeficiency Virus (HIV)
• Mumps Virus
• Brief - Measles and Rubella Virus
5. Bacteriophage - structure and Significance
E. MYCOLOGY
1. Brief Introduction
2. Candidosis - in detail
3. Briefly on oral lesions of systemic mycoses.
F. PARASITOLOGY:
1. Brief introduction - protozoans and helminths
2. Brief knowledge about the mode of transmission and prevention of commonly seen
parasitic infection in the region.
RECOMMENDED BOOKS FOR REGULAR READING:
1. Text book of Microbiology – R.Ananthanarayan & C.K.Jayaram Paniker.
2. Medical Microbiology – David Greenwood etal.
 49

BOOKS FOR FURTHER READING/REFERENCE.

i) Microbiology – Prescott, etal.
ii) Microbiology – Bernard D. Davis , etal.
iii) Clinical & Pathogenic Microbiology – Barbara J Howard, etal.
iv) Mechanisms of Microbial diseases – Moselio Schaechter, etal.
v) Immunology an Introduction – Tizard
vi) Immunology 3rd edition – Evan Roitt , etal.
5. GENERAL AND DENTAL PHARMACOLOGY AND THERAPEUTICS
GOAL:
The broad goal of teaching under graduate students in pharmacology is to inculcate rational and
scientific basis of therapeutics keeping in view of dental curriculum and Profession.
OBJECTIVES:
At the end of the course the student shall be able to:
i) Describe the pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics of essential and commonly used drugs in
general and in dentistry in particular.
ii) List the indications, contraindications; interactions, and adverse reactions of commonly used drugs
with reason.
iii) Tailor the use of appropriate drugs in disease with consideration to its cost, efficacy, safety for individual
and mass therapy needs.
iv) Indicate special care in prescribing common and essential drugs in special medical situations such as
pregnancy, lactation, old age, renal, hepatic damage and immuno compromised patients.
v) Integrate the rational drug therapy in clinical pharmacology.
vi) Indicate the principles underlying the concepts of “Essential drugs”.
SKILLS:
At the end of the course the student shall be able to:
1) Prescribe drugs for common dental and medical ailments.
2) To appreciate adverse reactions and drug interactions of commonly used drugs.
3) Observe experiments designed for study of effects of drugs.
4) Critically evaluate drug formulations and be able to interpret the clinical pharmacology of
marketed preparations commonly used in dentistry.
5) INTEGRATION: Practical knowledge of use of drugs in clinical practice will be acquired through
integrated teaching with clinical departments.
LECTURE:
I. GENERAL PHARMACOLOGY:
1. General principles of pharmacology; sources and nature of drugs dosage forms; prescription writing;
pharmacokinetics (absorption, distribution, metabolism and excretion of drugs), mode of action of drugs,
combined effects of drugs, receptor mechanism of drug action, factors modifying drug response, adverse
drug reactions; drug interactions, Implications of General Principles in clinical dentistry.
2. CNS drugs; General anaesthetics, hypnotics, analgescis psychotropic drugs, anti – epileptics, muscle
relaxants, local anaesthetics, Implications of these drugs in clinical dentistry.
3. Autonomic drugs; sympathomimetics, antiadrenergic drugs parasympothomimetics and
parasympatholytics, Implications of Autonomic drugs in clinical dentistry.
4. Cardiovascular drugs; Cardiac stimulants ; antihypertensive drugs, vasopressor agents, treatment of
shock, Antianginal agents and diuretics, Implications of these drugs in clinical dentistry.
5. Autocoids:
Histamine, antihistamines, prostaglandins, leukotriens and bronchodilators, Implications of Autocoids in
clinical dentistry.
6. Drugs acting on blood : coagulants and anticoagulants, hematinics, Implications of these drugs in clinical
dentistry.
7. G.I.T. Drugs, Purgatives, anti-diarrhoeal, antacids, anti-emetics, Implications of these drugs in clinical
dentistry.
8. Endocrines; Emphasis on treatment of diabetes and glucocorticoids, thyroid and antithyroid agents,
drugs affecting calcium balance and anabolic steroids, Implications of these drugs in clinical dentistry.
9. Chemotherapy: Antimicrobial agents ( against bacteria, anaerobic infections, fungi, virus and broad
spectrum). Infection management in dentistry. Phamacotherapy of Tuberculosis, leprosy and
chemotherapy of malignancy in general. Implications of Chemotherpy in clinical dentistry.
10. Vitamins : Water soluble vitamins, Vit. D, Vit.K. and Vit. E, Implications of Vitamins in clinical
dentistry.
11. Pharmacotherapy of emergencies in dental office and emergency drugs tray Implications of Pharmacotherapy
in clinical dentistry.
12. Chealating agents – BAL,EDTA and desferrioxamine,
 50

II. DENTAL PHARMACOLOGY

1. Anti - septics, astrigents, obtundents, mummifying agents, bleaching agents, styptics, disclosing
agents, dentifrices, mouth washes, caries and fluorides.
2. Pharmacotherapy of common oral conditions in dentistry.
Practicals and Demonstrations :
To familiarise the student with the methodology: prescription writing and dispensing. Rationale of drug
combinations of marketed drugs.
LIST OF BOOKS RECOMMENDED FOR READING AND REFERENCE
1. R.S.Satoskar, Kale Bhandarkar’s Pharmacology and Pharmacolherapentics, 10th Edition, Bombay
Popular Prakashan 1991.
2. Bertam G Katzung, Basic and Clinical pharmacology 6th ed. Appleton & Lange 1997.
3. Lauerence D.R. Clinical Pharmacology 8th ed. Churchill Livingstone 1997.
4. Satoskar R.S. & Bhandarkar S.D., Pharmacology and Pharmacotherapeutics part I & part ii, 13th
Popular Prakashan Bombay 1993.
5. Tripathi K.D., Essentials of Medical Pharmacology 4th ed Jaypee Brothers 1999.

6. DENTAL MATERIALS
The science of Dental Material has undergone tremendous changes over the years. Continued research has led
to new material systems and changing concepts in the dental field. Interlinked with various specialised
branches of chemistry, practically all engineering applied sciences and biological characteristics, the science
of dental material emerged as a basic sciences in itself with its own values and principles.

INTRODUCTION
AIMS:
Aim of the course is to present basic chemical and physical properties of Dental materials as they are related to its
manipulation to give a sound educational background so that the practice of the dentistry emerged from art to
empirical status of science as more information through further research becomes available. It is also the aim of the
course of Dental materials to provide with certain criteria of selection and which will enable to discriminate
between facts and propaganda with regards to claims of manufactures.
OBJECTIVES:
To understand the evolution and development of science of dental material.
To explain purpose of course in dental materials to personnels concerned with the profession of the dentistry.
Knowledge of physical and chemical properties. Knowledge of biomechanical requirements of particular restorative
procedure. An intelligent compromise of the conflicting as well as co-ordinating factors into the desired Ernest.
Laying down standards or specifications of various materials to guide to manufacturers as well as to help
professionals.
Search for newer and better materials which may answer our requirements with greater satisfaction. To understand
and evaluate the claims made by manufactures of dental materials
NEEDS FOR THE COURSE:
The profession has to rise from an art to a science, , the need for the dentist to possess adequate knowledge of
materials to exercises his best through knowledge of properties of different types of materials. The growing
concern of health hazards due to mercury toxicity, inhalation of certain vapour or dust materials, irritations and
allergic reaction to skin due to contact of materials. Materials causing irritation of oral tissues, pH of restorative
materials causing inflammation and necrosis of pulp which is a cause for the dentist to posses wider knowledge
of physical, chemical and biological properties of materials being used. For the protection for the patient and his
own protection certain criteria of selection are provided that will enable the dentist to discriminate between
facts and propaganda, which will make a material biologically accept.
SCOPE:
The dental materials is employed in mechanical procedures including restorative dentistry such as
Prosthodontics, endodontics, periodontal, orthodontics and restorative materials. There is scarcely a dental
procedure that does not make use of dental materials in one form or another and therefore the application of
dental material is not limited to any one branch of dentistry. Branches such as minor surgery and periodontics
require less use of materials but the physical and chemical characters of materials are important in these
fields.
The toxic and tissue reaction of dental materials and their durability in the oral cavity where the temperature is
between 32 & 37 degree centigrade, and the ingestion of hot or cold food ranges from 0- 70 degree centigrade.
The acid an alkalinity of fluids shown pH varies from 4 to 8.5. The load on 1 sq. mm of tooth or restorative
materials can reach to a level as high as many kilograms. Thus the biological properties of dental materials cannot
be separated from their physical and chemical properties.
2). STRUCTURE OF MATTER AND PRINCIPLES OF ADHESION.
Change of state, inter atomic primary bonds, inter atomic secondary bonds, inter atomic bond distance and
bonding energy, thermal energy, crystalline structure, non crystalline structures, diffusion, adhesion and
bonding and adhesion to tooth structures.
 51

3). IMPORTANT PHYSICAL PROPERTIES APPLICABLE TO DENTAL MATERIALS

Physical properties are based on laws of mechanics, acoustics, optics, thermodynamics, electricity, magnetism,
radiation, atomic structure or nuclear phenomena. Hue, value, chroma and translucency physical properties
based on laws of optics, dealing with phenomena of light, vision and sight. Thermal conductivity & coefficient
of thermal expansion are physical properties based on laws of thermodynamics. Stress, strain, proportional
limit, elastic limit yield strength, modulus of elasticity, flexibility, resilience, impact, impact strength,
permanent deformation, strength, flexure strength fatigue, static fatigue, toughness, brittleness, ductility &
malleability, hardness, abrasion resistance, relaxation, rheology, Thixotropic, creep, static creep, dynamic
creep, flow, colour, three dimensional colour – hue, values, chroma, Munsell system, metamersim,
fluorescence, physical properties of tooth, stress during mastication
4). BIOLOGICAL CONSIDERATIONS IN USE OF DENTAL MATERIALS.
Materials used are with the knowledge of appreciation of certain biological considerations for use in oral
cavity. Requirement of materials with biological compatibility. Classification of materials from perspective of
biological compatibility. eg. contact with soft tissues, affecting vitality of pulp, used for root canal fillings,
affecting hard tissues of teeth, laboratory materials that could be accidentally be inhaled or ingested during
handling. Hazards associated with materials: pH-effecting pulp, polymers causing chemical irritation, mercury
toxicity, etc. Microleakage, Thermal changes, Galvanism, toxic effect of materials. Biological evaluation for
systemic toxicity, skin irritation, mutagenecity and carcinogenicity. Disinfection of dental materials for
infection control.
5). GYPSUM & GYPSUM PRODUCTS.
Gypsum – its origin, chemical formula, Products manufactured from gypsum. Dental
plaster, Dental stone, Die stone, high strength, high expansion stone.
Application and manufacturing procedure of each, macroscopic and microscopic structure of each . Supplied as
and Commercial names.
Chemistry of setting, setting reaction, theories of setting, gauging water, Microscopic structure of set
material.
Setting time: working time and setting time, Measurement of setting time and factors controlling setting time .
Setting expansion, Hygroscopic setting expansion – factors affecting each Strength
:wet strength, dry strength, factors affecting strength, tensile strength Slurry – need
and use.
Care of cast.
ADA classification of gypsum products
Description of impression plaster and dental investment
Manipulation including recent methods or advanced methods.
Disinfection : infection control, liquids, sprays, radiation Method
of use of disinfectants
Storage of material – shelf life
6) IMPRESSION MATERIALS USED IN DENTISTRY
Impression plaster, Impression compound, Zinc oxide eugenol impression paste & bite registration
paste incl., non eugenol paste, Hydrocolloids, reversible and irreversible, Elastomeric impression materials.
Polysulphide, Condensation silicones, Addition silicones, Polyether, Visible light cure
polyether urethane dimethacrylate, Historical background & development of each impression material,
Definition of impression , Purpose of making impression, Ideal properties required and application of
material, Classification as per ADA specification, general & individual impression material.
Application and their uses in different disciplines, Marketed as and their commercial names, Mode of supply
& mode of application bulk/wash impression. Composition, chemistry of setting ,Control of setting time , Type
of impression trays required, Adhesion to tray, manipulation, instruments & equipments required. Techniques
of impression, storage of impression, (Compatibility with cast and die material). Any recent advancements in
material and mixing devices. Study of properties: Working time, setting time, flow, accuracy, strength,
flexibility, tear strength, dimensional stability, compatibility with cast & die materials incl., electroplating
Biological properties: tissue reaction , Shelf life & storage of material, Infection control – disinfection,
Advantages & disadvantages of each material.
7). SYNTHETIC RESINS USED IN DENTISTRY.
Historical background and development of material, Denture base materials and their classification and
requirement
Classification of resins
Dental resins – requirements of dental resins, applications, polymerisation, polymerisation mechanism stages in
addition polymerisation, inhibition of polymerisation, co polymerization, molecular weight, crosslinking,
plastixizers, Physical properties of polymers, polymer structures types of resins.
ACRYLIC RESINS:
Mode of polymerisation: Heat activated, Chemically activated, Light activated, Mode of supply, application,
composition, polymerisation reaction of each. Technical considerations: Methods of manipulation for each
type of resin. Physical properties of denture base resin. Miscellaneous resins & techniques: Repair resins,
Relining and rebasing. Short term and long-term soft-liners, temporary crown
 52

and bridge resins, Resin impression trays, Tray materials, Resin teeth, materials in maxillofacial prosthesis,
Denture cleansers, Infection control in detail, Biological properties and allergic reactions.
RESTORATIVE RESINS:
Historical background, Resin based restorative materials, Unfilled & filled, Composite restorative materials,
Mode of supply, Composition, Polymerisation mechanisms: Chemically activated, Light activated, Dual cure:
Degree of conversion, Polymerisation shrinkage Classification of Composites: Application, composition and
properties of each Composites of posterior teeth, Prosthodontics resins for veneering. Biocompatibility –
microleakage, pulpal reaction, pulpal protection Manipulation of composites: Techniques of insertion of
Chemically activated, light activated, dual cure Polymerisation, Finishing and polishing of restoration, Repair of
composites Direct bonding Bonding: Need for bonding, Acid - etch technique, Enamel bonding, Dentin bonding
agents. Mode of bonding, Bond strength, Sandwich technique its indication and procedure. Extended
application for composites: Resins for restoring eroded teeth, Pit and fissure sealing, Resin inlays system –
Indirect & direct, Core build up, Orthodontic applications.
8). METAL AND ALLOYS:
Structure and behaviour of metals, Solidification of metals, mechanism of crystallisation amorphous &
crystalline. Classification of alloys, Solid solutions, Constitutes or equilibrium phase diagrams:Electric alloys,
Physical properties, Peritectic alloys, Solid state reaction other binary systems: Metallography & Heat
treatment. Tarnish and corrosion. Definition: causes of corrosion, protection against corrosion., Corrosion of
dental restorations, clinical significance of galvanic current. Dental Amalgam.
History:
Definition of dental amalgam, application, Alloy classification, manufacture of alloy powder
composition - available as.
Amalgamation : setting reaction & resulting structure , properties , Microleakage
Dimensional stability, Strength, Creep, Clinical performance
Manipulation: Selection of alloy, proportioning, mechanism of trituration, condensation, carving & finishing.
Effect of dimensional changes, Marginal deterioration., Repair of amalgam, mercury toxicity, mercury
hygiene.
DIRECT FILLING GOLD:
Properties of pure gold, mode of adhesion of gold for restoration forms of direct filling gold for using as restorative
material
Classification : Gold Foil, Electrolytic precipitate, powdered gold.
Manipulation: Removal of surface impurities and compaction of direct filling gold.
Physical properties of compacted gold, Clinical performance.
DENTAL CASTING ALLOYS:
Historical background, desirable properties of casting alloys.
Alternatives to cast metal technology: direct filling gold, amalgam, mercury free condensable intermetallic
compound - an alternative to metal casting process. CAD-CAM process for metal & ceramic inlays -
without need of impression of teeth or casting procedure, pure titanium, most bio compatible metal which are
difficult to cast can be made into crowns with the aid of CAD- CAM technology . Another method of making
copings - by copy milling (without casting procedures).
Classification of casting alloys: By function & description.
Recent classification , High noble (HN), Noble (N) and predominantly base metal (PB)
Alloys for crown & bridge, metal ceramic & removable partial denture. Composition, function, constituents
and application, each alloy both noble and base metal. Properties of alloys: Melting range, mechanical
properties, hardness, elongation, modulus of elasticity, tarnish and corrosion.
Casting shrinkage and compensation of casting shrinkage. Biocompatability - Handling hazards & precautions
of base metal alloys, casting investments used. Heat treatment : Softening & hardening heat treatment.
Recycling of metals. Titanium alloys & their application , properties & advantages. Technical considerations
In casting . Heat source, furnaces.
9). DENTAL WAXES INCLUDING INLAY CASTING WAX
Introduction and importance of waxes. Sources of natural waxes and their chemical nature.
Classification of Waxes:
Properties: melting range, thermal expansion, mechanical properties, flow & residual stresses, ductility.
Dental Wax: Inlay wax: Mode of supply : Classification & composition, Ideal requirements: Properties of
inlay wax: Flow, thermal properties Wax distortion & its causes.
Manipulation of inlay wax: Instruments & equipment required, including electrically heated instruments
metal tips and thermostatically controlled wax baths.
Other waxes: Applications, mode of supply & properties.
Casting Wax, Base plate wax, Processing wax, Boxing wax, Utility wax, Sticky wax, Impression wax for
corrective impressions, Bite registration wax.
10). DENTAL CASTING INVESTMENTS.
Definition, requirements, classification
Gypsum bonded - classification. Phosphate bonded, Silica bonded
Mode of Supply: Composition, application , setting mechanism, setting time & factors controlling.
 53

Expansions :Setting expansion, Hygroscopic Setting expansion, & thermal expansion : factors affecting.
Properties : Strength, porosity, and fineness & storage. Technical considerations: For Casting procedure,
Preparation of die, Wax pattern, spruing, investing, control of shrinkage compensation, wax burnout, and
heating the invested ring, casting. Casting machines, source of heat for melting the alloy. Defects in
casting.
11). SOLDERING, BRAZING AND WELDING
Need of joining dental appliances, Terms & Definition
Solders: Definition, ideal requirement, types of solders – Soft & hard and their fusion temperature, application.
Mode of supply of solders, Composition and selection, Properties. Tarnish & corrosion resistance mechanical
properties, microstructure of soldered joint. Fluxes & Anti fluxes: Definition, Function, Types, commonly
used fluxes & their selection Technique of Soldering & Brazing : free hand soldering and investment, steps
and procedure. Welding,: Definition, application, requirements, procedure, weld decay - causes and how to
avoid it. Laser welding.
WROUGHT BASE METAL ALLOYS
Applications and different alloys used mainly for orthodontics purpose
1. Stainless steel
2. Cobalt chromium nickel
3. Nickel titanium
4. Beta titanium
Properties required for orthodontic wires, working range, springiness, stiffness, resilience, Formability, ductility,
ease of joining, corrosion resistance, stability in oral environment, bio compatibility
Stainless steels: Description, type, composition & properties of each type. Sensitisation & stabilisation ,
Mechanical properties – strength, tensile, yield strength, KHN. Braided & twisted wires their need , Solders
for stainless steel, Fluxes, Welding
1. Wrought cobalt chromium nickel alloys, composition, allocation, properties, heat treatment, physical
properties
2. Nickel – Titanium alloys, shape, memory & super elastic
3. Titanium alloys, application, composition, properties, welding, Corrosion resistance
12). DENTAL CEMENTS
Definition & Ideal requirements:
Cements: Silicate, Glass ionomer, metal modified glass ionomer, resin modified glass ionomer, zinc oxide
eugenol, modified zinc oxide eugenol, zinc phosphate, zinc silico phosphate, zinc poly carboxylate, Cavity
liners and cement bases, Varnishes Calcium hydroxide, Gutta percha
Application, classification (general and individual ), setting mechanism, mode of supply, Properties, factors
affecting setting, special emphasis on critical procedures of manipulation and protection of cement, mode of
adhesion, biomechansim of caries inhibition.
Agents for pulpal protection., Modifications and recent advances, Principles of cementation. Special emphasis on
cavity liners and cement bases and luting agents.
13). DENTAL CERAMICS
Historical background & General applications.
Dental ceramics : definition, classification, application, mode of supply, manufacturing procedure, methods of
strengthening. Properties of fused ceramic: Strength and factors affecting, modulus of elasticity, surface
hardness, wear resistance, thermal properties, specific gravity, chemical stability, esthetic properties,
biocompatability, technical considerations.
Metal Ceramics (PFM): Alloys - Types and composition of alloys. Ceramic - Type and Composition. Metal
Ceramic Bond - Nature of bond. Bonding using electro deposition, foil copings, bonded platinum foil,
swaged gold alloy foil coping. Technical considerations for porcelain and porcelain fused metal
restorations. Recent advances - all porcelain restorations, Manganese core, injection moulded, castable
ceramics, glass infiltrated alumina core ceramic (In ceram), ceramic veners, inlays and onlays, and CAD
- CAM ceramic. Chemical attack of ceramic by fluoride. Porcelain furnaces.
14). ABRASION & POLISHING AGENTS
Definition of abrasion and polishing. Need of abrasion and polishing. Types of abrasives: Finishing, polishing
& cleaning. Types of abrasives: Diamond, Emery, aluminium oxides garnet, pumice, Kieselgurh, tripoli,
rouge, tin oxide, chalk, chromic oxide, sand, carbides, diamond, zirconium silicate Zinc oxide
ABRASIVE ACTION :
Desirable characteristics of an abrasive, Rate of abrasion, Size of particle, pressure and speed.
Grading of abrasive & polishing agents. Binder, Polishing materials & procedures used. Technical
consideration - Material and procedure used for abrasion and polishin Electrolytic polishing and burnishing.
15).DIE AND COUNTER DIE MATERIALS INCLUDING
ELECTROFORMING AND ELECTROPOLISHING.
Types – Gypsum products, Electroforming, Epoxy resin, Amalgam.
 54

16). DENTAL IMPLANTS : Evolution of dental implants, types and materials.

17). MECHANICS OF CUTTING : Burs and points.
At the end of the course the student should have the knowledge about the composition, properties, manipulative
techniques and their various commercial names. The student should also acquire skills to select and use the
materials appropriately for laboratory and clinical use.
RECOMMENDED BOOKS:
1. Phillips Science of Dental Materials – 10th edn.- Kenneth J. Anusavice
2. Restorative Dental Materials – 10 edn. Robert G.Craig
3. Notes on Dental Materials – E.C. Combe
7. PRE CLINICAL CONSERVATIVE DENTISTRY LABORATORY EXERCISES
1. Identification and study of handcutting instruments chisles, gingival margin trimmers,
excavators and hatchet.
2. Identification and use of rotary cutting instruments in contra angle hand pieces burs
(Micromotor)
3. Preparation class I and extended class I and class II and MOD’s and class V amounting to 10 exercises in
plaster models.
4. 10 exercises in mounted extracted teeth of following class I, 4 in number class I extended cavities 2,
class II 4 in number and Class V 2 in number. Cavity preparation base application matrix and wedge
placement restoration with amalgam.
5. Exercises on phantom head models which includes cavity preparation base and varnish application
matrix and wedge placement followed by amalgam restoration.
Class I 5
Class I with extension 2
Class II 10
Class II Mods 2
Class V and III forglass ionmers 4
Class V for amalgam 2
6. Polishing of above restorations.
7. Demonstration of Class III and Class V cavity preparation. For composites on extracted tooth
completing the restoration.
8. Polishing and finishing of the restoration of composites.
9. Identification and manipulation of varnish bases like Zinc Phosphate, Poly carboxylate, Glass
Ionomers, Zinc Oxide, Euginol cements.
10. Identification and manipulation of various matrices, tooth separators and materials like composites and
modified glassionomer cements.
11. Cast Restoration
1. Preparation of Class II inlay cavity
2. Fabrication of wax pattern
3. Sprue for inner attachment investing
4. Investing of wax pattern
5. Finishing and cementing of class II inlay in extracted tooth.
12. Endodontics
1. Identification of basic endodontic instruments
2. Cornal access cavity preparation on extracted. Upper central incisiors
3. Determination of working length.
4. Biomechanical preparation of root canal space of central incisor
5. Obfuration of root canal spaces. Absens of cornal access cavity.
6. Closure of acess cavity
8. ORAL PATHOLOGY & ORAL MICROBIOLOGY
OBJECTIVES:
At the end of Oral Pathology & Oral Microbiology course, the student should be able to comprehend -
1. The different types of pathological processes, that involve the oral cavity.
2. The manifestations of common diseases, their diagnosis & correlation with clinical pathological processes.
3. An understanding of the oral manifestations of systemic diseases should help in correlating with
the systemic physical signs & laboratory findings.
4. The student should understand the underlying biological principles governing treatment of oral
diseases.
5. The principles of certain basic aspects of Forensic Odontology.
SKILLS:
1. Microscopic study of common lesions affecting oral tissues through microscopic slides & projection slides.
2. Study of the disease process by surgical specimens.
3. Study of teeth anomalies/polymorphisms through tooth specimens & plaster casts.
4. Microscopic study of plaque pathogens.
5. Study of haematological preparations (blood films) of anaemias & leukemias.
 55

6. Basic exercises in Forensic Odontology such as histological methods of age estimation and appearance of
teeth in injuries.
1. INTRODUCTION:
♦ A bird's eye view of the different pathological processes involving the oral cavity & oral cavity involvement
in systemic diseases to be brought out. Interrelationship between General Medicine & General Surgery & Oral
pathology to be emphasized.
2. Developmental disturbances of teeth, jaws and soft tissues of oral & paraoral region :
♦ Introduction to developmental disturbances - Hereditary, Familial mutation, Hormonal etc. causes to be
highlighted.
♦ Developmental disturbances of teeth - Etiopathogenesis, clinical features, radiological features &
histopathological features as appropriate :-
The size, shape, number, structure & eruption of teeth & clinical significance of the anomalies to be
emphasized.
♦ Forensic Odontology.
♦ Developmental disturbances of jaws - size & shape of the jaws.
♦ Developmental disturbances of oral & paraoral soft tissues - lip & palate - clefts, tongue, gingiva, mouth,
salivary glands & face.
3. Dental Caries :
♦ Etiopathogenesis, microbiology, clinical features, diagnosis, histopathology, immunology, prevention of
dental caries & its sequelae.
4. Pulp & Periapical Pathology & Osteomyelitis.
♦ Etiopathogenesis & interrelationship, clinical features, microbiology, histopathology & radiological
features (as appropriate) of pulp & periapical lesions & osteomyelitis.
♦ Sequelae of periapical abscess - summary of space infections, systemic complications & significance.
5. Periodontal Diseases :
♦ Etiopathogenesis, microbiology, clinical features, histopathology & radiological features (as appropriate) of
gingivitis, gingival enlargements & periodontitis. Basic immunological mechanisms of periodontal disease to be
highlighted.
6. Microbial infections of oral soft tissues :
♦ Microbiology, defence mechanisms including immunological aspects, oral manifestations,
histopathogy and laboratory diagnosis of common bacterial, viral & fungal infections namely :- Bacterial :
Tuberculosis, Syphilis, ANUG & its complications - Cancrum Oris.
Viral : Herpes Simplex, Varicella zoster, Measles, Mumps & HIV infection.
Fungal : Candidal infection. Apthous Ulcers.
7. Common non- inflammatory diseases involving the jaws :
♦ Etiopathogenesis, clinical features, radiological & laboratory values in diagnosis of :
Fibrous dysplasia, Cherubism, Osteogenesis Imperfecta, Paget's disease, Cleidocranial dysplasia,
Rickets, Achondroplasia, Marfan's syndrome & Down's syndrome.
8. Diseases of TM Joint :
♦ Ankylosis, summary of different types of arthritis & other developmental malformations, traumatic
injuries & myofascial pain dysfunction syndrome.
9. Cysts of the Oral & Paraoral region :
♦ Classification, etiopathogenesis, clinical features, histopathology, laboratory & radiological features (as
appropriate) of Odontogenic cysts, Non-Odontogenic cysts, Pseudocysts of jaws & soft tissue cysts of oral
& paraoral region.
10. Tumours of the Oral Cavity :
♦ Classification of Odontogenic, Non-Odontogenic & Salivary Gland Tumours. Etiopathogenesis, clinical
features, histopathology, radiological features & laboratory diagnosis (as appropriate) of the following
common tumours :-
a) Odontogenic - all lesions.
b) Non-odontogenic
- Benign Epithelial - Papilloma, Keratoacanthoma & Naevi.
- Benign Mesenchymal - Fibroma, Aggressive fibrous lesions, Lipoma,
Haemangioma,Lymphangioma, Neurofibroma,
Schwannoma, Chondroma, Osteoma & Tori.
- Malignant Epithelial - Basal Cell Carcinoma, Verrucous Carcinoma,
Squamous Cell carcinoma &
Malignant Melanoma.
- Malignant Mesenchymal - Fibrosarcoma, Osteosarcoma, Giant cell
tumour, Chondrosarcoma, Angiosarcoma,
Kaposi's sarcoma, Lymphomas , Ewing’s sarcoma &
Other Reticuloendothelial tumours.
c) Salivary Gland
- Benign Epithelial neoplasms - Pleomorphic Adenoma, Warthin's tumour,
& Oncocytoma.
- Malignant Epithelial neoplasms - Adenoid Cystic Carcinoma,
Mucoepidermoid Carcinoma,
Acinic Cell Carcinoma & Adenocarcinomas.
 56

d) Tumours of Disputed Origin - Congenital Epulis & Granular Cell Myoblastoma.

e) Metastatic tumours - Tumors metastasizing to & from oral cavity & the routes
of metastasis.
11. Traumatic, Reactive & Regressive lesions of Oral Cavity :
♦ Pyogenic & Giant cell granuloma, exostoses Fibrous Hyperplasia, Traumatic Ulcer & Traumatic
Neuroma.
♦ Attrition, Abrasion, Erosion, Bruxism, Hypercementosis, Dentinal changes, Pulp calcifications &
Resorption of teeth.
♦ Radiation effects of oral cavity, summary of Physical & Chemical injuries including allergic reactions of
the oral cavity.
♦ Healing of Oral wounds & complications - Dry socket.
12. Non neoplastic Salivary Gland Diseases :
♦ Sialolithiasis, Sialosis, Sialadenitis, Xerostomia & Ptyalism.
13. Systemic Diseases involving Oral cavity :
♦ Brief review & oral manifestations, diagnosis & significance of common Blood, Nutritional, Hormonal &
Metabolic diseases of Oral cavity.
14. Mucocutaneous Lesions :
♦ Etiopathogenesis, clinical features & histopathology of the following common lesions.
Lichen Planus, Lupus Erythematosus, Pemphigus & Pemphigoid lesions, Erythema Multiforme, Psoriasis,
Scleroderma, Ectodermal Dysplasia, Epidermolysis bullosa & White sponge nevus..
15. Diseases of the Nerves :
♦ Facial neuralgias - Trigeminal & Glossopharyngeal. VII nerve paralysis, Causalgia.
♦ Psychogenic facial pain & Burning mouth syndrome.
16. Pigmentation of Oral & Paraoral region & Discolouration of teeth :
♦ causes & clinical manifestations.
17. Diseases of Maxillary Sinus :
♦ Traumatic injuries to sinus, Sinusitis, Cysts & Tumours involving antrum.
18. a) ORAL PRECANCER – CANCER; Epidemiology, aetiology, clinical and histopatholotgical features,
TNM classification. Recent advances in diagnosis, management and prevention.
b) Biopsy : Types of biopsy, value of biopsy, cytology, histo chemistry & frozen sections in
diagnosis of oral diseases.
19. Principles of Basic Forensic Odontology (Pre-clinical Forensic Odontology):
♦ Introduction, definition, aims & scope.
♦ Sex and ethnic (racial) differences in tooth morphology and histological age estimation
♦ Determination of sex & blood groups from buccal mucosa / saliva.
♦ Dental DNA methods
♦ Bite marks, rugae patterns & lip prints.
♦ Dental importance of poisons and corrosives.
♦ Overview of forensic medicine and toxicology
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
1. A Text Book of Oral Pathology - Shafer, Hine & Levy.
2. Oral Pathology - Clinical Pathologic correlations - Regezi & Sciubba.
3. Oral Pathology - Soames & Southam.
4. Oral Pathology in the Tropics - Prabhu,Wilson,Johnson & Daftary
9. GENERAL MEDICINE
GUIDELINES:
Special emphasis should be given throughout on the importance of various diseases as applicable to
dentistry.
1. Special precautions/ contraindication of anaesthesia and various dental procedures in
different systemic diseases.
2. Oral manifestations of systemic diseases.
3. Medical emergencies in dental practice.
A dental student should be taught in such a manner he/she is able to record the arterial pulse, blood pressure
and be capable of suspecting by sight and superficial examination of the body – diseases of the heart, lungs,
kidneys, blood etc. He should be capable of handling medical emergencies encountered in dental practice.
THEORY SYLLABUS
CORE TOPICS COLLATERAL
(Must Know) TOPICS
1. Aims of medicine Definitions of signs, symptoms, (Desirable to Know)
diagnosis, differential diagnosis treatment & prognosis. 2.
Infections.
Enteric fever, AIDS, herpes simplex, herpes zoster, Infectious mononucleosis mumps, measles, rubella,
syphilis diphtheria. malaria.
 57

3. G.I.T. Diarrhea Dysentery

Stomatitis, gingival hyperplasia, dysphagia, acid peptic Amoebiasis
disease, jaundice, acute and chronic hepatitis, cirrhosis of Malabsorhtion
liver ascites.
4. CVS
Acute rheumatic fever rheumatic valvular heart disease,
hypertension, ischemic heart disease,
infective endocarditis, common arrhythmias, congenital
heart disease, congestive cardiac failure. Lung Abscess
5. RS Pleural effusion
Pneumonia, COPD, Pulmonary TB, Bronehial asthma Pneumothorax
Bronchiectasis
Lung cancers.

6. Hematology
Anemias, bleeding & clotting disorders, leukemias,
lymphomas, agranulocytosis, splenomegaly, oral
manifestations of hematologic disorders, generalized
Renal failure
Lymphadenopathy.
7. Renal System
Acute nephritis
Balanced diet
Nephrotic syndrome
PEM
8, Nutrition
Avitaminosis
Avitaminosis
- Meningitis
- Examination of comatose patient
9. CNS
- Examination of cranial nerves.
Facial palsy, facial pain including trigeminal neuralgia,
epilepsy, headache including migraine. Addison’s disease, Cushing’s syndrome.
10. Endocrines
Diabetes Mellitus Acromegaly, Hypothyroidism,
Ac
Thyrotoxicosis, Calcium metabolism and parathyroids. 11.
Critical care LVF
ARDS
Syncope, cardiac arrest, CPR, shock

CLINICAL TRAINING:
The student must be able to take history, do general physical examination (including build, nourishment,
pulse, BP, respiration, clubbing, cyanosis, jaundice, lymphadenopathy, oral cavity) and be able to examine
CVS, RS and abdomen and facial nerve.
10. GENERAL SURGERY
AIMS:
To acquaint the student with various diseases, which may require surgical expertise and to train the student to
analyze the history and be able to do a thorough physical examination of the patient. The diseases as related to
head and neck region are to be given due importance, at the same time other relevant surgical problems are
also to be addressed. At the end of one year of study the student should have a good theoretical knowledge of
various ailments, and be practically trained to differentiate benign and malignant diseases and be able to decide
which patient requires further evaluation.
1. HISTORY OF SURGERY:
The development of surgery as a speciality over the years, will give the students an opportunity to know
the contributions made by various scientists, teachers and investigators. It will also enable the student to
understand the relations of various specialities in the practice of modern surgery.
2. GENERAL PRINCIPLES OF SURGERY:
Introduction to various aspects of surgical principles as related to orodental diseases. Classification of
diseases in general. This will help the student to understand the various diseases, their relevance to
routine dental practice.
3. WOUNDS:
Their classification, wound healing, repair, treatment of wounds, medico-legal aspects of accidental
wounds and complications of wounds.
4. INFLAMMATION:
Of soft and hard tissues. Causes of inflammation, varieties, treatment and sequelae.
5. INFECTIONS:
Acute and chronic abscess skin infections, cellulitis, carbuncle, and erysepelas. Specific infections such
as tetanus, gangrene, syphilis, gonorrhoea, tuberculosis, Actinomycosis, Vincents angina, cancrum oris.
Pyaemia, toxaemia and septicaemia.
6. TRNSMISSABLE VIRAL INFECTIONS:
 58

HIV and Hepatitis B with special reference to their prevention and precautions to be taken in treating
patients in a carrier state.
7. SHOCK AND HAEMORRHAGE:
Classification, causes, clinical features and management of various types of shock. Syncope, Circulatory
collapse. Haemorrhage – different types, causes, clinical features and management. Blood groups, blood
transfusion, precautions and complications of blood and their products. Hemophilia’s, their transmission,
clinical features and management especially in relation to minor dental procedures.
8. TUMOURS, ULCERS, CYSTS, SINUS AND FISTULAE:
Classification, clinical examination and treatment principles in various types of benign and malignant
tumours, ulcers, cysts, sinus and fistulae.
9. DISEASES OF LYMPHATIC SYSTEM:
Especially those occurring in head and neck region. Special emphasis on identifying diseases such as
tubercular infection, lymphomas, leukaemias, metastatic lymph node diseases.
10. DISEASES OF THE ORAL CAVITY:
Infective and malignant diseases of the oral cavity and oropharynx including salivary glands with special
emphasis on preventive aspects of premalignant and malignant diseases of the oral cavity.
11. DISEASES OF LARYNX, NASOPHARYNX:
Infections and tumours affecting these sites. Indications, procedure and complications of tracheostmy.
12. NERVOUS SYSTEM:
Surgical problems associated with nervous system with special reference to the principles of peripheral nerve
injuries, their regeneration and principles of treatment. Detailed description of afflictions of facial nerve and
its management. Trigeminal neuralgia, its presentation and treatment.
13. FRACTURES:
General principles of fractures, clinical presentation and treatment with additional reference to newer
methods of fracture treatment. Special emphasis on fracture healing and rehabilitation.
14. PRINCIPLES OF OPERATIVE SURGERY:
Principles as applicable to minor surgical procedures including detailed description of asepsis,
antiseptics, sterilisation, principles of anaesthesia and principles of tissue replacement. Knowledge of
sutures, drains, diathermy, cryosurgery and use of Laser in surgery.
15. ANOMOLIES OF DEVELOPMENT OF FACE:
Surgical anatomy and development of face. Cleft lip and cleft palate—principles of management.
16. DISEASES OF THYROID AND PARATHYROID:
Surgical anatomy, pathogenesis, clinical features and management of dysfunction of thyroid and
parathyroid glands. Malignant diseases of the thyroid—classification, clinical features and management.
17. SWELLINGS OF THE JAW:
Differential diagnosis and management of different types of swellings of the jaw.
18. BIOPSY:
Different types of biopsies routinely used in surgical practice.
Skills to be developed by the end of teaching is to examine a routine swelling, ulcer and other related
diseases and to perform minor surgical procedures such as draining an abscess, taking a biopsy etc.
11. CONSERVATIVE DENTISTRY AND ENDODONTICS
OBJECTIVES:
A. Knowledge and understanding
B. Skills and
C. Attitudes
A). Knowledge and under standing:
The graduate should acquire the following knowledge during the period of training.
i. To diagnose and treat simple restorative work for teeth.
ii. To gain knowledge about aesthetic restorative material and to translate the same to patients needs.
iii. To gain the knowledge about endodontic treatment on the basis of scientific foundation.
iv. To carry out simple endodontic treatment.
v. To carry out simple luexation of tooth and its treatment and to provide emergency endodontic treatment.
 59

SKILLS:
He should attain following skills necessary for practice of dentistry
i) To use medium and high speed hand pieces to carry out restorative work.
ii) Poses the skills to use and familiarise endodontic instruments and materials needed for carrying out
simple endodontic treatment.
iii) To achieve the skills to translate patients esthetic needs along with function.
ATTITUDES:
i). Maintain a high standard of professional ethics and conduct and apply these in all aspects of professional
life.
ii). Willingness to participate in CDE programme to update the knowledge and professional skill from time
to time.
iii). To help and participate in the implementation of the national oral health policy.
iv). He should be able to motivate the patient for proper dental treatment at the same time proper
maintenance of oral hygiene should be emphasise which will help to maintain the restorative work and
prevent future damage.
INTRODUCTION :
Definition aims objectives of Conservative Dentistry scope and future of Conservative Dentistry.

1. Nomenclature Of Dentition:
Tooth numbering systems A.D.A. Zsigmondy Palmer and F.D.I. systems.
2. Principles Of Cavity Preparation :
Steps and nomenclature of cavity preparation classification of cavities, nomenclature of floors angles of
cavities.
3. Dental Caries :
Aetiology, classification clinical features, morphological features, microscopic features, clinical
diagnosis and sequel of dental caries.
4. Treatment Planning For Operative Dentistry:
Detailed clinical examination , radiographic examination, tooth vitality tests, diagnosis and treatment
planning, preparation of the case sheet.
5. Gnathological Concepts Of Restoration:
Physiology of occlusion, normal occlusion, Ideal occlusion, mandibular movements and occlusal analysis.
Occlusal rehabilitation and restoration.
6. Aramamentarium For Cavity Preparation:
General classification of operative instruments, Hand cutting instruments design formula and sharpening
of instruments. Rotary cutting instruments dental bur, mechanism of cutting, evaluation of hand
piece and speed current concepts of rotary cutting procedures. Sterilisation and maintenance of
instruments. Basic instrument tray set up.
7. Control of Operating Filed:
Light source sterilisation field of operation control of moisture, rubber dam in detail, cotton rolls and
anti sialogagues.
8. Amalgam Restoration :
Indication contraindication, physical and mechanical properties , clinical behaviour. Cavity preparation
for Class I , II, V and III. Step wise procedure for cavity preparation and restoration. Failure of amalgam
restoration.
9. Pulp Protection :
Liners, varnishes and bases, Zinc phosphate, zinc polycarboxylate, zinc oxide eugenol and glass inomer
cements.
10. Anterior Restorations :
Selection of cases, selection of material, step wise procedures for using restorations , silicate ( theory
only) glass inomers, composites, including sand witch restorations and bevels of the same with a note on
status of the dentine bonding agents.
11. Direct Filling Gold Restorations :
Types of direct filling gold indications and limitations of cohesive gold. Annealing of gold foil cavity
preparation and condensation of gold foils.
12. Preventive Measures In Restorative Practice :
Plaque Control, Pitand fissure sealants dietary measures restorative procedure and periodontal health.
Contact and contour of teeth and restorations matrices tooth separation and wedges.
13. Temporisation or Interim Restoration.
14. Pin Amalgam Restoration Indication Contra Indication :
Advantages disadvantages of each types of pin methods of placement use of auto matrix. Failure of pin
amalgam restoration.
15. Management Of Deep Carious Lesions Indirect And Direct Pulp Capping.
16. Non Carious Destruction’s Tooth Structures Diagnosis and Clinical Management
17. Hyper Sensitive Dentine And Its Management.
18. Cast Restorations
Indications, contra indications, advantages and disadvantages and materials used for same Class II and
Class I cavity preparation for inlays fabrication of wax pattern spurring inverting and casting procedures
& casting defects.
 60

19. Die Materials And Preparation Of Dies.

20. Gingival Tissue Management For Cast Restoration And Impression Procedures
21. Recent Cavity Modification Amalgam Restoration.
22. Differences between Amalgam And Inlay Cavity preparation with note on all the types of Bewels used for
Cast Restoration.
23. Control Of Pain During Operative Procedures.
24. Treatment Planning For Operative Dentistry Detailed Clinical Examination Radiographic Examination
25. Vitality Tests, Diagnosis And Treatment Planning And Preparation Of Case Sheet.
26. Applied Dental Materials.
1. Biological Considerations.
Evaluation, clinical application and adverse effects of the following materials. Dental cements,
Zinc oxide euginol cements zinc phosphate cements, polycarboxylates glass ionomer cements,
silicate cement calcium hydroxides varnishes.
2. Dental amalgam, technical considerations mercury toxicity mercury hygiene.
3. Composite, Dentine bonding agents, chemical and light curing composites
4. Rubber base Imp. Materials
5. Nobel metal alloys & non noble metal alloys
6. Investment and die materials
7. Inlay casting waxes
8. Dental porcelain
9. Aesthetic Dentistry
27. Endodontics: introduction definition scope and future of endodontics
28. Clinical diagnostic methods
29. Emergency endodontic procedures
30. Pulpal diseases causes, types and treatment .
31. Periapical diseases: acute periapical abscess, acute periodontal abscess phoeix abscess, chronic
alveolar abscess granuloma cysts condensing osteits, external resorption.
32. Vital pulp therapy: indirect and direct pulp capping pulpotomy different types and medicaments used.
33. Apexogenisis and apexification or problems of open apex.
34. Rationale of endodontic treatment case selection indication and contraindications for root canal treatments.
35. Principles of root canal treatment mouth preparation root canal instruments, hand instruments, power
driven instruments, standardisation color coding principle of using endodontic instruments. Sterilisation
of root canal instruments and materials rubber dam application.
36. Anatomy of the pulp cavity: root canals apical foramen. Anomalies of pulp cavities access cavity
preparation of anterior and premolar teeth.
37. Preparation of root canal space . Determination of working length, cleaning and shaping of
root canals, irrigating solution chemical aids to instrumentation.
38. Disinfection of root canal space intracanal medicaments, poly antibiotic paste ross mans paste, mummifying
agents. Out line of root canal treatment, bacteriological examinations, culture methods.
39. Problems during cleaning and shaping of root canal spaces. Perforation and its management. Broken
instruments and its management, management of single and double curved root canals.
40. Methods of cleaning and shaping like step back crown down and conventional methods.
41. Obturation of the root canal system. Requirements of an ideal root canal filling material
obturation methods using gutta percha healing after endodontic treatment. Failures in endodontics.
42. Root canal sealers. Ideal properties classification. Manipulation of root canal sealers.
43. post endodontic restoration fabrication and components of post core preparation.
44. smear layer and its importance in endodontics and conservative treatment.
45. discoloured teeth and its management. Bleaching agents, vital and non vital bleaching methods.
46. traumatised teeth classification of fractured teeth. Management of fractured tooth and root. Luxated teeth
and its management.
47. endodontic surgeries indication contraindications, pre operative preparation. Pre medication
surgical instruments and techniques apicectomy, retrograde filling, post operative sequale terphination
hemisection, radiscetomy techniques of tooth reimplantation (both intentional and accidental) endodontic
implants.
48. root resorption.
49. emergency endodontic procedures.
50. lasers in conservative endodontics (introduction only) practice management
51. professional association dentist act 1948 and its amendment 1993.
52. duties towards the govt. Like payments of professional tax, income tax.
53. financial management of practice
54. dental material and basic equipment management.
55. Ethics
 61

12. ORAL & MAXILLOFACIAL SURGERY

AIMS:
To produce a graduate who is competent in performing extraction of teeth under both local and general
anaesthesia, prevent and manage related complications, acquire a reasonable knowledge and understanding of
the various diseases, injuries, infections occurring in the Oral & Maxillofacial region and offer solutions to
such of those common conditions and has an exposure in to the in-patient management of maxillofacial
problems.
OBJECTIVES:
a) Knowledge & Understanding:
At the end of the course and the clinical training the graduate is expected to -
1. Able to apply the knowledge gained in the related medical subjects like pathology, microbiology and
general medicine in the management of patients with oral surgical problem.
2. Able to diagnose, manage and treat (understand the principles of treatment of) patients with oral surgical
problems.
3. Knowledge of range of surgical treatments.
4. Ability to decide the requirement of a patient to have oral surgical specialist opinion or treatment.
5. Understand the principles of in-patient management.
6. Understanding of the management of major oral surgical procedures and principles involved in patient
management.
7. Should know ethical issues and communication ability.
b) Skills:
1. A graduate should have acquired the skill to examine any patient with an oral surgical problem in an
orderly manner. Be able to understand requisition of various clinical and laboratory investigations and is
capable of formulating differential diagnosis.
2. Should be competent in the extraction of teeth under both local and general anaesthesia.
3. Should be able to carry out certain minor oral surgical procedures under L.A. like frenectomy, alveolar
procedures & biopsy etc.
4. Ability to assess, prevent and manage various complications during and after surgery.
5. Able to provide primary care and manage medical emergencies in the dental office.
6. Understanding of the management of major oral surgical problems and principles involved in inpatient
management.
DETAILED SYLLABUS
1. Introduction, definition, scope, aims and objectives.
2. Diagnosis in oral surgery:
(A) History taking
(B) Clinical examination
(C) Investigations.
3. Principles of infection control and cross-infection control with particular reference to HIV/AIDS and
Hepatitis.
4. Principles of Oral Surgery -
a) Asepsis: Definition, measures to prevent introduction of infection during surgery.
1. Preparation of the patient
2. Measures to be taken by operator
3. Sterilisation of instruments - various methods of sterilisation etc.
4. Surgery set up.
b) Painless Surgery:
1. Pre-anaesthetic considerations. Pre-medication: purpose, drugs used
2. Anaesthetic considerations -
a) Local b) Local with IV sedations
3. Use of general anaesthetic
c) Access:
Intra-oral: Mucoperiosteal flaps, principles, commonly used intra oral incisions.
Bone Removal: Methods of bone removal.
Use of Burs: Advantages & precautions
Bone cutting instruments: Principles of using chisel & osteotome.
Extra-oral: Skin incisions - principles, various extra-oral incision to expose facial skeleton.
a) Submandibular
b) Pre auricular
c) Incision to expose maxilla & orbit
d) Bicoronal incision
d) Control of haemorrhage during surgery
Normal Haemostasis
Local measures available to control bleeding
Hypotensive anaesthesia etc.
e) Drainage & Debridement
Purpose of drainage in surgical wounds
 62

Types of drains used

Debridement: purpose, soft tissue & bone debridement.
f) Closure of wounds
Suturing: Principles, suture material, classification, body response to various
materials etc.
g) Post operative care
Post operative instructions
Physiology of cold and heat
Control of pain - analgesics
Control of infection - antibiotics
Control of swelling - anti-inflammatory drugs Long
term post operative follow up - significance.
5. Exodontia: General considerations
Ideal Extraction.
Indications for extraction of teeth
Extractions in medically compromised patients.
Methods of extraction -
(a) Forceps or intra-alveolar or closed method.
Principles, types of movement, force etc.
(b) Trans-alveolar, surgical or open method, Indications, surgical procedure.
Dental elevators: uses, classification, principles in the use of elevators, commonly
used elevators.
Complications of Exodontia -
Complications during exodontia
Common to both maxilla and mandible.
Post-operative complications -
Prevention and management of complications.
6. Impacted teeth:
Incidence, definition, aetiology.
(a) Impacted mandibular third molar.
Classification, reasons for removal,
Assessment - both clinical & radiological
Surgical procedures for removal.
Complications during and after removal,
Prevention and management.
(b) Maxillary third molar,
Indications for removal, classification,
Surgical procedure for removal.
(c) Impacted maxillary canine
Reasons for canine impaction,
Localization, indications for removal,
Methods of management, labial and palatal approach,
Surgical exposure, transplantation, removal etc.
7. Pre-prosthetic Surgery:
Definition, classification of procedures
(a) Corrective procedures: Alveoloplasty,
Reduction of maxillary tuberosities,
Frenoctemies and removal of tori.
(b) Ridge extension or Sulcus extension procedures
Indications and various surgical procedures
(c) Ridge augmentation and reconstruction.
Indications, use of bone grafts, Hydroxyapatite
Implants - concept of osseo integration Knowledge
of various types of implants and surgical procedure
to place implants.
8. Diseases of the maxillary sinus Surgical
anatomy of the sinus. Sinusitis both
acute and chronic
Surgical approach of sinus - Caldwell-Luc procedure
Removal of root from the sinus.
Oro-antral fistula - aetiology, clinical features and various surgical
methods for closure.
9. Disorders of T.M. Joint
Applied surgical anatomy of the joint.
Dislocation - Types, aetiology, clinical features and management.
Ankylosis - Definition, aetiology, clinical features and management
Myo-facial pain dysfunction syndrome, aetiology, clinical features, management-
Non surgical and surgical.
 63

Internal derangement of the joint.

Arthritis of T.M. Joint.
10. Infections of the Oral cavity
Introduction, factors responsible for infection, course of odontogenic infections,
spread of odontogenic infections through various facial spaces. Dento-alveolar
abscess - aetiology, clinical features and management.
Osteomyelitis of the jaws - definition, aetiology, pre-disposing factors,
classification, clinical features and management.
Ludwigs angina - definition, aetiology, clinical features, management and
complications.
11. Benign cystic lesions of the jaws -
Definition, classification, pathogenesis.
Diagnosis - Clinical features, radiological, aspiration biopsy, use of contrast
media and histopathology.
Management - Types of surgical procedures, Rationale of the techniques,
indications, procedures, complications etc.
12. Tumours of the Oral cavity -
General considerations
Non odontogenetic benign tumours occuring in oral cavity - fibroma, papilloma,
lipoma, ossifying fibroma, mynoma etc.
Ameloblastoma - Clinical features, radiological appearance and methods of
management.
Carcinoma of the oral cavity -
Biopsy - types
TNM classification.
Outline of management of squamous
Cell carcinoma: surgery, radiation and chemotherapy
Role of dental surgeons in the prevention and early detection of oral cancer.
13. Fractures of the jaws -
General considerations, types of fractures, aetiology, clinical features and general principles of
management.
mandibular fractures - Applied anatomy, classification. Diagnosis -
Clinical and radiological
Management - Reduction closed and open
Fixation and immobilisation methods
Outline of rigid and semi-rigid internal fixation.
Fractures of the condyle - aetiology, classification, clinical features, principles of
management.
Fractures of the middle third of the face.
Definition of the mid face, applied surgical anatomy, classification, clinical
features and outline of management.
Alveolar fractures - methods of management
Fractures of the Zygomatic complex
Classification, clinical features, indications for treatment, various methods of
reduction and fixation.
Complications of fractures - delayed union, non-union and malunion.
14. Salivary gland diseases -
Diagnosis of salivary gland diseases’
Sialography, contrast media, procedure.
Infections of the salivary glands
Sialolithiasis - Sub mandibular duct and gland and parotid duct.
Clinical features, management.
Salivary fistulae
Common tumours of salivary glands like Pleomorphic adenoma including minor
salivary glands.
15. Jaw deformities -
Basic forms - Prognathism, Retrognathism and open bite.
Reasons for correction.
Outline of surgical methods carried out on mandible and maxilla.
16. Neurological disorders -
Trigeminal neuralgia - definition, aetiology, clinical features and methods of
management including surgical.
Facial paralysis - Aetiology, clinical features.
Nerve injuries - Classification, neurorhaphy etc.
17. Cleft Lip and Palate -
Aetiology of the clefts, incidence, classification, role of dental surgeon in the management of cleft
patients. Outline of the closure procedures.

18. Medical Emergencies in dental practice –

 64

Primary care of medical emergencies in dental practice particularly -

(a)Cardio vascular (b) Respiratory(c) Endocrine (d)Anaphylactic
reaction (e) Epilepsy (f) Epilepsy
19. Emergency drugs & Intra muscular I.V. Injections -
Applied anatomy, Ideal location for giving these injections, techniques etc.
20. Oral Implantology
21. Ethics

LOCAL ANAESTHESIA:
Introduction, concept of L.A., classification of local anaesthetic agents, ideal requirements, mode of action,
types of local anaesthesia, complications.
Use of Vaso constrictors in local anaesthetic solution -
Advantages, contra-indications, various vaso constrictors used.
Anaesthesia of the mandible -
Pterygomandibular space - boundaries, contents etc.
Interior Dental Nerve Block - various techniques
Complications
Mental foramen nerve block
Anaesthesia of Maxilla - Intra
- orbital nerve block.
Posterior superior alveolar nerve block
Maxillary nerve block - techniques.
GENERAL ANAESTHESIA –
Concept of general anaesthesia.
Indications of general anaesthesia in dentistry.
Pre-anaesthetic evaluation of the patient.
Pre-anaesthetic medication - advantages, drugs used.
Commonly used anaesthetic agents.
Complication during and after G.A.
I.V. sedation with Diazepam and Medozolam.
Indications, mode of action, technique etc.
Cardiopulmonary resuscitation
Use of oxygen and emergency drugs.
Tracheostomy.
RECOMMENDED BOOKS:
1. Impacted teeth; Alling John F & etal.
2. Principles of oral and maxillofacial surgery; Vol.1,2 & 3 Peterson LJ & etal.
3. Text book of oral and maxillofacial surgery; Srinivasan B.
4. Handbook of medical emergencies in the dental office, Malamed SF.
5. Killeys Fractures of the mandible; Banks P.
6. Killeys fractures of the middle 3rd of the facial skeleton; Banks P.
7. The maxillary sinus and its dental implications; McGovanda
8. Killey and Kays outline of oral surgery – Part-1; Seward GR & etal
9. Essentials of safe dentistry for the medically compromised patients; Mc Carthy FM
10. Oral & maxillofacial surgery, Vol 2; Laskin DM
11. Extraction of teeth;Howe, GL
12. Minor Oral Surgery; Howe.GL
13. Contemporary oral and maxillofacial surgery; Peterson I.J.& EA
14. Oral and maxillofacial infections; Topazian RG & Goldberg MH
13. ORAL MEDICINE AND RADIOLOGY
AIMS:
(1) To train the students to diagnose the common disorders of Orofacial region by clinical examination and with
the help of such investigations as may be required and medical management of oro-facial disorders with
drugs and physical agents.
(2) To train the students about the importance, role, use and techniques of radiographs/digital radiograph and
other imaging methods in diagnosis.
(3) The principles of the clinical and radiographic aspects of Forensic Odontology. The
syllabus in ORAL MEDICINE & RADIOLOGY is divided into two main parts.
(I) Diagnosis, Diagnostic methods and Oral Medicine (II) Oral Radiology. Again the part ONE is subdivided
into three sections. (A) Diagnostic methods (B) Diagnosis and differential diagnosis (C) Oral Medicine
& Therapeutics.
COURSE CONTENT
(1) Emphasis should be laid on oral manifestations of systemic diseases and ill-effects of oral sepsis on
general health.
(2) To avoid confusion regarding which lesion and to what extent the student should learn and know, this
elaborate syllabus is prepared. As certain lesions come under more than one group, there is repetition.
 65

Part-I ORAL MEDICINE AND DIAGNOSTIC AIDS

SECTION (A) – DIAGNOSTIC METHODS.
(1) Definition and importance of Diagnosis and various types of diagnosis
(2) Method of clinical examinations.
(a) General Physical examination by inspection.
(b) Oro-facial region by inspection, palpation and other means
(c) To train the students about the importance, role, use of saliva and techniques of diagnosis of saliva
as part of oral disease
(d) Examination of lesions like swellings, ulcers, erosions, sinus, fistula, growths, pigmented lesions,
white and red patches
(e) Examination of lymph nodes
(f) Forensic examination – Procedures for post-mortem dental examination; maintaining dental records and
their use in dental practice and post-mortem identification; jurisprudence and ethics.
(3) Investigations
(a) Biopsy and exfoliative cytology
(b) Hematological, Microbiological and other tests and investigations necessary for diagnosis and prognosis
SECTION (B) – DIAGNOSIS, DIFFERENTIAL DIAGNOSIS

While learning the following chapters, emphasis shall be given only on diagnostic aspects including
differential diagnosis
(1) Teeth: Developmental abnormalities, causes of destruction of teeth and their sequelae and
discoloration of teeth
(2) Diseases of bone and Osteodystrophies: Development disorders: Anomalies, Exostosis and tori,
infantile cortical hyperostosis, osteogenisis imperfecta, Marfans syndrome, osteopetrosis.
Inflamation – Injury, infection and sperad of infection,fascial space infections, osteoradionecrosis.
Metabolic disorders – Histiocytosis
Endocrine – Acro-megaly and hyperparathyroidism
Miscellaneous – Paget’s disease, Mono and polyostotic fibrous dysplasia, Cherubism.
(3) Temparomandibular joint: Developmental abnormalities of the condyle. Rheumatoid arthritis,
Osteoarthritis, Sub-luxation and luxation.
(4) Common cysts and Tumors:
CYSTS: Cysts of soft tissue: Mucocele and Ranula
Cysts of bone: Odontogenic and nonodontogenic.
TUMORS:
Soft Tissue:
Epithelial: Papilloma, Carcinoma, Melanoma
Connective tissue: Fibroma, Lipoma, Fibrosarcoma
Vascular: Haemangioma, Lymphangioma
Nerve Tissue: Neurofibroma, Traumatic Neuroma, Neurofibromatosis
Salivary Glands: Pleomorphic adenoma, Adenocarcinoma, Warthin’s Tumor, Adenoid cystic carcinoma.
Hard Tissue:
Non Odontogenic: Osteoma, Osteosarcoma, Osteoclastoma, Chondroma, Chandrosarcoma, Central giant
cell rumor, and Central haemangioma
Odontogenic: Enameloma, Ameloblastoma, Calcifying Epithelial Odontogenic tumor, Adenomatoid Odontogenic
tumor, Periapical cemental dysphasia and odontomas
(5) Periodontal diseases: Gingival hyperplasia, gingivitis, periodontitis, pyogenic granuloma
(6) Granulomatous diseases: Tuberculosis, Sarcoidosis, Midline lethal granuloma, Crohn’s Disease and
Histiocytosis X
(7) Miscellaneous Disorders: Burkitt lymphoma, sturge – Weber syndrome, CREST syndrome, rendu-
osler-weber disease
SECTION (C): ORAL MEDICINE AND THERAPEUTICS.
The following chapters shall be studied in detail including the eiology, pathogenesis, clinical features,
investigations, differential diagnosis, management and prevention
(1) Infections of oral and paraoral structures:
Bacterial: Streptococcal, tuberculosis, syphillis, vincents, leprosy, actinomycosis, diphtheria and tetanus
Fungal: Candida albicans
Virus: Herpes simplex, herpes zoster, ramsay hunt syndrome, measles, herpangina, mumps,
infectious mononucleosis, AIDS and hepatitis-B
(2) Important common mucosal lesions:
White lesions: Chemical burns, leukodema, leukoplakia, fordyce spots, stomatitis nicotina
palatinus, white sponge nevus, candidiasis, lichenplanus, discoid lupus erythematosis
Veiculo-bullous lesions: Herpes simplex, herpes zoster, herpangina, bullous lichen planus, pemphigus,
cicatricial pemphigoid erythema multiforme.
Ulcers: Acute and chronic ulcers
Pigmented lesions: Exogenous and endogenous
 66

Red lesions: Erythroplakia, stomatitis venenata and medicamentosa, erosive lesions and denture sore
mouth.
(3) Cervico-facial lymphadenopathy
(4) Facial pain:
(i) Organic pain: Pain arising from the diseases of orofacial tissues like teeth, pulp, gingival, periodontal
tissue, mucosa, tongue, muscles, blood vessels, lymph tissue, bone, paranasal sinus, salivary
glands etc.,
(ii) Pain arising due to C.N.S. diseases:
(a) Pain due to intracranial and extracranial involvement of cranial nerves. (Multiple sclerosis,
cerebrovascular diseases, trotter’s syndrome etc.)
(b) Neuralgic pain due to unknown causes: Trigeminal neuralgia, glossopharyngeal neuralgia,
sphenopalatine ganglion neuralgia, periodic migrainous neuralgia and atypical facial pain
(iii) Referred pain: Pain arising from distant tissues like heart, spine etc.,
(5) Altered sensations: Cacogeusia, halitosis
(6) Tongue in local and systemic disorders: (Aglossia, ankyloglossia, bifid tongue, fissured tongue, scrotal
tongue, macroglossia, microglossia, geographic tongue, median rhomboid glossitis, depapillation of
tongue, hairy tongue, atrophic tongue, reactive lymphoid hyperplasia, glossodynia, glossopyrosis, ulcers,
white and red patches etc.)
(7) Oral manifestations of:
(i) Metabolic disordeers:
(a) Porphyria
(b) Haemochromatosis
(c) Histocytosis X diseases
(ii) Endocrine disorders:
(a) Pituitary: Gigantism, acromegaly, hypopitutarism
(b) Adrenal cortex: Addison’s disease (Hypofuntion)
Cushing’s syndrome (Hyperfunction)
(c) Parathyroid glands: Hyperparathyroidism.
(d) Thyroid gland: (Hypothyroidism) Cretinism, myxedema
(e) Pancreas: Diabetes
(iii) Nutritional deficiency: Vitamins: riboflavin, nicotinic acid, folic acid Vitamin
B12, Vitamin C (Scurvy)
(iv) Blood disorders:
(a) Red blood cell diseases
Defficiency anemias: (Iron deficiency, plummer – vinson syndrome, pernicious anemia)
Haemolytic anemias: (Thalassemia, sickle cell anemia, erythroblastosis fetalis) Aplastic
anemia
Polycythemia
(b) White Blood cell diseases
Neutropenia, cyclic neutropenia, agranulocytosis, infectious mononeucleosis and leukemias
(c) Haemorrhagic disorders:
Thrombocytopenia, purpura, hemophillia, chrismas disease and von willebrand’s disease
(8) Disease of salivary glands:
(i) Development distrubances: Aplasia, atresia and aberration
(ii) Functional disturbances:Xerostomia, ptyalism
(iii) Inflammatory conditions: Nonspecific sialadenitis, mumps, sarcoidosis heerdfort’s syndrome
(Uveoparotid fever), Necrotising sialometaplasia
(iv) Cysts and tumors: Mucocele, ranula, pleomorphic adenoma, mucoepidermoid carcinoma
(v) Miscellaneous: Sialolithiasis, sjogren’s syndrome, mikuliez’s disease and sialosis
(9) Dermatological diseases with oral manifestations:
(a) Ectodermal dysplasia (b) Hyperkerotosis palmarplantaris with periodont0opathy (c)
Scleroderma (d) Lichen planus including ginspan’s syndrome (e) Luplus erythematosus (f)
Pemphigus (g) Erythema multiforme (h) Psoriasis
(10)Immunological diseases with oral manifestations
(a) Leukemia (b) Lymphomas (c) Multiple mycloma (d) AIDS clinical manifestations, opportunistic
infections, neoplasms (e) Thrombcytopenia (f) Lupus erythematosus (g) Scleroderma
(h) dermatomyositis (I) Submucous fibrosis (j) Rhemtoid arthritis (k) Recurrent oral ulcerations including
behcet’s syndrome and reiter’s syndrome
(11) Allergy: Local allergic reactions, anaphylaxis, serum sickness (local and systemic allergic manifestations
to food drugs and chemicals)
(12) Foci of oral infection and their ill effects on general health
(13)Management of dental problems in medically comrpomised persons:
(i) Physiological changes: Puberty, pregnancy and menopause
(ii) The patients suffering with cardiac, respiratory, liver, kidney and bleeding disorders, hypertension,
diabetes and AIDS. Post-irradiated patients.
(14) Precancerous lesions and conditions
(15)Nerve and muscle diseases:
 67

(i) Nerves: (a) Neuropraxia (b) Neurotemesis (c) Neuritis (d) Facial nerve paralysis including Bell’s
palsy, Heerfordt’s syndrome, Melkerson Rosenthel syndrome and ramsay hunt syndrome (e)
Neuroma (f) Neurofibromatosis (g) Frey’syndrome
(ii) Muscles: (a) Myositis ossificans (b) Myofascial pain dysfunction syndrome (c) Trismus
(16)Forensic odontology:
(a) Medicolegal aspects of orofacial injuries
(b) Identification of bite marks
(c) Determination of age and sex
(d) Identification of cadavers by dental appliances, Restorations and tissue remanants (17)Therapeutics:
General therapeutic measures – drugs commonly used in oral medicine viz.,
antibiotics, chemotherapeutic agents, anti-inflammatory and analgesic drugs, astringents, mouth washes,
styptics, demelucents, local surface anaesthetic, sialogogues, antisialogogues and drugs used in the
treatment of malignancy
Part – II BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCES AND ETHICS.
Part – III ORAL RADIOLOGY
(1) Scope of the subject and history of origin
(2) Physics of radiation: (a) Nature and types of radiations (b) Source of radiations (c) Production of X- rays (d)
Properties of X-rays (e) Compton effect (f) Photoelectric effect (g) Radiation measuring units
(3) Biological effects of radiation
(4) Radiation safety and protection measures
(5) Principles of image production
(6) Radiographic techniques:
(i) Intra-Oral: (a) Periapical radiographs (Bisecting and parallel technics) (b) Bite wing radiographs
(c) Occlusal radiographs
(ii) Extra-oral: (a) Lateral projections of skull and jaw bones and paranasal sinuses (c) Cephalograms (d)
Orthopantomograph (e) Projections of temperomandibular joint and condyle of mandible (f)
Projections for Zygomatic arches
(iii) Specialised techniques: (a) Sialography (b) Xeroradiography (c) Tomography
(7) Factors in production of good radiographs:
(a) K.V.P. and mA.of X-ray machine (b) Filters (c) Collimations (d) Intensifying screens (e) Grids
(f) X-ray films (g) Exposure time (h) Techniques (i) Dark room (j) Developer and fixer solutions (k) Film
processing
(8) Radiographic normal anatomical landmarks
(9) Faculty radiographs and artefacts in radiographs
(10) Interpretation of radiographs in various abnormalities of teeth, bones and other orofacial tissues
(11) Principles of radiotherapy of oro-facial malignancies and complications of radiotherapy
(12) Cantrast radiography and basic knowledge of radio-active isotopes
(13) Radiography in Forensic Odontoloy - Radiographic age estimation and post-mortem radiographic methods
PRACTICALS / CLINICALS:
1. Student is trained to arrive at proper diagnosis by following a scientific and systematic proceedure of
history taking and examination of the orofacial region. Training is also imparted in management
wherever possible. Training also shall be imparted on saliva diagnostic procedures. Training also shall be
imparted in various radiographic proceedures and interpretation of radiographs.
2. In view of the above each student shall maintain a record of work done, which shall be evaluated for
marks at the time of university examination
3. The following is the minimum of prescribed work for recording
(a) Recording of detailed case histories of interesting cases .................... 10
(b) Intra-oral radiographs (Periapical, bitewing, occlusal)........................ 25
(c) Saliva diagnostic check as routine procedure
BOOKS RECOMMENDED:
a) Oral Diagnosis, Oral Medicine & Oral Pathology
1. Burkit – Oral Medicine – J.B. Lippincott Company
2. Coleman – Principles of Oral Diagnosis – Mosby Year Book
3. Jones – Oral Manifestations of Systemic Diseases – W.B. Saunders company
4. Mitchell – Oral Diagnosis & Oral Medicine
5. Kerr – Oral Diagnosis
6. Miller – Oral Diagnosis & Treatment
7. Hutchinson – clinical Methods
8. Oral Pathology – Shafers
9. Sonis.S.T., Fazio.R.C. and Fang.L - Principles and practice of Oral Medicine
b) Oral Radiology
1. White & Goaz – Oral Radiology – Mosby year Book
2. Weahrman – Dental Radiology – C.V. Mosby Company
3. Stafne – Oral Roentgenographic Diagnosis – W.B.Saunders Co.,
 68

c) Forensic Odontology
1. Derek H.Clark – Practical Forensic Odontology - Butterworth-Heinemann (1992)
2. C Michael Bowers, Gary Bell – Manual of Forensic Odontology - Forensic Pr (1995)
14. ORTHODONTICS & DENTAL ORTHOPAEDICS
COURSE OBJECTIVE:
Undergraduate programme in Orthodontics is designed to enable the qualifying dental surgeon to diagnose,
analyse and treat common orthodontic problems by preventive, interceptive and corrective orthodontic procedures.
The following basic instructional procedures will be adapted to achieve the above objectives.
1. Introduction, Definition, Historical Background, Aims And Objectives Of Orthodontics And Need
For Orthodontics Care.
2. Growth And Development: In General
a. Definition
b. Growth spurts and Differential growth
c. Factors influencing growth and Development
d. Methods of measuring growth
e. Growth theories (Genetic, Sicher's, Scott's, Moss's,Petrovics, Multifactorial)
f. Genetic and epigenetic factors in growth
g. Cephalocaudal gradient in growth.
3. Morphologic Development Of Craniofacial Structures
a. Methods of bone growth
b. Prenatal growth of craniofacial structures
c. Postnatal growth and development of: cranial base, maxilla, mandible, dental
arches and occlusion.
4. Functional Development Of Dental Arches And Occlusioin
a. Factors influencing functional development of dental arches and occlusion.
b. Forces of occlusion
c. Wolfe's law of transformation of bone
d. Trajectories of forces
5. Clinical Application Of Growth And Development
6. Malocclusion - In General
a. Concept of normal occlusion
b. Definition of malocclusion
c. Description of different types of dental, skeletal and functional malocclusion.
7. Classification of Malocclusion
Principle, description, advantages and disadvantages of classification of malocclusion by Angle's, Simon's,
Lischer's and Ackerman and Proffitt's.
8. Normal And Abnormal Function Of Stomatognathic System
9. Etiology Of Malocclusion
a. Definition, importance, classification, local and general etiological factors.
b. Etiology of following different types of malocclusion:
1) Midline diastema
2) Spacing
3) Crowding
4) Cross-Bite: Anterior/Posterior
5) Class III Malocclusion
6) Class II Malocclusion
7) Deep Bite
8) Open bite
10. Diagnosis And Diagnostic Aids
a. Definition, Importance and classification of diagnostic aids
b. Importance of case history and clinical examination in orthodontics
c. Study Models: - Importance and uses - Preparation and preservation of study models
d. Importance of intraoral X-rays in orthodontics
e. Panoramic radiographs: - Principles, Advantages, disad vantages and uses
f. Cephalometrics: Its advantages, disadvantages
1. Definition
2. Description and use of cephalostat
3. Description and uses of anatomical landmarks lines and angles used in cephalometric analysis
4. Analysis- Steiner's, Down's, Tweed's, Ricket's-E- line
g. Electromyography and its uses in orthodontics
h. Wrist X-rays and its importance in othodontics
11. General Principles In Orthodontic Treatment Planning Of Dental And Skeletal Malocclusions
12. Anchorage In Orthodontics - Definition, Classification, Types and Stability Of Anchorage
13. Biomechanical Principles In Orthodontic Tooth Movement
a. Different types of tooth movements
b. Tissue response to orthodontic force application
 69

c. Age factor in orthodontic tooth movement

14. Preventive Orthodontics
a. Definition
b. Different procedures undertaken in preventive orthodontics and their limitations.
15. Interceptive Orthodontics
a. Definition
b. Different procedures undertaken in interceptive orthodontics
c. Serial extractions: Definition, indications, contra-indication, technique, advantages and
disadvantages.
d. Role of muscle exercises as an interceptive procedure
16. Corrective Orthodontics
a. Definition, factors to be considered during treatment planning.
b. Model analysis: Pont's, Ashley Howe's, Bolton, Careys, Moyer's Mixed Dentition Analysis
c. Methods of gaining space in the arch:- Indications, relative merits and demerits of proximal
stripping, arch expansion and extractions
d. Extractions in Orthdodontics - indications and selection of teeth for extraction.
17. Orthodontic Appliances: General
a. Requisites for orthodontic appliances
b. Classification, indications of Removable and Functional Appliances
c. Methods of force application
d. Materials used in construction of various orthodontic appliances - uses of stainless steel,
technical considerations in curing of acrylic, Principles of welding and soldering, fluxes and
antifluxes.
e. Preliminary knowledge of acid etching and direct bonding.
18. Ethics
REMOVABLE ORTHODONTIC APPLIANCES
1) Components of removable appliances
2) Different types of clasps and their uses
3) Different types of labial bows and their uses
4) Different types of springs and their uses
5) Expansion appliances in orthodontics:
i) Principles
ii) Indications for arch expansion
iii) Description of expansion appliances and different types of expansion devices and their uses.
iv) Rapid maxillary expansion
FIXED ORTHODONTIC APPLIANCES
1. Definition, Indications & Contraindications
2. Component parts and their uses
3. Basic principles of different techniques: Edgewise, Begg's, straight wire.
EXTRAORAL APPLIANCES
1. Headgears
2. chincup
3. reverse pull headgears
MYOFUNCTIONAL APPLIANCES
1. Definition and principles
2. Muscle exercises and their uses in orthodontics
3. Functional appliances:
i) Activator, Oral screens, Frankels function regulator,
bionator twin blocks, lip bumper
ii) Inclined planes - upper and lower
18. Orthodontic Management Of Cleft Lip And Palate
19. Principles Of Surgical Orthodontics
Brief knowledge of correction of:
a. Mandibular Prognathism and Retrognathism
b. Maxillary Prognathism and Retrognathism
c. Anterior open bite and deep bite
d. Cross bite
20. Principle, Differential Diagnosis & Methods Of Treatment Of:
1. Midline diastema
2. Cross bite
3. Open bite
4. Deep bite
5. Spacing
6. Crowding
7. Class II - Division 1, Division 2
8. Class III Malocclusion - True and Psuedo Class III
 70

21. Retention And Relapse

Definition, Need for retention, Causes of relapse, Methods of retention, Different types of retention
devices, Duration of retention, Theories of retention.
CLINICALS AND PRACTICALS IN
ORTHODONTICS PRACTICAL TRAINING
DURING II YEAR B.D.S.
I. Basic wire bending exercises Gauge 22 or 0.7mm
1. Straightening of wires (4 Nos.)
2. Bending of a equilateral triangle
3. Bending of a rectangle
4. Bending of a square
5. Bending of a circle
6. Bending of U.V.
II. Construction of Clasps (Both sides upper/lower) Gauge 22 or 0.7mm
1. 3/4 Clasp (C-Clasp)
2. Full Clasp (Jackson's Crib)
3. Adam's Clasp
4. Triangular Clasp
III. Construction of Springs (on upper both sides) Gauge 24 or 0.5mm
1. Finger Spring
2. Single Cantelever Spring
3. Double Cantelever Spring (Z-Spring)
4. T-Springs on premolars
IV. Construction of Canine retractors Gauge 23 or 0.6mm
1. U - Loop canine retractor (Both
sides on upper & lower)
2. Helical canine retractor
(Both sides on upper & lower)
3. Buccal canine retractor:
- Self supported buccal canine retractor with
a) Sleeve - 5mm wire or 24 gauge
b) Sleeve - 19 gauge needle on any one side.
4. Palatal canine retractor on upper both sides
Gauge 23 or 0.6mm
V. Labial Bow
Gauge 22 or 0.7mm
One on both upper and lower
CLINICAL TRAINING DURING III YEAR
B.D.S. NO. EXERCISE
01. Making upper Alginate impression
02. Making lower Alginate impression
03. Study Model preparation
04. Model Analysis
a. Pont's Analysis
b. Ashley Howe's Analysis
c. Carey's Analysis
d. Bolton's Analysis
e. Moyer's Mixed Dentition Analysis
CLINICAL TRAINING DURING FINAL YEAR
B.D.S. NO. EXERCISE
01. Case History taking
02. Case discussion
03. Discussion on the given topic
04. Cephalometric tracings
a. Down's Analysis
b. Steiner's Analysis
c. Tweed's Analysis
PRACTICAL TRAINING DURING FINAL YEAR B.D.S.
1. Adam's Clasp on Anterior teeth Gauge 0.7mm
2. Modified Adam's Clasp on upper arch Gauge 0.7mm
3. High Labial bow with Apron spring on upper arch
(Gauge of Labial bow - 0.9mm, Apron spring - 0.3mm)
4. Coffin spring on upper arch Gauge 1mm
Appliance Construction in Acrylic
1. Upper & Lower Hawley's Appliance
2. Upper Hawley's with Anterior bite plane
3. Upper Habit breaking Appliance
 71

4. Upper Hawley's with Posterior bite plane with `Z' Spring

5. Construction of Activator
6. Lower inclined plane/Catalan's Appliance
7. Upper Expansion plate with Expansion Screw
RECOMMENDED AND REFERENCE BOOKS
1. CONTEMPORARY ORTHODONTICS WILLIAM R. PROFFIT
2. ORTHODONTICS FOR DENTAL STUDENTS WHITE and GARDINER
3. HANDBOOK OF ORTHODONTICS MOYERS
4. ORTHODONTICS - PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE GRABER
5. DESIGN, CONSTRUCTION AND USE OF REMOVABLE
6. ORTHODONTIC APPLIANCES C. PHILIP ADAMS
7. CLINICAL ORTHODONTICS: VOL1 & 2 SALZMANN
15. PAEDIATRIC & PREVENTIVE DENTISTRY
THEORY:
1. INTRODUCTION TO PEDODONTICS & PREVENTIVE DENTISTRY.
- Definition, Scope, Objectives and Importance.
2. GROWTH & DEVELOPMENT:
- Importance of study of growth and development in Pedodontics.
- Prenatal and Postnatal factors in growth & development.
- Theories of growth & development.
- Development of maxilla and mandible and related age changes.
3. DEVELOPMENT OF OCCLUSION FROM BIRTH THROUGH ADOLESCENCE.
- Study of variations and abnormalities.
4. DENTAL ANATOMY AND HISTOLOGY:
- Development of teeth and associated structures.
- Eruption and shedding of teeth.
- Teething disorders and their management.
- Chronology of eruption of teeth.
- Differences between deciduous and permanent teeth.
- Development of dentition from birth to adolescence.
- Importance of first permanent molar.
5. DENTAL RADIOLOGY RELATED TO PEDODONTICS.
6. ORAL SURGICAL PROCEDURES IN CHILDREN.
- Indications and contraindications of extractions of primary and permanent teeth in children.
- Knowledge of Local and General Anesthesia.
- Minor surgical procedures in children.
7. DENTAL CARIES:
- Historical background.
- Definition, aetiology & pathogenesis.
- Caries pattern in primary, young permanent and permanent teeth in children.
- Rampant caries, early childhood caries and extensive caries:
* Definition, aetiology, Pathogenesis, Clinical features, Complications & Management
- Role of diet and nutrition in Dental Caries.
- Dietary modifications & Diet counseling.
- Caries activity, tests, caries prediction, caries susceptibility & their clinical application.
8. GINGIVAL & PERIODONTAL DISEASES IN CHILDREN.
- Normal gingiva & periodontium in children.
- Definition, aetiology & Pathogenesis.
- Prevention & Management of gingival & Periodontal diseases.
9. CHILD PSYCHOLOGY:
- Definition.
- Theories of child psychology.
- Psychological development of children with age.
- Principles of psychological growth & development while managing child patient.
- Dental fear and its management.
- Factors affecting child’s reaction to dental treatment.
10. BEHAVIOUR MANAGEMENT:
- Definitions.
- Types of behaviour encountered in the dental clinic.
- Non-pharmacological & pharmacological methods of Behaviour Management.
11. PEDIATRIC OPERATIVE DENTISTRY:
- Principles of Pediatric Operative Dentistry.
- Modifications required for cavity preparation in primary and young permanent teeth.
- Various Isolation Techniques.
- Restorations of decayed primary, young permanent and permanent teeth in children using various
restorative materials like Glass Ionomer, Composites & Silver Amalgam. Stainless steel,
Polycarbonate & Resin Crowns.
 72

12. PEDIATRIC ENDODONTICS

- Principles & Diagnosis.
- Classification of Pulpal Pathology in primary, young permanent & permanent teeth.
- Management of Pulpally involved primary, young permanent & permanent teeth.
• Pulp capping – direct & indirect.
• Pulpotomy
• Pulpectomy
• Apexogenesis
• Apexification
- Obturation Techniques & material used for primary, young permanent & Permanent teeth in
children.
13. TRAUMATIC INJURIES IN CHILDREN:
- Classifications & Importance.
- Sequelae & reaction of teeth to trauma.
- Management of Traumatized teeth.
14. PREVENTIVE & INTERCEPTIVE ORTHODONTICS:
- Definitions.
- Problems encountered during primary and mixed dentition phases & their management.
- Serial extractions.
- Space management.
15. ORAL HABITS IN CHILDREN:
- Definition, Aetiology & Classification.
- Clinical features of digit sucking, tongue thrusting, mouth breathing & various other secondary
habits.
- Management of oral habits in children.
16. DENTAL CARE OF CHILDREN WITH SPECIAL NEEDS:
- Definition, Aetiology, Classification, Behavioural and Clinical features & Management of
children with:
• Physically handicapping conditions.
• Mentally compromising conditions.
• Medically compromising conditions.
• Genetic disorders.
17. CONGENITAL ABNORMALITIES IN CHILDREN:
- Definition, Classification, Clinical features & Management.
18. DENTAL EMERGENCIES IN CHILDREN & THEIR MANAGEMENT.
19. DENTAL MATERIALS USED IN PEDIATRIC DENTISTRY.
20. PREVENTIVE DENTISTRY:
- Definition.
- Principles & Scope.
- Types of prevention.
- Different preventive measures used in Pediatric Dentistry including pit and fissure sealants and
caries vaccine.
21. DENTAL HEALTH EDUCATION & SCHOOL DENTAL HEALTH PROGRAMMES.
22. FLUORIDES:
- Historical background.
- Systemic & Topical fluorides.
- Mechanism of action.
- Toxicity & Management.
- Defluoridation techniques.
23. CASE HISTORY RECORDING:
- Outline of principles of examination, diagnosis & treatment planning.
24. SETTING UP OF PEDODONTIC CLINIC.
25. ETHICS.
B. PRACTICALS:
Following is the recommended clinical quota for under-graduate students in the subject of pediatric & preventive
dentistry.
1. Restorations – Class I & II only : 45
2. Preventive measures e.g. Oral Prophylaxis – 20.
3. Fluoride applications – 10
4. Extractions – 25
5. Case History Recording & Treatment Planning – 10
6. Education & motivation of the patients using disclosing agents. Educating patients about oral hygiene
measures like tooth brushing, flossing etc.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED & REFERENCE:
1. Pediatric Dentistry (Infancy through Adolescences) – Pinkham.
2. Kennedy’s Pediatric Operative Dentistry – Kennedy & Curzon.
3. Occlusal guidance in Pediatric Dentistry – Stephen H. Wei.
4. Clinical Use of Fluorides – Stephen H. Wei.
 73

5. Pediatric Oral & Maxillofacial Surgery – Kaban.

6. Pediatric Medical Emergencies – P. S. whatt.
7. Understanding of Dental Caries – Niki Foruk.
8. An Atlas of Glass Ionomer cements – G. J. Mount.
9. Clinical Pedodontics – Finn.
10. Textbook of Pediatric Dentistry – Braham Morris.
11. Primary Preventive Dentistry – Norman O. Harris.
12. Handbook of Clinical Pedodontics – Kenneth. D.
13. Preventive Dentistry – Forrester.
14. The Metabolism and Toxicity of Fluoride – Garry M. whitford.
15. Dentistry for the Child and Adolescence – Mc. Donald.
16. Pediatric Dentistry – Damle S. G.
17. Behaviour Management – Wright
18. Pediatric Dentistry – Mathewson.
19. Traumatic Injuries – andreason.
20. Occlusal guidance in Pediatric Dentistry – Nakata.
21. Pediatric Drug Therapy – Tomare
22. Contemporary Orhtodontics – Profitt..
23. Preventive Dentistry – Depaola.
24. Metabolism & Toxicity of Fluoride – whitford. G. M.
25. Endodontic Practice – Grossman.
26. Principles of Endodontics – Munford.
27. Endodontics – Ingle.
28. Pathways of Pulp – Cohen.
29. Management of Traumatized anterior Teeth – Hargreaves.

16. PUBLIC HEALTH DENTISTRY

GOAL:
To prevent and control oral diseases and promote oral health through organized community efforts
OBJECTIVES:
Knowledge:
At the conclusion of the course the student shall have a knowledge of the basis of public health, preventive
dentistry, public health problems in India, Nutrition, Environment and their role in health, basics of dental
statistics, epidemiological methods, National oral health policy with emphasis on oral health policy.
Skill and Attitude:
At the conclusion of the course the students shall have require at the skill of identifying health problems
affecting the society, conducting health surveys, conducting health education classes and deciding health
strategies. Students should develop a positive attitude towards the problems of the society and must take
responsibilities in providing health.
Communication abilities:
At the conclusions of the course the student should be able to communicate the needs of the
community efficiently, inform the society of all the recent methodologies in preventing oral disease
Syllabus:
1. Introduction to Dentistry: Definition of Dentistry, History of dentistry, Scope, aims and objectives of
Dentistry.
2. Public Health:
i. Health & Disease: - Concepts, Philosophy, Definition and Characteristics
ii. Public Health: - Definition & Concepts, History of public health
iii. General Epidemiology: - Definition, objectives, methods
iv. Environmental Health: - Concepts, principles, protection, sources, purification
environmental sanitation of water disposal of waste sanitation, then role in mass disorder
v. Health Education: - Definition, concepts, principles, methods, and health education aids
vi. Public Health Administration: - Priority, establishment, manpower, private practice management,
hospital management.
vii. Ethics and Jurisprudence: Professional liabilities, negligence, malpractice, consents, evidence,
contracts, and methods of identification in forensic dentistry.
viii. Nutrition in oral diseases
ix. Behavioral science: Definition of sociology, anthropology and psychology and their in dental practice
and community.
x. Health care delivery system: Center and state, oral health policy, primary health care, national
programmes, health organizations.
Dental Public Health:
1. Definition and difference between community and clinical health.
2. Epidemiology of dental diseases-dental caries, periodontal diseases, malocclusion, dental fluorosis
and oral cancer.
3. Survey procedures: Planning, implementation and evaluation, WHO oral health survey methods
1997, indices for dental diseases.
 74

4. Delivery of dental care: Dental auxiliaries, operational and non-operational, incremental and
comprehensive health care, school dental health.
5. Payments of dental care: Methods of payments and dental insurance, government plans
6. Preventive Dentistry- definition, Levels, role of individual , community and profession, fluorides
in dentistry, plaque control programmes.
Research Methodology and Dental Statistics
1. Health Information: - Basic knowledge of Computers, MS Office, Window 2000, Statistical
Programmes
2. Research Methodology: -Definition, types of research, designing a written protocol
3. Bio-Statistics: - Introduction, collection of data, presentation of data, Measures of Central
tendency, measures of dispersion, Tests of significance, Sampling and sampling techniques- types,
errors, bias, blind trails and calibration.
Practice Management
1. Place and locality
2. Premises & layout
3. Selection of equipments
4. Maintenance of records/accounts/audit.
Dentist Act 1948 with amendment.
Dental Council of India and State Dental Councils
Composition and responsibilities.
Indian Dental Association
Head Office, State, local and branches.

PRACTICALS/CLINICALS/FIELD PROGEAMME IN COMMUNITY DENTISTRY:

These exercises designed to help the student in IV year students:
1. Understand the community aspects of dentistry
2. To take up leadership role in solving community oral health programme
Exercises:
a) Collection of statistical data (demographic) on population in India, birth rates, morbidity and
mortality, literacy, per capita income
b) Incidence and prevalence of common oral diseases like dental caries, periodontal disease, oral
cancer, fluorosis at national and international levels
c) Preparation of oral health education material posters, models, slides, lectures, play acting skits etc.
d) Oral health status assessment of the community using indices and WHO basic oral health
survey methods
e) Exploring and planning setting of private dental clinics in rural, semi urban and urban locations,
availment of finances for dental practices-preparing project report.
f) Visit to primary health center-to acquaint with activities and primary health care delivery
g) Visit to water purification plant/public health laboratory/ center for treatment of western and
sewage water
h) Visit to schools-to assess the oral health status of school children, emergency treatment and
health education including possible preventive care at school (tooth brushing technique demonstration
and oral rinse programme etc.)
i) Visit to institution for the care of handicapped, physically, mentally, or medically compromised
patients
j) Preventive dentistry: in the department application of pit and fissure sealants, fluoride gel
application procedure, A. R. T., Comprehensive health for 5 pts at least 2 patients
The colleges are encouraged to involve in the N.S.S. programme for college students for carrying out social
work in rural areas
SUGGESTED INTERNSHIP PROGRAMME IN COMMUNITY DENTISTRY:
I. AT THE COLLEGE:
Students are posted to the department to get training in dental practice management.
(a) Total oral health care approach- in order to prepare the new graduates in their approach to diagnosis,
treatment planning, cost of treatment, prevention of treatment on schedule, recall maintenance of
records etc. at least 10 patients (both children and adults of all types posting for at least one month).
(b) The practice of chair side preventive dentistry including oral health education
II. AT THE COMMUNITY ORAL HEALTH CARE CENTRE (ADOPTED BY THE DENTAL
COLLEGE IN RURAL AREAS)
Graduates posted for at least on month to familiarize in:
(a) Survey methods, analysis and presentation of oral health assessment of school children and community
independently using WHO basic oral health survey methods.
(b) Participation in rural oral health education programmes
(c) Stay in the village to understand the problems and life in rural areas
III. DESIRABLE: Learning use of computers-at least basic programme.
Examination Pattern
I. Index: Case History
 75

b) Oral hygiene indices simplified- Green and Vermilion

c) Silness and Loe index for Plaque
d) Loe and Silness index for gingival
e) CPI
f) DMF: T and S, df:t and s
g) Deans fluoride index
II. Health Education
1. Make one - Audio visual aid
2. Make a health talk
III. Practical work
1. Pit and fissure sealant
2. Topical fluoride application
BOOKS RECOMMENDED & REFERENCE:
1. Dentistry Dental Practice and Community by David F. Striffler and Brain A. Burt, Edn. –1983, W.
B. Saunders Company
2. Principles of Dental Public Health by James Morse Dunning, IVth Edition, 1986, Harward University
Press.
3. Dental Public Health and Community Dentistry Ed by Anthony Jong Publication by The C. V.
Mosby Company 1981
4. Community Oral Health-A system approach by Patricia P. Cormier and Joyce I. Levy published by
Appleton-Century-Crofts/New York, 1981
5. Community Dentistry-A problem oriented approach by P. C. Dental Hand book series Vol.8 by Stephen
L. Silverman and Ames F. Tryon, Series editor-Alvin F. Gardner, PSG Publishing company Inc.
Littleton Massachuseltts, 1980.
6. Dental Public Health- An Introduction to Community Dentistry. Edition by Geoffrey L. Slack and Brain
Burt, Published by John Wrigth and sons Bristol, 1980
7. Oral Health Surveys- Basic Methods, 4th edition, 1997, published by W. H. O. Geneva available at the
regional office New Delhi.
8. Preventive Medicine and Hygiene-By Maxcy and Rosenau, published by Appleton Century Crofts, 1986.
9. Preventive Dentistry-by J. O. Forrest published by John Wright and sons Bristoli, 1980.
10. Preventive Dentistry by Murray, 1997.
11. Text Book of Preventive and Social Medicine by Park and park, 14th edition.
12. Community Dentistry by Dr. Soben Peter.
13. Introduction to Bio-statistics by B. K. Mahajan
14. Research methodology and Bio-statistics by
15. Introduction to Statistical Methods by Grewal

17. PERIODONTOLOGY
OBJECTIVES:
The student shall acquire the skill to perform dental scaling ,diagnostic tests of periodontal diseases; to use the
instruments for periodontal therapy and maintenance of the same.
The student shall develop attitude to impart the preventive measures namely, the prevention of periodontal
diseases and prevention of the progress of the disease. The student shall also develop an attitude to perform the
treatment with full aseptic precautions; shall develop an attitude to prevent iatrogenic diseases; to conserve the
tooth to the maximum possible time by maintaining periodontal health and to refer the patients who require
specialist’s care.
1. Introduction: Definition of Periodontology, Periodontics, Periodontia, Brief historical background, Scope
of Periodontics
2. Development of perio-dontal tissues, micro-structural anatomy and biology of periodontal tissues in
detail Gingiva. Junctional epithelium in detail, Epithelial-Mesenchymal interaction,Periodontal,
ligament Cementum, Alveolar bone.
3. Defensive mechanisms in the oral cavity: Role of-Epithelium,Gingival fluid, Saliva and other defensive
mechanisms in the oral environment.
4. Age changes in Age changes in teeth and periodontal structures and their 1
periodontal structures and association with periodontal diseases
their significance in
Geriatric dentistry
5. Classification of Need for classification, Scientific basis of classification 1
periodontal diseases Classification of gingival and periodontal diseases as described in
World Workshop1989
Gingivitis:
Plaque associated,ANUG,steroid hormone influenced, Medication
influenced, Desquamative gingivitis, other forms of gingivitis as in
nutritional deficiency, bacterial and viral infections etc.
 76

Periodontitis:
Adult periodontitis, Rapidly progressive periodontitis A&B, Juvenile
periodontitis(localized, generalized, and post-juvenile), Prepubertal
periodontitis,
Refractory periodontitis

6. Gingival diseases Localized and generalized gingivitis, Papillary, marginal and diffuse 6
gingivitis
Etiology, pathogenesis, clinical signs, symptoms and
management of
i) Plaque associated gingivitis
ii) Systemically aggravated gingivitis(sex hormones,
drugs and systemic diseases)
iii) ANUG
iv) Desquamative gingivitis-Gingivitis associated with
lichen planus, pemphigoid, pemphigus, and other
vesiculobullous lesions
v) Allergic gingivitis
vi) Infective gingivitis-Herpetic, bacterial and candidial
vii) Pericoronitis
viii) Gingival enlargement (classification and differential
7 Epidemiology of diagnosis)
periodontal diseases - Definition of index, incidence, 2
prevalence,epidemiology,endemic, epidemic, and pandemic
- Classification of indices(Irreversible and reversible)
- Deficiencies of earlier indices used in Periodontics
- Detailed understanding of Silness &Loe Plaque Index
,Loe&Silness Gingival Index, CPITN &CPI.
- Prevalence of periodontal diseases in India and other countries.
- Public health significance(All these topics are covered at length
under community dentistry. Hence, the topics may be discussed
briefly. However, questions may be asked from the topics for
8. Extension of examination
inflammation from Mechanism of spread of inflammation from gingival area to 1 deeper
gingiva periodontal structures
Factors that modify the spread
9. Pocket Definition, signs and symptoms, classification, pathogenesis, 2
histopathology, root surface changes and contents of the pocket
10. Etiology - Dental Plaque (Biofilm) 5
- Definition, New concept of biofilm
- Types, composition, bacterial colonization,
growth,maturation &disclosing agents
- Role of dental plaque in periodontal diseases
- Plaque microorganisms in detail and bacteria associated with
periodontal diseases
- Plaque retentive factors
- Materia alba
- Food debris
- Calculus
- Definition
- Types, composition, attachment, theories of formation
- Role of calculus in disease
Food Impaction
- Definition
- Types, Etiology
- Hirschfelds’ classification
- Signs ,symptoms &sequelae of treatment
Trauma from occlusion
- Definition, Types
- Histopathological changes
- Role in periodontal disease
- Measures of management in brief
Habits
- Their periodontal significance
- Bruxism &parafunctional habits, tongue thrusting ,lip biting,
occupational habits
IATROGENIC FACTORS
 77

Conservative Dentistry
- Restorations
- Contact point, marginal ridge, surface roughness, overhanging
restorations, interface between restoration and teeth
Prosthodontics
- Interrelationship
- Bridges and other prosthesis, pontics(types) ,surface contour,
relationships of margins to the periodontium, Gingival
protection theory, muscle action theory& theory of access to
oral hygiene.
Orthodontics
- Interrelationship, removable appliances &fixed appliances
- Retention of plaque, bacterial changes
Systemic diseases
- Diabetes, sex hormones, nutrition(Vit.C &proteins)
- AIDS & periodontium
- Hemorrhagic diseases, Leukemia, clotting factor
disorders,PMN disorders
11. Risk factors Definition. Risk factors for periodontal diseases 1
12. Host response - Mechanism of initiation and progression of periodontal 3
diseases
- Basic concepts about cells, Mast cells, neutrophils,
macrophages, lymphocytes, immunoglobulins, complement
system, immune mechanisms & cytokines in brief
- Stages in gingivitis-Initial, early, established & advanced
- Periodontal disease activity, continuous paradigm, random
burst & asynchronous multiple burst hypothesis
13. Periodontitis - Etiology ,histopathology, clinical signs & symptoms, 6
diagnosis and treatment of adult periodontitis
- Periodontal abscess; definition, classification,
pathogenesis, differential diagnosis and treatment
- Furcation involvement, Glickmans’ classification,
prognosis and management
- Rapidly progressive periodontitis
- Juvenile periodontitis: Localized and generalized
- Post-juvenile periodontitis
- Periodontitis associated with systemic diseases
- Refractory periodontitis
14. Diagnosis - Routine procedures, methods of probing, types of 2
probes,(According to case history)
- Halitosis: Etiology and treatment. Mention advanced
diagnostic aids and their role in brief.
15. Prognosis - Definition, types, purpose and factors to be taken into 1
consideration
16. Treatment plan - Factors to be considered 1
17. Periodontal therapy A. General principles of periodontal therapy. Phase I,II, III, IV
therapy. 3
Definition of periodontal regeneration, repair, new
attachment and reattachment.
B. Plaque control
i. Mechanical tooth brushes, interdental cleaning aids,
dentifrices
ii. Chemical; classification and mechanism of action of each &
18. Pocket eradication pocket irrigation
procedures - Scaling and root planing: 5
- Indications
- Aims & objectives
- Healing following root planning
- Hand instruments, sonic, ultrasonic &piezo-electric scalers
- Curettage &present concepts
- Definition
- Indications
- Aims &objectives
- Procedures & healing response
- Flap surgery
- Definition
- Types of flaps, Design of
flaps, papilla preservation
 78

- Indications &
contraindications
- Armamentarium
- Surgical procedure & healing
response
9. Osseous Surgery Osseous defects in periodontal disease 2
- Definition
- Classification
- Surgery: resective, additive osseous surgery
(osseous grafts with classification of grafts)
- Healing responses
- Other regenerative procedures; root conditioning
- Guided tissue regeneration
20. Mucogingival surgery Definition 3
&periodontal plastic Mucogingival problems: etiology, classification of gingival recession
surgeries (P.D.Miller Jr. and Sullivan and Atkins)
Indications & objectives
Gingival extension procedures: lateral pedicle graft,
frenectomy, frenotomy
Crown lengthening procedures Periodontal
microsurgery in brief
21. Splints - Periodontal splints 1
- Purpose & classification
- Principles of splinting
22. Hypersensitivity Causes, Theories & management 1
23. Implants Definition, types, scope &biomaterials used. 1
Periodontal considerations: such as implant-bone interface,
implant-gingiva interface, implant failure, peri-implantitis &
management
24. Maintenance phase - Aims, objectives, and principles 1
(SPT) - Importance
- Procedures
- Maintenance of implants
25. Pharmaco-therapy - Periodontal dressings 2
- Antibiotics & anti-inflammatory drugs
- Local drug delivery systems
26. Periodontal management of Topics concerning periodontal management of medically 1
medically compromised compromised patients
patients
27. Inter-disciplinary care - Pulpo-periodontal involvement 1
- Routes of spread of infection
- Simons’ classification
- Management
28. Systemic effects of Cardiovascular diseases, Low birth weight babies etc. 1
periodontal diseases in
brief
29. Infection control protocol Sterilization and various aseptic procedures 1
30. Ethics

TUTORIALS DURING CLINICAL POSTING;

1. Infection control
2. Periodontal instruments
3. Chair position and principles of instrumentation
4. Maintenance of instruments (sharpening)
5. Ultrasonic, Piezoelectric and sonic scaling – demonstration of technique
6. Diagnosis of periodontal disease and determination of prognosis
7. Radiographic interpretation and lab investigations
8. Motivation of patients- oral hygiene instructions
Students should be able to record a detailed periodontal case history, determine diagnosis, prognosis
and plan treatment. Student should perform scaling, root planning local drug delivery and SPT. Shall be given
demonstration of all periodontal surgical procedures.
DEMONSTRATIONS:
1. History taking and clinical examination of the patients
2. Recording different indices
3. Methods of using various scaling and surgical instruments
4. Polishing the teeth
5. Bacterial smear taking
6. Demonstration to patients about different oral hygiene aids
 79

7. Surgical procedures- gingivectomy, gingivoplasty, and flap operations

8. Follow up procedures, post operative care and supervision
REQUIREMENTS:
1. Diagnosis, treatment planning and discussion and total periodontal treatment – 25 cases
2. Dental scaling, oral hygiene instructions – 50 complete cases/ equivalent
3. Assistance in periodontal surgery – 5 cases
4. A work record should be maintained by all the students and should be submitted at the time of
examination after due certification from the head of the department.
Students should have to complete the work prescribed by the concerned department from time to time and
submit a certified record for evaluation.
PRESCRIBED BOOK:
1. Glickman’s Clinical Periodontology — Carranza
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Essentials of Periodontology and periodontics- Torquil MacPhee
2. Contemporary periodontics- Cohen
3. Periodontal therapy- Goldman
4. Orbans’ periodontics- Orban
5. Oral Health Survey- W.H.O.
6. Preventive Periodontics- Young and Stiffler
7. Public Health Dentistry- Slack
8. Advanced Periodontal Disease- John Prichard
9. Preventive Dentistry- Forrest
10. Clinical Periodontology- Jan Lindhe
11. Periodontics- Baer & Morris.
18. PROSTHODONTICS AND CROWN &
BRIDGE Complete Dentures
A. Applied Anatomy and Physiology.
1. Introduction
2. Biomechanics of the edentulous state.
3. Residual ridge resorption.
B. Communicating with the patient
1. Understanding the patients.
Ø Mental attitude.
2. Instructing the patient.
C. Diagnosis and treatment planning for patients-
1. With some teeth remaining.
2. With no teeth remaining.
a) Systemic status.
b) Local factor.
c) The geriatric patient.
d) Diagnostic procedures.
D. Articulators- discussion
E. Improving the patient’s denture foundation and ridge relation -an overview.
a) Pre-operative examination.
b) Initial hard tissue & soft tissue procedure.
c) Secondary hard & soft tissue procedure.
d) Implant procedure.
e) Congenital deformities.
f) Postoperative procedure.
F. Principles of Retention, Support and Stability
G. Impressions - detail.
a) Muscles of facial expression.
b) Biologic considerations for maxillary and mandibular impression including anatomy
landmark and their interpretation.
c) Impression objectives.
d) Impression materials.
e) Impression techniques.
f) Maxillary and mandibular impression procedures.
i. Preliminary impressions.
ii. Final impressions.
g) Laboratory procedures involved with impression making (Beading & Boxing, and cast
preparation).
H. Record bases and occlusion rims- in detail.
a) Materials & techniques.
b) Useful guidelines and ideal parameters.
c) Recording and transferring bases and occlusal rims.
 80

I. Biological consideration in jaw relation & jaw movements - craniomandibular relations.

a) Mandibular movements.
b) Maxillo -mandibular relation including vertical and horizontal jaw relations.
c) Concept of occlusion- discuss in brief.
J. Relating the patient to the articulator.
a) Face bow types & uses– discuss in brief.
b) Face bow transfer procedure - discuss in brief.
K. Recording maxillo mandibular relation.
a) Vertical relations.
b) Centric relation records.
c) Eccentric relation records.
d) Lateral relation records.
L. Tooth selection and arrangement.
a) Anterior teeth.
b) Posterior teeth.
c) Esthetic and functional harmony.
M. Relating inclination of teeth to concept of occlusion- in brief.
a) Neutrocentric concept.
b) Balanced occlusal concept.
N. Trial dentures.
O. Laboratory procedures.
a) Wax contouring.
b) Investing of dentures.
c) Preparing of mold.
d) Preparing & packing acrylic resin.
e) Processing of dentures.
f) Recovery of dentures.
g) Lab remount procedures.
h) Recovering the complete denture from the cast.
i) Finishing and polishing the complete denture.
j) Plaster cast for clinical denture remount procedure.
P. Denture insertion.
a) Insertion procedures.
b) Clinical errors.
c) Correcting occlusal disharmony.
d) Selective grinding procedures.
R. Treating problems with associated denture use – discuss in brief (tabulation/flow-chart form).
S. Treating abused tissues - discuss in brief.
T. Relining and rebasing of dentures- discuss in brief.
V. Immediate complete dentures construction procedure- discuss in brief.
W. The single complete denture- discuss in brief.
X. Overdentures denture- discuss in brief.
Y. Dental implants in complete denture - discuss in brief.
Note : It is suggested that the above mentioned topics be dealt with wherever appropriate in the following
order so as to cover –
1. Definition
2. Diagnosis (of the particular situation/patient selection/treatment planning)
3. Types / Classification
4. Materials
5. Methodology – Lab /Clinical
6. Advantages & disadvantages
7. Indications, contraindications
8. Maintenance Phase
9. Oral Implantology
10. Ethics
Removable Flexible Dentures
1. Introduction
Ø Terminologies and scope
2. Classification.
3. Examination, Diagnosis & Treatment planning & evaluation of diagnostic data.
4. Components of a removable partial denture.
Ø Major connectors,
Ø minor connectors,
Ø Rest and rest seats.
5. Components of a Removable Partial Denture.
Ø Direct retainers,
Ø Indirect retainers,
Ø Tooth replacement.
 81

6. Principles of Removable Partial Denture Design.

7. Survey and design – in brief.
Ø Surveyors.
Ø Surveying.
Ø Designing.
8. Mouth preparation and master cast.
9. Impression materials and procedures for removable partial dentures.
10. Preliminary jaw relation and esthetic try-in for some anterior replacement teeth.
11. Laboratory procedures for framework construction-in brief.
12. Fitting the framework - in brief.
13. Try-in of the partial denture - in brief.
14. Completion of the partial denture - in brief.
15. Inserting the Removable Partial Denture - in brief.
16. Postinsertion observations.
17. Temporary Acrylic Partial Dentures.
18. Immediate Removable Partial Denture.
19. Removable Partial Dentures opposing Complete denture.

Note : It is suggested that the above mentioned topics be dealt with wherever appropriate in the following
order so as to cover –
1. Definition
2. Diagnosis (of the particular situation /patient selection /treatment planning)
3. Types / Classification
4. Materials
5. Methodology – Lab /Clinical
6. Advantages & disadvantages
7. Indications, contraindications
8. Maintenance Phase
Fixed Partial Dentures
Topics To Be Covered In Detail -
1. Introduction
2. Fundamentals of occlusion – in brief.
3. Articulators – in brief.
4. Treatment planning for single tooth restorations.
5. Treatment planning for the replacement of missing teeth including selection and choice of
abutment teeth.
6. Fixed partial denture configurations.
7. Principles of tooth preparations.
8. Preparations for full veneer crowns – in detail.
9. Preparations for partial veneer crowns – in brief.
10. Provisional Restorations
11. Fluid Control and Soft Tissue Management
12. Impressions
13. Working Casts and Dies
14. Wax Patterns
15. Pontics and Edentulous Ridges
16. Esthetic Considerations
17. Finishing and Cementation
Topics To Be Covered In Brief -
1. Solder Joints and Other Connectors
2. All - Ceramic Restorations
3. Metal - Ceramic Restorations
4. Preparations of intracoronal restorations.
5. Preparations for extensively damaged teeth.
6. Preparations for periodontally weakened teeth
7. The Functionally Generated Path Technique
8. Investing and Casting
9. Resin - Bonded Fixed Partials Denture
Note : It is suggested that the above mentioned topics be dealt with wherever appropriate in the following
order so as to cover –
1. Definition
2. Diagnosis(of the particular situation /patient selection /treatment planning)
3. Types / Classification
4. Materials
5. Methodology – Lab /Clinical
6. Advantages & disadvantages
7. Indications, contraindications
8. Maintenance Phase
 82

RECOMMENDED BOOKS:
1. Syllabus of Complete denture by - Charles M. Heartwell Jr. and Arthur O. Rahn.
2. Boucher’s “Prosthodontic treatment for edentulous patients”
3. Essentials of complete denture prosthodontics by – Sheldon Winkler.
4. Maxillofacial prosthetics by – Willam R.Laney.
5. McCraken’s Removable partial prosthodontics
6. Removable partial prosthdontics by – Ernest L. Miller and Joseph E. Grasso.
19. AESTHETIC DENTISTRY
Aesthetic Dentistry is gaining more popularity since last decade. It is better that undergraduate
students should understand the philosophy and scientific knowledge of the esthetic dentistry.
1. Introduction and scope of esthetic dentistry
2. Anatomy & physiology of smile
3. Role of the colour in esthetic dentistry
4. Simple procedures (roundening of central incisors to enhance esthetic appearance)
5. Bleaching of teeth
6. Veneers with various materials
7. Prevedntive and interceptive esthetics
8. Ceramics
9. Simple gingival contouring to enhance the appearance
10. Simple clinical procedures for BDS students
Recommended books:
1. Esthetic guidelines for restorative dentistry; Scharer & others
2. Esthetics of anterior fixed prosthodontics; Chiche (GJ) & Pinault (Alain)
3. Esthetic & the treatment of facial form, Vol 28; Mc Namara (JA)

20. FORENSIC ODONTOLOGY (30 hrs of instruction)

Definition
Forensic is derived from the Latin word forum, which means ‘court of law.’ Odontology literally implies ‘the
study of teeth.’ Forensic odontology, therefore, has been defined by the Fédération Dentaire International (FDI) as
“that branch of dentistry which, in the interest of justice, deals with the proper handling and examination of dental
evidence, and with the proper evaluation and presentation of dental findings.”
Objectives of the undergraduate curriculum
At the end of the programme, the dental graduate should:
1. Have sound knowledge of the theoretical and practical aspects of forensic odontology.
2. Have an awareness of ethical obligations and legal responsibilities in routine practice and forensic casework.
3. Be competent to recognise forensic cases with dental applications when consulted by the police,
forensic pathologists, lawyers and associated professionals.
4. Be competent in proper collection of dental evidence related to cases of identification, ethnic and sex
differentiation, age estimation and bite marks.
5. Be able to assist in analysis, evaluation, and presentation of dental facts within the realm of law.
Curriculum for forensic odontology
1. Introduction to forensic dentistry
§ Definition and history
§ Recent developments and future trends
2. Overview of forensic medicine and toxicology
§ Cause of death and postmortem changes
§ Toxicological manifestations in teeth and oral tissues
3. Dental identification
§ Definition
§ Basis for dental identification
§ Postmortem procedures
§ Dental record compilation and interpretation
§ Comparison of data, and principles of report writing
§ Identification in disasters and handling incinerated remains
§ Postmortem changes to oral structures
4. Maintaining dental records
§ Basic aspects of good record-keeping
§ Different types of dental records
▫ Dental charts
▫ Dental radiographs
▫ Study casts
▫ Denture marking
▫ Photographs
 83

§ Dental notations
§ Relevance of dental records in forensic investigation
5. Age estimation
§ Age estimation in children and adolescents
▫ Advantages of tooth calcification over ‘eruption’ in estimating age
▫ Radiographic methods of Schour & Massler, Demirjian et al
§ Age estimation in adults
▫ Histological methods – Gustafson’s six variables and Johanson’s modification, Bang &
Ramm’s dentine translucency
▫ Radiographic method of Kvaal et al
§ Principles of report writing
6. Sex differentiation
§ Sexual dimorphism in tooth dimensions (Odontometrics)
7. Ethnic variations (‘racial’ differences) in tooth morphology
§ Description of human population groups
§ Genetic and environmental influences on tooth morphology
§ Description of metric and non-metric dental features used in ethnic differentiation
8. Bite mark procedures
§ Definition and classification
§ Basis for bite mark investigation
§ Bite mark appearance
§ Macroscopic and microscopic ageing of bite marks
§ Evidence collection from the victim and suspect of bite mark
§ Analysis and comparison
§ Principles of report writing
§ Animal bite investigation
9. Dental DNA methods
§ Importance of dental DNA evidence in forensic investigations
§ Types of DNA and dental DNA isolation procedures
§ DNA analysis in personal identification
§ Gene-linked sex dimorphism
§ Population genetics
10. Jurisprudence and ethics
§ Fundamentals of law and the constitution
§ Medical legislation and statutes (Dental and Medical Council Acts, etc)
§ Basics of civil law (including torts, contracts and consumer protection act)
§ Criminal and civil procedure code (including expert witness requirement)
§ Assessment and quantification of dental injuries in courts of law
§ Medical negligence and liability
§ Informed consent and confidentiality
§ Rights and duties of doctors and patients
§ Medical and dental ethics (as per Dentists’ Act)
Theory sessions and practical exercises
Total hours for the course
§ Didactic – 10-12 hours
§ Practical – 20-25 hours
Detailed didactic sessions for the above components, either in the form of lectures or as structured student-
teacher interactions, is essential. Specialists from multiple disciplines, particularly from legal and forensic
sciences, can be encouraged to undertake teaching in their area of expertise.
An interactive, navigable and non-linear (INN) model may also be utilised for education.
Practical exercises (real-life casework and/or simulated cases) must complement didactic sessions to
facilitate optimal student understanding of the subject. Mandatory practical training in dental identification
methods, dental profiling (ethnic and sex differences, radiographic age estimation), and bite mark
procedures, is of paramount importance. In addition, practical exercises/demonstrations in histological age
estimation, comparative dental anatomy, DNA methods, medical autopsy, court visits, and other topics may
be conducted depending on available expertise, equipment and feasibility.
Approach to teaching forensic odontology
Forensic odontology could be covered in two separate streams. The divisions include a preclinical stream
and a clinical stream.
Preclinical stream
§ Introduction to forensic odontology
§ Sex differences in odontometrics
§ Ethnic variations in tooth morphology
§ Histological age estimation
§ Dental DNA methods
 84

§ Bite marks procedures

§ Overview of forensic medicine and toxicology
It could prove useful to undertake the preclinical stream in II or III year under Oral Biology/Oral Pathology
since these aspects of forensic odontology require grounding in dental morphology, dental histology and
basic sciences, which, students would have obtained in I and/or II BDS.
Clinical stream
§ Dental identification
§ Maintaining dental records
§ Radiographic age estimation
§ Medical jurisprudence and ethics

It would be suitable to undertake these topics in the IV or V year as part of Oral Medicine and Radiology,
since students require reasonable clinical exposure and acumen to interpret dental records, perform dental
postmortems and analyse dental radiographs for age estimation.
21. ORAL IMPLANTOLOGY (30 hrs of instruction)
INTRODUCTION TO ORAL IMPLANTOLOGY
Oral Implantology is now emerged as a new branch in dentistry world wide and it has been given a separate
status in the universities abroad. In India day to day the practice of treating patients with implants are on rise. In
this contest inclusion of this branch into under graduate curriculum has become very essential. The objective
behind this is to impart basic knowledge of Oral Implantology to undergraduates and enable them to diagnose, plan
the treatment and to carry out the needed pre surgical mouth preparations and treat or refer them to
speciality centres. This teaching programme may be divided and carried out by the Dept. of Oral Surgery,
Prosthodontics and Periodontics.
1. History of implants, their design & surface characteristics and osseo-integration
2. Scope of oral & maxillofacial implantology & terminologies
3. A brief introduction to various implant systems in practice
4. Bone biology, Morphology, Classification of bone and its relevance to implant treatment and bone
augmentation materials.
5. Soft tissue considerations in implant dentistry
6. Diagnosis & treatment planning in implant dentistry
Case history taking/Examination/Medical evaluation/Orofacial evaluation/ Radiographic evaluation/
Diagnostic evaluation/ Diagnosis and treatment planning/ treatment alternatives/ Estimation of treatment
costs/ patient education and motivation
7. Pre surgical preparation of patient
8. Implant installation & armamentarium for the Branemark system as a role model
9. First stage surgery – Mandible – Maxilla
10. Healing period & second stage surgery
11. Management of surgical complications & failures
12. General considerations in prosthodontic reconstruction & Bio mechanics
13. Prosthodontic components of the Branemark system as a role model
14. Impression procedures & Preparation of master cast
15. Jaw relation records and construction of suprastructure with special emphasis on occlusion for
osseointegrated prosthesis
16. Management of prosthodontic complications & failures
17. Recall & maintenance phase.
Criteria for success of osseointegrated implant supported prosthesis
SUGGESTED BOOKS FOR READING
1. Contemporary Implant Dentistry - Carl .E. Misch
Mosby 1993 First Edition.
2. Osseointegration and Occlusal Rehabilitation Hobo S., Ichida. E. and
Garcia L.T.
Quintessence Publishing Company, 1989 First
Edition.
22. BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCES (20 hrs of instruction)
GOAL:
The aim of teaching behavioural sciences to undergraduate student is to impart such knowledge & skills
that may enable him to apply principles of behaviour –
a) For all round development of his personality
b) In various therapeutic situations in dentistry.

The student should be able to develop skills of assessing psychological factors in each patient, explaining
stress, learning simple counselling techniques, and improving patients compliance behaviour.
 85

OBJECTIVES:
A) KNOWLEDGE & UNDERSTANDING:
At the end of the course, the student shall be able to:
1) Comprehend different aspects of normal behaviour like learning, memory, motivation,
personality & intelligence.
2) Recognise difference between normal and abnormal behaviour.
3) Classify psychiatric disorders in dentistry.
4) Recognise clinical manifestations of dental phobia, dental anxiety, facial pain, orofacial
manifestations of psychiatric disorders, and behavioural problems in children. Addictive disorders,
psychological disorders in various dental departments.
5) Should have understanding of stress in dentistry and knowledge of simple counselling techniques.
6) Have some background knowledge of interpersonal, managerial and problem solving skills which
are an integral part of modern dental practice.
7) Have knowledge of social context of dental care.
B) SKILLS
The student shall be able to:
1) Interview the patient and understand different methods of communication skills in dentist - patient
relationship.
2) Improve patients compliance behaviour.
3) Develop better interpersonal, managerial and problem solving skills.
4) Diagnose and manage minor psychological problems while treating dental patients.

INTEGRATION:
The training in Behavioural sciences shall prepare the students to deliver preventive, promotive, curative and
rehabilitative services to the care of the patients both in family and community and refer advanced cases to
specialised psychiatric hospitals.
Training should be integrated with all the departments of Dentistry, Medicine, Pharmacology, Physiology and
Biochemistry.

PSYCHOLOGY:
1. Definition & Need of Behavioural Science. Determinants of Behaviour. Hrs 1 Scope of
Behavioural Science.
2. Sensory process & perception perceptual process- clinical applications.
3. Attention - Definition - factors that determine attention. Clinical application.
4. Memory - Memory process - Types of memory , Forgetting:
Methods to improve memory, Clinical assessment of memory & clinical applications.
5. Definition - Laws of learning
Type of learning. Classical conditioning, operant conditioning, cognitive learning, Insight
learning, social learning, observational learning, principles of learning– Clinical application.
6. Intelligence- Definition: Nature of intelligencestability of intelligence
Determinants of intelligence, clinical application
7. Thinking - Definition: Types of thinking, delusions, problem solving
8. Motivation - Definition: Motive, drive, needs classification of motives
9. Emotions - Definition differentiation from feelings – Role of hypothalamus, Cerebral cortex, adrenal
glands ANS. Theories of emotion, Types of emotions.
Personality. Assessment of personality: Questionnaires, personality inventory, rating scales,
Interview projective techniques – Rorshach ink blot test , RAT, CAT
SOCIOLOGY:
Social class, social groups – family, types of family, types of marriages, communities and Nations and
institutions.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. General psychology -- S.K. Mangal
2. General psychology -- Hans Raj, Bhatia
3. General psychology -- Munn
4. Behavioural Sciences in Medical practise -- Manju Mehta
5. Sciences basic to psychiatry -- Basanth Puri & Peter J Tyrer
23. ETHICS (20 hrs. of instruction)
Introduction:
There is a definite shift now from the traditional patient and doctor relationship and delivery of dental care.
With the advances in science and technology and the increasing needs of the patient, their families and
community, there is a concern for the health of the community as a whole. There is a shift to greater
accountability to the society. Dental specialists like the other health professionals are confronted with many
ethical problems. It is therefore absolutely necessary for each and every one in the health care delivery to
prepare themselves to deal with these problems. To accomplish this and
 86

develop human values Council desires that all the trainees undergo ethical sensitization by lectures or
discussion on ethical issues, discussion of cases with an important ethical component.
Course content:
Introduction to ethics –
- what is ethics?
- What are values and norms?
- How to form a value system in one’s personal and professional life?
- Hippocratic oath.
- Declaration of Helsinki, WHO declaration of Geneva, International code of ethics, DCI Code of
ethics.
Ethics of the individual –
The patient as a person. Right
to be respected Truth and
confidentiality Autonomy of
decision Doctor Patient
relationship
Profession Ethics –
Code of conduct
Contract and confidentiality
Charging of fees, fee splitting
Prescription of drugs
Over-investigating the patient Malpractice
and negligence
Research Ethics –
Animal and experimental research/humanness
Human experimentation
Human volunteer research-informed consent Drug
trials
Ethical workshop of cases
Gathering all scientific factors
Gathering all value factors
Identifying areas of value – conflict, setting of priorities
Working our criteria towards decisions
Recommended Reading:
Medical Ethics, Francis C.M., I Ed. 1993, Jaypee Brothers, New Delhi p. 189.
 87

Annexure-A

DENTAL COUNCIL OF INDIA

Revised Internship Programme, 2011 CURRICULUM OF

DENTAL INTERNSHIP PROGRAMME.

1. The duration of Internship shall be one year.

2. All parts of internship shall be done in a Dental College duly recognized/approved by the Dental Council of India for
the purpose of imparting education and training to Dental graduates in the country.
3. The Internss shall be paid stipendiary allowance during the period of an Internship notextending beyond a period
of one year.
4. The internship shall be compulsory and rotating as per the regulations prescribed for thepurpose.
5. The degree- BDS shall be granted after completion of internship.

Determinants of Curriculum for internship for Dental Graduates:

The curricular contents of internship training shall be based on.
i) Dental health needs of the society.
ii) Financial, material and manpower resources available for the purpose.
iii) National Dental Health Policy.
iv) Socio-economic conditions of the people in general.
v) Existing Dental as also the primary health care concept, for the delivery of health services.
vi) Task analysis of what graduates in Dentistry in various practice settings, private and government service actually
perform.
vii) Epidemiological studies conducted to find out prevalence of different dental health problems, taking into
consideration the magnitude of dental problems, severity of dental problems and social disruption caused by these
problems.

Objectives:

A. To facilitate reinforcement of learning and acquisition of additional knowledge:-

a) Reinforcement of knowledge.
b) Techniques & resources available to the individual and the community; Social andcultural setting.
c) Training in a phased manner, from a shared to a full responsibility.
B. To facilitate the achievement of basic skills: attaining competence Vs. maintainingcompetence in:-
i) History taking.
ii) Clinical Examination.
iii) Performance and interpretation of essential laboratory data.
iv) Data analysis and inference.
v) Communication skills aimed at imparting hope and optimism in the patient.
vi) Attributes for developing working relationship in the Clinical setting and
Community team work.
C To facilitate development of sound attitudes and habits:-
i) Emphasis on individual and human beings, and not on disease/symptoms.
ii) Provision of comprehensive care, rather than fragmentary treatment.
iii) Continuing Dental Education and Learning of accepting the responsibility.D To facilitate
understanding of professional and ethical principles:-
- Right and dignity of patients.
- Consultation with other professionals and referral to seniors/institutions.
- Obligations to peers, colleagues, patients, families and Community.
- Provision of free professional services in an emergent situation.
 88

E To initiate individual and group action, leading to disease prevention and dental healthpromotion, at the level of
individuals families and the community.

Content (subject matter)

The compulsory rotating paid Dental Internship shall include training in Oral Medicine & Radiology; Oral &
Maxillofacial Surgery; Prosthodontics; Periodontics; Conservative Dentistry; Pedodontics; Oral Pathology & Microbiology;
Orthodontics and Community Dentistry.

General Guidelines:
1. It shall be task-oriented training. The interns should participate in various institutional and field programmes
and be given due responsibility to perform the activities in all departments of the Dental Colleges and
associated Institutions.
2. To facilitate achievement of basic skills and attitudes the following facilities should be provided to all dental
graduates:
i) History taking, examination, diagnosis, charting and recording treatmentplan of cases.
ii) Presentation of cases in a group of Seminar.
iii) Care and sterilization of instruments used.
iv) Performance and interpretation of essential laboratory tests and otherrelevant investigations.
v) Data analysis and inference.
vi) Proper use of antibiotics, anti-inflammatory and other drugs, as well asother therapeutic
modalities.
vii) Education of patients, their relatives and community on all aspects of dentalhealth care while
working in the institution as also in the field.
viii) Communication aimed at inspiring hope, confidence and optimism.
ix) Legal rights of patients and obligations of dental graduate under forensicjurisprudence.

1. Oral Medicine & Radiology:

1. Standardized examination of patients 25 Cases
2. Exposure to clinical, pathological laboratory procedures
and biopsies. 5 Cases
3. Effective training in taking of Radiographs: 2 Full mouth
(Intra-oral) I.O. (Extra oral) E.O. 1
Cephalogram 1
4. Effective management of cases in wards 2 Cases

2. Oral and Maxillofacial surgery

A. The Interness during their posting in oral surgery shall perform the following procedures:
1. Extractions 50
2. Surgical extractions 2
3. Impactions 2
4 Simple Intra Maxillary Fixation 1
5 Cysts enucleations 1
6. Incision and drainage 2
7. Alveoloplasties, Biopsies & Frenectomies, etc. 3
B. The Interness shall perform the following on Cancer Patients:
1. Maintain file work.
2. Do extractions for radiotherapy cases.
3. Perform biopsies.
4. Observe varied cases of oral cancers.
C. The interness shall have 15 days posting in emergency services of a dental/general hospital with extended
responsibilities in emergency dental care in the wards. During thisperiod they shall attend to all emergencies under the
direct supervision of oral surgeon during any operation:
 89

1. Emergencies.
(i) Toothache; (ii) trigemminal neuralgia; (iii) Bleeding from mouth due to trauma, post extraction,
bleeding disorder or haemophylia; (iv) Airway obstruction due to fracture mandible and maxilla;
dislocation of mandible; syncope or vasovagal attacks; ludwig’s angina; tooth fracture; post
intermaxillary fixation after general Anaesthesia.
2. Work in I.C.U. with particular reference to resuscitation procedures.
3. Conduct tutorials on medico-legal aspects including reporting on actual cases coming to casualty. They
should have visits to law courts.
3. Prosthodontics
The dental graduates during their internship posting in Prosthodontics shall make:-
1. Complete denture (upper & lower) 2
2. Removable Partial Denture 4
3. Fixed Partial Denture 1
4. Planned cast partial denture 1
5. Miscellaneous-like reline/overdenture/repairs of Maxillofacial
Prosthesis 1
6. Learning use of Face bow and Semi anatomic articulator technique
7. Crowns
8. Introduction of Implants 1

4. Periodontics
A. The dental graduates shall perform the following procedures
1. Prophylaxis 15 Cases
2. Flap Operation 2 Cases
3. Root Planning 1 Case
4. Currettage 1 Case
5. Gingivectomy 1 Case
6. Perio-Endo cases 1 Case
B. During their one week posting in the community health centers, the internss shall educatethe public in prevention of
Periodontal diseases.

5. Conservative Dentistry
To facilitate reinforcement of learning and achievement of basic skills, the interns shall perform atleast the following
procedures independently or under the guidance of supervisors:
1. Restoration of extensively mutilated teeth 5 Cases
2. Inlay and onlay preparations 1 Case
3. Use of tooth coloured restorative materials 4 Cases
4. Treatment of discoloured vital and non-vital teeth 1 Case
5. Management of dento alveolar fracture 1 Case
6. Management of pulpless, single-rooted teeth without
periapical lesion. 4 Cases
7. Management of acute dento alveolar Infections 2 Cases
8. Management of pulpless, single-rooted teeth
with periapical lesion. 1 Case
9. Non-surgical management of traumatised teeth duringformative period.

6. Pedodontics and Preventive Dentistry

During their posting in Pedodontics the Dental graduates shall perform:
1. Topical application of fluorides including varnish 5 Cases
2. Restorative procedures of carious deciduous teeth in
children. 10 Cases
3. Pulpotomy 2 Cases
4. Pulpectomy 2 Cases
5. Fabrication and insertion of space maintainers 1 Case
 90

6. Oral habit breaking appliances 1 Case

7. Oral Pathology and Microbiology

The interns shall perform the following:
1. History-recording and clinical examination 5 Cases
2. Blood, Urine and Sputum examination 5 Cases
3. Exfoliative Cytology and smears study 2 Cases
4. Biopsy- Laboratory Procedure & reporting 1 Case

8. Orthodontics
A. The interns shall observe the following procedures during their posting inOrthodontics:
1. Detailed diagnostic procedures for 5 patients
2. Laboratory techniques including wire-bending for removable appliances, solderingand processing of myo-
functional appliances.
3. Treatment planning options and decisions.
4. Making of bands, bonding procedures and wire insertions.
5. Use of extra oral anchorage and observation of force values.
6. Retainers.
7. Observe handling of patients with oral habits causing malocclusions.

The dental graduates shall do the following laboratory work:-

1. Wire bending for removable appliances and spacemaintainers
including weldoing and heat treatment
procedure. - 5 Cases
2. Soldering exercises, banding & bonding procedures - 2 Cases
3. Cold-cure and heat-cure acrylisation of simple
Orthodontic appliances - 5 Cases

9. Public Health Dentistry

1. The internss shall conduct health education sessions for individuals and groups on oral health public health
nutrition, behavioral sciences, environmental health, preventive dentistry and epidemiology.
2. They shall conduct a short term epidemiological survey in the community, or I n the alternate, participate in
the planning and methodology.
3. They shall arrange effective demonstrations of:
a) Preventive and interceptive procedures for prevalent dental diseases.
b) Mouth-rinsing and other oral hygiene demonstrations 5 Cases
c) Tooth brushing techniques 5 Cases
4. Conduction of oral health education programmes at
A) School setting 2
B) Community setting 2
C) Adult education programmes 2
5. Preparation of Health Education materials 5
6. Exposure to team concept and National Health Care systems:
a) Observation of functioning of health infrastructure.
b) Observation of functioning of health casre team including multipurposeworkers male and female,
health educators and other workers.
c) Observation of atleast one National Health Programme:-
d) Observation of interlinkages of delivery of oral health care with PrimaryHealth care.
Mobile dental clinics, as and when available, should be provided for thisteachings.
10 Elective Posting
The Interns shall be posted for 15 days in any of the dental departments of theirchoice mentioned in the
foregoing.
 91

Organisation of content:
The Curriculum during the 4 years of BDS training is subject based with more emphasis on learning practical
skills. During one year internship the emphasis will be on competency-based, community oriented training. The
practical skills to be mastered by the interns along with the minimum performance level are given under the course
content of different departments of Dental Education. The supervisors should seding it that proper facilities are
provided in all departments and attached institutions for their performance.

Specification of teaching activities:

Didactic lectures are delivered during the four years training in BDS. These shall be voided during the
internship programme. Emphasis shall be on chair-side teaching, small group teaching and discussions tutorials,
seminars, ward posting, laboratory posting, field visits and self learning.
Use of Resource Materials:
Overhead projectors, slide projectors, film projectors, charts, diagrams, photographs, posters, specimens,
models and other audiovisual aids shall be provided in all the Dental Colleges and attached institutions and field area.
If possible, television, video and tapes showing different procedures and techniques to be mastered by the interns
should be provided.